Cl catalogue edition2 s1 9

CatalogueEdition 2.0

Industrial. Electrical. Automation.

Relays & Timers

Position Sensors

Power Supply Systems

Digital Display & Controllers

Process Sensors

Machine Safety

PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems

Operator Interfaces

Software Solutions

EthernetNetworks

Protocol & Signal Converters

Pilot Devices &Radio Control

Power Distribution

Motor Control & Protection

Energy Management

Lightning & Surge Protection

Termination & Wiring Systems

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | [email protected]

Section RefeRence

Relays & timers

Position Sensors


Software Solutions

Digital Displays & controllers

ethernet networks

Process Sensors

Protocol & Signal converters

Machine Safety

Pilot Devices & Radio control

PLc’s, RtU’s & i/o Systems

Power Distribution

operator interfaces

Motor control & Protection

energy Management


termination & Wiring Systems

Relays & Timers

Position Sensors


Digital Display & Controllers

Process Sensors

Machine Safety

PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems

Operator Interfaces

Software Solutions

EthernetNetworks

Protocol & Signal Converters

Pilot Devices &Radio Control

Power Distribution

Motor Control & Protection

Energy Management


Termination & Wiring Systems

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1

Section RefeRence


The CompanycontRoL Logic

More than technology – Committed to service excellence Founded in 1981, we’re one of Australia’s leading suppliers of industrial, electrical and automation products, services and solutions.

Australian owned and operated, and ISO 9001 certified, we service thousands of industrial customers around Australia. From electrical contractors to wholesalers, OEMs to engineering consultants, switchboard manufacturers to mining, electrical and gas utilities.

As you’d expect, our product catalogue is also incredibly diverse, with more than 10,000 products, across 17 broad categories. It includes programmable logic controllers, power supplies, networking equipment, sensors, digital displays, controllers, relays, variable speed drives and much more.

When it comes to technology, there’s no such thing as one-size-fits-all. You have a specialist application, and you need products that are a perfect fit. That’s why we offer genuine product choice – from leading manufacturers who are specialists in their respective industries.

But there’s more to technology than technology itself. Whether you’re planning a solution, buying or integrating, passionate people and genuine expertise is the real key to success.

That’s why, at Control Logic, our focus is on finding, training and retaining the very best people. We employ more than 40 technically qualified staff in six offices around Australia, and each is absolutely committed to providing you with the highest levels of service and support, tailored to your individual application. They’re passionate, they’re enthusiastic and they live and breathe the technology they work with.

In other words, every product comes complete with a wealth of experience and technical know-how. So you get the solution you need, quickly and with a minimum of fuss.

3

choice

technicaL

SeRvice

exPeRience

SUPPoRt

ReaL

The Control Logic Difference

technical Control Logic provide technically qualified staff to assist with product selection, technical advice and after sales support.

experienceControl Logic has a broad range of industry experience built over 30 years serving all segments of the market such asmanufacturing, infrastructure, water and mining.

choiceControl Logic partner with the world’s best manufactures to provide you with real choice and the best solution for your application.

ServiceOur commitment to our Integrated Management System ensures the quality of our service and processes makes us a trusted and reliable business partner. At Control Logic, our most important asset is you.

SupportFrom product recommendation to the application process, the Control Logic network of sales and support staff are committed to assisting you every step of the way.

RealWe pride ourselves on being easy-to-deal-with by providing customers with ‘real value, real people and real solutions’.


Control Logic - CertificationscontRoL Logic

We’re serious about our commitments

Quality Management Certification

Health & Safety Management Certification

environmental Management

At Control Logic, we take our reputation as a trusted business partner very seriously. We know our clients don’t look to us for technology solutions alone. They look to us to provide certainty. And we’re equally serious about our broader responsibilities – to our employees and the environment.

From product recommendation to order processing, Control Logic is committed to providing quality service, every step of the way. So committed, in fact, that we elected to have our processes ISO-9001 certified – a rigorous process that proves we’re uncompromising when it comes to quality management and proactive when it comes to continual improvement.

We recognise the value of a safe workplace. Not just because we’re a people-oriented business, but because we’re good human beings, too. We’re committed to protecting our staff from illness and injuries, and that commitment is as much a part of our identity as it is a part of our success. Our OHSMS Certification is proof of that commitment, and proof that we’re operating to internationally proven standards.

As business operators, we have important responsibilities. One of the most important is how we impact the environment. It’s easy to treat it as someone else’s problem, but at Control Logic, we believe the prevention of pollution and the promotion of environmental sustainability are everyone’s responsibility. That’s why we chose to have our environmental management systems (EMS) certified.

That’s why we implemented an ‘Integrated Management System’ – a formal system that ensures the quality of our service and processes, and which adheres to the following standards.

5

Our Brands

As the global experts in communication, monitoring and control for industrial automation and networking, Red Lion has been delivering innovative solutions to customers for over forty years. Their award-winning technology enables companies worldwide to gain real-time data visibility that drives productivity.

• Operator Interfaces• Protocol Converters• Data Loggers• Large Graphic Displays• Counters• Rate Meters• Timers• Process Meters• Temperature / PID Controllers• Signal Conditioners

Sixnet which is a Red Lion business develops innovative machine-to-machine (M2M) industrial networking solutions that integrate wireless, automation and Ethernet switch technologies. Sixnet’s flexible solutions enable organisations to cost-effectively increase business productivity. Products include Ethernet switches, serial converters, wireless LAN modems, cellular modems and routers, remote I/O modules and RTU’s

• Cellular Routers• RTU’s (Remote Terminal Units)• Ethernet I/O Modules• Umanaged Ethernet Switches• Managed Ethernet Switches• Media Converters• PoE Injectors• Military Rated Ethernet Switches • Industrial Telephone Modems

N-TRON which is a Red Lion business develops, manufactures, and markets highly reliable industrial network products, designed to solve the most demanding communications requirements in mission critical industrial, data acquisition, Ethernet I/O, and process control applications.

• Unmanaged Ethernet Switches• Managed Ethernet Switches• IP67 rated Ethernet Switches• PoE Switches, Injectors & Splitters• Media Converters

Schmersal develops and produces an extraordinary wide range of high-quality automation products such as limit switches, conveyor switches designed for heavy industry. This is supported by a world leading portfolio of safety products such as safety interlocks, safety light curtains and safety relays.

• Limit Switches• Pull-Wire Switches• Belt Alignment Switches• Slack Wire Switches• Photo Electric Sensors• Inductive Proximity Switches• Magnetic Reed Switches• Machine Guard Safety Interlocks• Safety Relays• Safety Light Curtains• Safety Pull-Wire Switches• Two Hand Control Stations• Enabling Switches• Safety Mats• Safety Edge Sensors• Safety Foot Switches• Safety PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)

The Panasonic Corporation is one of the largest electronic product manufacturers in the world. It manufactures and markets a wide range of industrial control products under the Panasonic brand to enhance productivity for both the factory and process automation industries.

• Relays• Timers• Micro Switches• Inductive Proximity Sensors• Photo Electric Sensors• Fibre Optic Sensors• Safety Components• PLC’s (Programmable Logic Controllers)• Operator Interfaces• Temperature Controllers• Counters

Puls is the only organisation solely focused on the design and manufacturing of DIN-Rail power supplies and DC-UPS’s for industrial applications. This is why they have the smallest sizes, industry leading efficiencies, easy integration in machines and systems, excellent overload behaviour, are only some of the strong features, which make them the leader in technology for DIN-rail power supplies.

• Single Phase Power Supplies• Three Phase Power Supplies• Power Supply Redundancy Modules• DC-UPS• Buffer Units• DC/DC Converters• IECEx Certified Power Supplies• 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules

A world leading and recognised brand for variable speed drives and switchgear. ABB are the number one supplier for variable speed drives and offer a product range that is simply the widest available from any manufacturer.

• Variable Speed Drives• Soft Starters• Circuit Breakers• Manual Motor Starters• Pushbuttons• Contactors• RCD’s• Load Break Switches• Change over Switches• Enclosures

8

8 11

10

6

3

1 2 4

1

6

4

7

7 10

7

2

1412

12

13


Our BrandscontRoL Logic

Novaris is an Australian company that design, manufacture and distribute AC & DC power surge protection, process control, LAN and Ethernet surge protection, CCTV surge protection, coaxial surge protection, and telephone surge protection - protecting residential & industrial installations. With over 650 lightning and surge protection products, Novaris has you protected.

• Surge Diverters• Surge Filters• Spark Gap Arrestors• Series Surge Protectors• Process Control Protection• LAN & CCTV Protection• Coaxial Protection• Telephone Protection• Intrinsically Safe Surge Protectors

BD SENSORS focus is on electronic pressure measurement technology. A German company that offers solutions from 0.1 mbar to 6000 bar for pressure sensors, pressure transducers, pressure transmitters, electronic pressure switches, pressure measuring devices with display and switching outputs as well as hydrostatic and submersible level probes.

• Pressure Transmitters• Hydrostatic Submersible Level Probes• Pressure Switches• IECEx Certified Pressure Transmitters & Probes• Digital Pressure Gauges• Differential Pressure Transmitters• Differential Pressure Switches

GE Intelligent Platforms is a global provider of hardware and software used in automation and embedded computing ranging from PLCs, HMI/SCADA, Motion and PAC Systems to Process, Production and Asset Management.

• PLC’s (Programmable Logic Controllers)• PAC’s (Process Automation Controllers)• I/O Modules• Industrial PC’s• Industrial Panel PC’s• SCADA Systems• Business Process Management Software• Data Management & Analytics Software• Manufacturing Software / MES• Real-Time Operational Intelligence Software

With more than 40 years experience in the field of radio control and industrial automation, JAY ELECTRONIQUE is the right partner to answer all your requirements regarding wireless communication.

• Industrial Remote Control Modules with In-Built Display• Hazardous Area Rated Remote Control Modules• Radio I/O Signal Transfer Modules• Emergency Stop Radio Control

Relpol is a well-known European manufacturer of relays established in 1958 and their priority is the quality of their products. Products of Relpol are applied in the areas of industrial and power automation, power electronics, industrial and applied electronics, and telecommunications.

• Power Relays• Interface Relays• Timers• Voltage Monitoring Relays• Current Monitoring Relays

PBSI design and manufacture a complete range of LV & MV Motor, Generator and Transformer/Feeder Protection relays. The Supervision & Microvision Series arguably provides the most complete system of Intelligent Protection and Control available today.

• Motor Protection Relays• Feeder Protection Relays

Pepperl+Fuchs is a leading developer and manufacturer of electronic sensors offering a full range of inductive, photoelectric, and ultrasonic sensors. Their automation products are world renowned for their high standards of quality and reliability.

• Inductive Proximity Sensors• Photo Electric Sensors• Ultrasonic Sensors

SATEC offers a broad product range from multifunction power metering to monitoring with data logging capabilities providing date/time stamping and power quality of supply for sags/swells, harmonics, power factor, transients, waveform capture and other advanced functionalities.

• Multi function power meters• Advanced power meters• Energy consumption meters• Multi-tenant submetering• Power quality analyzers• Current sensors• Energy Management Software• On-site testing services

14

97 8

2

16

5

15

12

1

7

Our Brands

Electrex designs and manufactures measurement instruments, analyzers and energy monitoring systems critical to energy saving. Economical products such as energy analyzers, energy meters, power meters and transducers.

• Energy Analyzers & Meters• Power Quality & Harmonic Data Managers• Energy Consumption & Management Software

Frer was founded in 1980 with the aim to manufacture switchboards electric measuring instruments with a high reliability to compliment energy monitoring and control systems.

• Current Transformers• Current Transducers• Current Switches

CL Encoder Products is a manufacturer of premium rotary incremental and absolute encoders used for motion feedback.

• Incremental Solid & Hollow Shaft Encoders• Absolute Solid & Hollow Shaft Encoders• Integrated Encoder with Measuring Wheels

Veris Industries is a complete source for automation system peripherals, with energy and environmental sensors and control peripherals for Commercial HVAC and Energy Management applications.

• Current Transducers• Current Switches• Energy Transducers

Premium is a well established company dedicated to designing and producing power conversion systems. Their product portfolio consists of over 260 standard models. All these models have been designed to meet industrial specifications for general purpose. Many of them also meet the EN550155 railway standards. Premium also designs and manufactures custom power conversion systems according to the specific needs of your application.

• DC/DC Converters• DC/AC Inverters• Converters to meet the EN550155 railway standards

Altro Transformers commenced its manufacturing operations during 1982 as a specialist in the design and manufacture of:

• Control Transformers• 3 Phase Isolation Transformers• Power & Distribution Transformers

Joslyn Clark offers a wide range of electric motor starter products for a broad group of applications that set the standard for some of the most challenging and hazardous electric motor starter applications.

• Vacuum Contactors

Advanced Micro Controls Inc (AMCI) is a leading U.S. based manufacturer with a global presence. Specializing in resolver transducers, encoders / dura-coders and PLC cards.

• Resolver Transducers• PLC Cards• Field-Bus Absolute Encoders

Klemsan Electronics Inc. was established in 1974 and has since become a worldwide leader in DIN-rail mount termination products. They have a wide product portfolio that consists of screw connection, spring clamp, high current, bolt connection, multi-level, disconnect and fuse terminals. Klemsan products are of the highest standards as a ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 certified manufacturer.

• Feed Through Terminals• High Current Terminals• Bolt Connection Terminals• Double-Deck Terminals• Multilevel Terminals• Sensor Terminals• Disconnect Terminals• Test & Disconnect Terminals• Fuse Terminals• Din-Rail• Wiring Duct

15

15

15

17

13

2

2

3

3


How to use this CataloguecataLogUe intRoDUction

Sections Section Content

Alphanumeric Index

Section Index

This catalogue is segregated into 17 sections. A list of the contents of each section is located after this introduction in “Table of contents”

Each page has all the information you need to make an informed selection, including:• Item specifications & descriptions• Dimensions• Code number• Stocking policy• Discount Code• QR codes for further information at your fingertips

A quick alphanumeric reference by product code or brief description is located at the rear of the catalogue.

Stocking policyIt is included for all items. Product codes marked in bold are “normally stocked” where as product codes in regular font are “not normally stocked”. For exact delivery information on these items, please contact customer service.

QR-codesQR codes are information-rich barcodes that you will find throughout this catalogue. To scan QR codes you will need a smartphone and any one of the free QR applications available in your app store (try searching for ‘QR Scanner’).Each unique QR code is linked to the Control Logic mobile website page that is most relevant to the products listed on the page of the catalogue.

Tested software:android QR Droid or Barcode ScanneriPhone QRAFTERnokia BeeTag

As well, the first page of each section has its own contents list for easy product selection.

9

Product & Pricing Information

3 easy ways to access information. Anytime, Anywhere!

Catalogue price list

Price list page layout:

We understand that real time connectivity is vital for business to business communication. So to make accessing the catalogue and price list even easier, electronic copies of each are now available and free to download via 3 easy ways.

Standard Website

Mobile application

Mobile Website

We have changed the format of our catalogue to separate the technical information from the pricing. This is to ensure that you can rely on our prices to be both competitive and accurate. The price list contains all of the information you need to make an informed decision.

1 x = Normally stocked product2 Product codes in alphanumeric order3 Product list price excluding GST4 Product list price including GST5 Discount code6 Product page number (section number - page number)

1 3 4 5 62


Section RefeRence 1contRoL Logic 2

the company 2The Control Logic Difference 3Control Logic - Certifications 4our Brands 5

cataLogUe intRoDUction 8how to use this catalogue 8Product & Pricing information 9

taBLe of contentS 101. ReLayS & tiMeRS 1-16

Section guide overview 1-181.1. Power Relays 1-201.2. interface Relays 1-291.3. Solid State Relays 1-301.4. Monitoring Relays 1-311.5. analog Multi-function timers 1-331.6. Digital Multi-function timers 1-361.7. Star Delta Start timers 1-391.8. Power Off Delay Timers 1-401.9. cyclic twin timers 1-411.10. time / clock Switch 1-421.11. hour Run Meters 1-43

2. PoSition SenSoRS 2-482.1. Limit Switches 2-50

2.1.1. Micro 2-502.1.2. Compact 2-512.1.3. Medium Duty 2-532.1.4. Heavy Duty 2-562.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty 2-58

2.2. Pull-Wire Switches 2-592.3. Belt alignment Switches 2-622.4. Slack Wire Switches 2-632.5. Photo electric Sensors 2-64

2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2-642.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2-66

2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2-662.5.2.2. Compact 2-672.5.2.3. Standard 2-69

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2-702.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2-702.5.3.2. Miniature 2-712.5.3.3. Compact 2-722.5.3.4. Standard 2-74

2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2-752.5.4.1. Cylindrical 2-752.5.4.2. Miniature 2-762.5.4.3. Compact 2-762.5.4.4. Standard 2-77

2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors 2-772.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2-78

2.5.5.1. Economical 2-782.5.5.2. Advanced 2-782.5.5.3. Fibre Selections 2-79

2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors 2-802.5.7. Laser Sensors 2-81

2.6. Photo electric Sensors Dimensions 2-822.7. inductive Proximity Sensors 2-92

2.7.1. Cylindrical 2-922.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire 2-922.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire 2-982.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2-992.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire 2-992.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire 2-100

2.7.2. Rectangular 2-1012.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire 2-1012.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire 2-1032.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire 2-1052.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire 2-107

2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches 2-1082.9. Ultrasonic Sensors 2-1102.10. Rotary encoders 2-111

2.10.1. Technical Notes 2-1112.10.2. Output Circuits 2-1122.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2-113

2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft 2-1132.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft 2-1172.10.3.3. Special Purpose 2-119

2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2-1202.10.4.1. Standard Shaft 2-1202.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft 2-121

2.10.5. Accessories 2-1222.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2-123

2.11. Resolvers 2-1243. PoWeR SUPPLy SySteMS 3-126

1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies overview 3-128technical notes 3-1293.1. Power Supplies 3-130

3.1.1. Single Phase 3-1303.1.1.1. Miniature Series 3-1303.1.1.2. Economical Series 3-1313.1.1.3. Premium Series 3-132

3.1.2. Three Phase 3-1333.1.2.1. Economical Series 3-1333.1.2.2. Premium Series 3-134

3.2. Redundancy Modules 3-1353.3. 24vDc circuit Protection Modules 3-1383.4. Buffer Units 3-1393.5. Dc-UPS 3-1403.6. Dc/Dc converters 3-1443.7. Dc/ac inverters 3-149

taBLe of contentS

11

3.8. Railway Solutions 3-1523.8.1. DC/DC Converters 3-1523.8.2. DC/AC Inverters 3-156

3.9. custom Made Solutions 3-1593.10. transformers 3-160

3.10.1. Control Transformers 3-1603.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3-1613.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 3-161

4. DigitaL DiSPLayS & contRoLLeRS 4-162Selection guide overview 4-1644.1. counter Displays 4-178

4.1.1. Without Outputs 4-1784.1.2. With Outputs 4-180

4.2. Rate Displays 4-1824.2.1. Without Outputs 4-1824.2.2. With Outputs 4-183

4.3. counter & Rate Displays 4-1844.3.1. With Outputs 4-184

4.4. Process Displays 4-1874.4.1. Without Outputs 4-1874.4.2. With Outputs 4-189

4.5. PiD controllers 4-1934.6. Dc current Displays 4-201


4.7. ac current Displays 4-2064.7.1. Without Outputs 4-2064.7.2. With Outputs 4-207

4.8. Dc voltage Displays 4-2084.8.1. Without Outputs 4-2084.8.2. With Outputs 4-210

4.9. ac voltage Displays 4-2134.9.1. Without Outputs 4-2134.9.2. With Outputs 4-214

4.10. temperature Displays 4-2154.10.1. Without Outputs 4-2154.10.2. With Outputs 4-216

4.11. Load cell Displays 4-2194.11.1. Without Outputs 4-2194.11.2. With Outputs 4-220

4.12. Large graphic & LeD Displays 4-2224.12.1. ProducTVity Display 4-222

4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits 4-2264.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4-2274.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays 4-2274.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4-2284.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays 4-2284.12.6. Timer Displays 4-2294.12.7. Load Cell Displays 4-2294.12.8. Universal Input Displays 4-230

5. PRoceSS SenSoRS 5-232Section guide overview 5-2345.1. Level 5-238

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5-2385.1.1.1. Industrial 5-2385.1.1.2. Precision 5-246

5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5-2495.1.2.1. Industrial 5-249

5.2. Pressure 5-2525.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5-252

5.2.1.1. Industrial 5-2525.2.1.2. Precision 5-2645.2.1.3. OEM 5-268

5.2.2. Plug-on Display 5-2695.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5-270

5.2.3.1. Industrial 5-2705.2.3.2. Precision 5-273

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5-2745.2.4.1. Industrial 5-2745.2.4.2. Precision 5-2765.2.4.3. OEM 5-277

5.3. Switches 5-2785.3.1. Pressure Switches 5-278


6. Machine Safety 6-2866.1. Machine guard interlocks 6-288

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type 6-2886.1.2. Non-Contact Type 6-2946.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type 6-3016.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type 6-310

6.2. Safety Relays 6-3126.2.1. Selection Guide 6-3126.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type 6-3146.2.3. 2NC Input Type 6-3156.2.4. Output Expanders 6-3186.2.5. Input Expanders 6-3196.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays 6-3206.2.7. Safety Mat Relays 6-3216.2.8. Stand Still Monitors 6-3226.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6-3236.2.10. Muting Relay 6-3236.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays 6-3246.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type 6-325

6.3. Safety Light curtains 6-3266.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection 6-3266.3.2. Body Protection 6-3286.3.3. IP69K Version 6-329

6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches 6-3316.5. two hand control Stations 6-3346.6. enabling Switches 6-3356.7. Safety Mats 6-336


6.8. Safety edge Sensors 6-3376.9. Safety foot Switches 6-3386.10. Safety PLc 6-339

7. PLc’S, RtU’S & i/o SySteMS 7-3427.1. Panasonic PLc’s 7-344

7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7-3447.1.1.1. Overview 7-3447.1.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-345

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7-3477.1.2.1. Overview 7-3477.1.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-350

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7-3537.1.3.1. Overview 7-3537.1.3.2. CPU Units 7-3567.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes 7-3577.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units 7-3587.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units 7-3597.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units 7-3607.1.3.7. Positioning Units 7-3617.1.3.8. Power Supply Units 7-3627.1.3.9. Ordering Tables 7-3637.1.3.10. Software 7-365

7.2. ge intelligent Platforms PLc’s 7-3667.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7-366

7.2.1.1. Overview 7-3667.2.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-366

7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7-3697.2.2.1. Overview 7-3697.2.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-369

7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series 7-3727.2.3.1. Overview 7-3727.2.3.2. Ordering Tables 7-372

7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller 7-3767.2.4.1. Overview 7-3767.2.4.2. Ordering Table 7-376

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7-3777.2.5.1. Overview 7-3777.2.5.2. Ordering Tables 7-378

7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7-3837.2.6.1. Overview 7-3837.2.6.2. Ordering Table 7-384

7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7-3867.2.7.1. Overview 7-3867.2.7.2. Ordering Tables 7-386

7.2.8. GE Industrial PC 7-3887.2.8.1. Overview 7-3887.2.8.2. Ordering Table 7-388

7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC 7-3897.2.9.1. Overview 7-389

7.3. RtU’s 7-3907.3.1. Overview 7-3907.3.2. Software 7-391

7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit 7-3917.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open 7-393

7.4. i/o Systems 7-3947.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7-394


7.4.2. RSTi Series 7-3967.4.2.1. Overview 7-3967.4.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-396

7.5. Data Logger 7-4007.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7-400

7.5.1.1 Overview 7-4007.5.1.2 Ordering Tables 7-401

8. oPeRatoR inteRfaceS 8-4048.1. Red Lion 8-406

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview 8-4068.1.2. Graphite Series 8-4108.1.3. G3 Series 8-4128.1.4. G3 Kadet Series 8-4148.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software 8-416

8.2. Panasonic 8-4178.2.1. GT Series 8-4178.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software 8-421

8.3. ge intelligent Platforms 8-4228.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View 8-4228.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View 8-4238.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View 8-4248.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software 8-425

9. SoftWaRe SoLUtionS 9-4269.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY 9-4289.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX 9-4309.3. Proficy Change Management 9-4329.4. Proficy Historian 9-4349.5. Proficy Historian Analysis 9-4369.6. Proficy Vision 9-4389.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal 9-4409.8. Proficy Troubleshooter 9-4429.9. Proficy Cause+ 9-4439.10. Proficy Plant Applications 9-4449.11. Proficy Workflow 9-4459.12. Proficy Open Enterprise 9-4469.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway 9-4479.14. Proficy Process Systems 9-448

10. etheRnet netWoRkS 10-450Section guide overview 10-452

N-Tron Industrial Ethernet Network 10-452N-Tron Product Portfolio 10-453N-Tron OPC Server Software 10-454N-Tron EtherNet/IP with CIP Messaging 10-455Sixnet Industrial Ethernet Switches 10-456Sixnet Product Portfolio 10-457Unmanaged vs. Managed Ethernet Switches 10-458

taBLe of contentS

13

10.1. Unmanaged ethernet Switches 10-46010.1.1. Light Duty 10-46010.1.2. Heavy Duty 10-46010.1.3. Monitored Heavy Duty 10-463

10.2. Managed ethernet Switches 10-46410.3. iP67 Rated ethernet Switches 10-474

10.3.1. Unmanaged 10-47410.3.2. Managed 10-475

10.4. Wireless Radio ethernet 10-47610.5. Power over ethernet (Poe) 10-478

10.5.1. PoE Switches 10-47810.5.2. PoE Injectors 10-47810.5.3. PoE Splitters 10-479

10.6. cellular Modems & Routers 10-48010.7. Media converters 10-48310.8. telephone Modem 10-483

11. PRotocoL & SignaL conveRteRS 11-48411.1. Protocol converters 11-48611.2. ethernet to Serial Server 11-49811.3. Modbus ethernet to Serial gateway 11-49911.4. RS 232 to RS 485/422 converter 11-50011.5. RS 485/422 isolated Repeater 11-50111.6. Signal converters 11-502

11.6.1. Process Inputs 11-50211.6.1.1. Analog Converter & Switch 11-50211.6.1.2. Analog Converter / Isolator 11-50311.6.1.3. Slim Analog Converter / Isolator 11-50411.6.1.4. Loop Powered Analog Isolator 11-50511.6.1.5. Analog to Frequency Converter 11-505

11.6.2. Temperature Inputs 11-50611.6.2.1. Temperature Converter & Switch 11-50611.6.2.2. RTD to Analog Converter 11-50711.6.2.3. TC to Analog Converter 11-507

11.6.3. Frequency Inputs 11-50811.6.3.1. Frequency to Analog Converter 11-50811.6.3.2. Under / Over Speed Switch 11-509

12. PiLot DeviceS & RaDio contRoL 12-51012.1. Pushbuttons 12-512

12.1.1. Standard Range 12-51212.1.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-51412.1.3. IP69K Range 12-516

12.2. Pilot Lights 12-51812.2.1. Standard Range 12-51812.2.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-51912.2.3. IP69K Range 12-520

12.3. emergency Stop Pushbuttons 12-52112.3.1. Standard Range 12-52112.3.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-52212.3.3. IP69K Range 12-522

12.4. Selector Switches (2 & 3 Positions) 12-52312.4.1. Standard Range 12-523

12.4.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-52512.4.3. IP69K Range 12-526

12.5. Selector Switches (2 to 12 Pos.) 12-52712.5.1. Heavy Duty Range 12-52712.5.2. IP69K Range 12-527

12.6. key-operated Selector Switches 12-52812.6.1. Standard Range 12-52812.6.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-529

12.7. toggle Switches 12-53012.7.1. Standard Range 12-53012.7.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-530

12.8. Buzzers 12-53112.9. Potentiometer Drive 12-53112.10. assembled Stations 12-532

12.10.1. Enclosed Pushbutton Stations 12-53212.10.2. Blank Enclosures 12-532

12.11. accessories 12-53312.11.1. Standard Range 12-53312.11.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-53612.11.3. IP69K Range 12-537

12.12. Joystick controllers 12-53812.13. Plastic & Metal enclosures 12-54012.14. Radio Wireless control 12-542

12.14.1. Overview 12-54212.14.2. Products 12-54312.14.3. Industry Solutions 12-546

12.14.3.1. Radio Crane 12-54612.14.3.2. Radio Safe 12-54812.14.3.3. Radio Green 12-55012.14.3.4. Radio Lift 12-55212.14.3.5. Radio Farm 12-55412.14.3.6. Radio Build 12-55612.14.3.7. Radio Motion 12-55812.14.3.8. Radio Drive 12-560

13. PoWeR DiStRiBUtion 13-56213.1. circuit Breakers 13-564

13.1.1. AC Type 13-56413.1.2. DC Type 13-569

13.2. Residual current Devices 13-57013.3. auxiliary elements & accessories 13-574

13.3.1. Suit AC MCB, RCD & RCBO 13-57413.3.2. Suit DC Circuit Breakers 13-575

13.4. Busbars & accessories 13-57613.5. enclosed isolator 13-57813.6. McB consumer enclosures 13-57913.7. Switches 13-580

13.7.1. Load Break Switches 13-58013.7.2. Switch Disconnectors 13-58313.7.3. Change Over Switches 13-58513.7.4. Optional Handles 13-58713.7.5. Extended Shafts 13-589


taBLe of contentS

13.7.6. Auxiliary Contacts 13-59013.7.7. Fourth Poles & Neutral Links 13-59213.7.8. Terminal Shrouds 13-59313.7.9. Conversion Kits 13-594

13.8. fuse Switch Disconnectors 13-59613.9. vacuum contactors 13-600

14. MotoR contRoL & PRotection 14-60214.1. variable Speed Drives 14-604

Selection Guide 14-60414.1.1. Micro Drives 14-60614.1.2. Fan & Pump 14-60814.1.3. Machinery 14-60914.1.4. General Purpose 14-61114.1.5. HVAC 14-61314.1.6. Water & Wastewater 14-61414.1.7. Industrial 14-61514.1.8. DC Drives 14-618

14.2. Motor Protection Relays 14-62014.2.1. Motor Temperature Monitoring Relay 14-62014.2.2. The Vision Relay Range 14-62014.2.3. Retrofit/Replacement 14-622

14.3. Soft Starters 14-62414.3.1. Overview 14-62414.3.2. Compact Range up to 105A 14-62614.3.3. Efficient Range up to 370A 14-62714.3.4. Advanced range up to 1050A 14-628

14.4. contactors 14-63014.4.1. 3-Pole AC Operated 14-63014.4.2. 3-Pole DC Operated 14-63014.4.3. 3-Pole AC/DC Operated 14-63114.4.4. 4-Pole AC/DC Operated 14-63314.4.5. A & AF Series Accessories 14-63514.4.6. AF 09…AF 38 Accessories 14-638

14.5. thermal overload Relays 14-64014.6. Manual Motor Starters 14-64214.7. enclosed Starters 14-648

14.7.1. D.O.L. Starters 14-64814.7.2. YRA Star Delta Starters 14-64914.7.3. WRA Reversing Starters 14-649

15. eneRgy ManageMent 15-650Selection guide overview 15-65215.1. Power Meters 15-65415.2. energy consumption Meters 15-65915.3. Multi-tenant Submetering 15-66015.4. Power Quality analyzers 15-66115.5. Power Quality Revenue Meters 15-66515.6. Power factor Manager 15-66615.7. Portable analyzers 15-66715.8. current Sensors 15-66815.9. current transformers 15-669

15.10. Split-core current transformers 15-67315.11. current transducers 15-67515.12. current Switches 15-67615.13. Software 15-677

15.13.1. Power Analysis 15-67715.13.2. ExpertPower 15-678

15.14. on Site testing Services 15-67916. Lightning & SURge PRotection 16-680

Section guide overview 16-682A Systematic Approach 16-682Key Product Features 16-683Product Specification Reference Terms 16-684

16.1. Power Protection 16-685Selecting Power Protection 16-68516.1.1. Surge Diverters 16-68616.1.2. High Voltage Surge Diverters 16-69116.1.3. Spark Gap Arresters 16-69216.1.4. Hybrid Spark Gap Arresters 16-69316.1.5. Series Surge Protectors 16-69416.1.6. Surge Filters 16-696

16.2. Process control Protection 16-704Selecting Process Control Protection 16-70416.2.1. Twisted Pair Signal Protection 16-70616.2.2. High Current Signal Line Protectors 16-70916.2.3. Multiline Signal Protection 16-71016.2.4. Serial Port Protection 16-71116.2.5. Load Cell Protection 16-712

16.3. Lan & cctv Protection 16-71316.3.1. Coaxial CCTV Protection 16-71316.3.2. CCTV Protection 16-71516.3.3. LAN Protection 16-716

16.4. coaxial Protection 16-717Selecting Coaxial Protection 16-71716.4.1. RF Equipment Protection 16-718

16.5. telephone Protection 16-72416.5.1. KP KRONE-LSA® 16-72416.5.2. RJ Modular Plug Protection 16-725

16.6. intrinsically Safe 16-72616.6.1. IS Signal Line Protectors 16-72616.6.2. IS High Speed Signal Line Protectors 16-72716.6.3. IS Series Surge Protectors 16-72816.6.4. IS Instrument Protectors 16-72916.6.5. IS Load Cell Protectors 16-730

16.7. Special Products 16-73116.7.1. Surge Indicator Panel 16-73116.7.2. EC Earth Clamp 16-73216.7.3. Cable Bonding Kit 16-73416.7.4. Transient Surge Counter 16-735

16.8. overview 16-736Standards & Safety 16-736Risk Assessment 16-736Surge Ratings 16-737Installation 16-738

15

17. teRMination & WiRing SySteMS 17-74017.1. Screw connection terminals 17-742

Overview 17-74217.1.1. Standard Feed Through Terminals 17-74317.1.2. High Current Terminals 17-74517.1.3. Bolt Connection Terminals 17-74617.1.4. Double-Deck Terminals 17-74717.1.5. Multilevel Terminals 17-74817.1.6. Sensor Terminals 17-74917.1.7. Disconnect Terminals 17-75017.1.8. Test & Disconnect Terminals 17-75117.1.9. Fuse Terminals 17-752

17.2. Spring clamp terminals 17-753Overview 17-75317.2.1. Standard Feed Through Terminals 17-75417.2.2. Double-Deck & Multilevel Terminals 17-75617.2.3. Sensor Terminals 17-75717.2.4. Disconnect Terminals 17-75817.2.5. Fuse & Disconnect Terminals 17-75917.2.6. Multi Input/Output Terminals 17-760

17.3. Warning Labels 17-76117.4. Markers 17-76117.5. Din-Rail 17-76217.6. Wiring Duct 17-76217.7. Typical Specifications 17-763

inDex 764Product code index 765terms and conditions of Sale 782Disclaimer 784


1.1.1.1. AM1 Series1.1.1. Micro

Section Guide Overview Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

1

1. Relays & TimeRs

secTion 1

1-17

Relays & timeRs

1. Relays & TimeRs 1-16section Guide overview 1-181.1. Power Relays 1-201.2. interface Relays 1-291.3. solid state Relays 1-301.4. monitoring Relays 1-311.5. analog multi-Function Timers 1-331.6. Digital multi-Function Timers 1-361.7. star Delta start Timers 1-391.8. Power Off Delay Timers 1-401.9. cyclic Twin Timers 1-411.10. Time / clock switch 1-421.11. Hour Run meters 1-43


1. Relays & TimeRs1 Section Guide Overview

Relay selection chart

1 Pole

0 - 6a

0 - 10a

0 - 30a

0 - 7a

0 - 10a

0 - 20a

0 - 10a

0 - 6a

0 - 40asolid state

electro-mechanical2 Pole

3 Pole

4 Pole

1-19

Section Guide Overview 1

Page 1-29

Page 1-20

Page 1-25

Page 1-28

Page 1-26

Page 1-20

Page 1-25

Page 1-22

Page 1-24

Page 1-27

Page 1-28

Page 1-24

Page 1-22

Page 1-26

Page 1-30

standard HJ series

Rm84 series

Hn series

slimline

PiR6W-1P series

Rm87n series

Hn series

He series

R2 series

R15 series

Hl series

He series

R15 series

R4 series

HJ series

aQ-a series


1. Relays & TimeRsstock status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

1 1.1. Power Relays

Rm87n series

Rm84 series

contact contact Rating leD indication Gold Flashed contacts

coil Type code

1 C/O 12A No No 12VDC Rm87n-2011-25-1012

No 24VDC Rm87n-2011-25-1024

Yes 24VDC RM87N-2311-25-1024

No 48VDC Rm87n-2011-25-1048

No 110VDC Rm87n-2011-25-1110

No 12VAC Rm87n-2011-25-5012

No 24VAC Rm87n-2011-25-5024

No 48VAC Rm87n-2011-25-5048

No 110VAC Rm87n-2011-25-5110

No 240VAC Rm87n-2011-25-5240


coil Type code

2 C/O 8A No No 12VDC Rm84-2012-25-1012

No 24VDC Rm84-2012-25-1024

Yes 24VDC RM84-2312-25-1024

No 48VDC Rm84-2012-25-1048

No 110VDC Rm84-2012-25-1110

No 12VAC Rm84-2012-25-5012

No 24VAC Rm84-2012-25-5024

No 48VAC Rm84-2012-25-5048

No 110VAC Rm84-2012-25-5110

No 240VAC Rm84-2012-25-5240

order codes

order codes

accessories

Description For use with code

Single Pole DIN Rail Base RM87N Relays GZT92

GZm92

Double Pole DIN Rail Base RM84 Relays GZT80

GZm80

Ejector Style Relay Clip GZT92, GZM92, GZT80 & GZM80 Bases

GZT80-0040

Wire Style Relay Clip GZm80-0041

Description Plate GZT80-0035

Interconnection Strip ZGGZ80

order codes

1-21

1.1. Power Relays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

1

GZm80

GZm80

GZT80

GZm92

GZT92

GZT80

GZm92

GZT92

GZT80-0040

GZT80 / GZT92

GZm80 / GZm92

ZGGZ80

Description Voltage layout code

Green LED 6-24VDC m61G

Red LED 6-24VAC m61R






Polarisation- Green LED 6-24VDC m41G

24-60VDC m42G

110-240VDC m43G

Module RC 6-24VAC m51

24-60VAC m52

110-240VAC m53m41G

m61G

indication & Protection modulesorder codes - indication modules

order codes - Protection modules

GZT80-0035


1. Relays & TimeRs1.1. Power Relays Stock Status:

Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

1

R2 series


coil Type code

2 C/O 12A Yes No 12VDC R2-2012-23-1012-WTl

No 24VDC R2-2012-23-1024-WTl

Yes 24VDC R2-2112-23-1024-WTL

No 48VDC R2-2012-23-1048-WTl

No 110VDC R2-2012-23-1110-WTl

No 12VAC R2-2012-23-5012-WTl

No 24VAC R2-2012-23-5024-WTl

No 48VAC R2-2012-23-5048-WTl

No 110VAC R2-2012-23-5110-WTl

No 240VAC R2-2012-23-5240-WTl

order codes

R4 series


coil Type code

4 C/O 6A Yes No 12VDC R4-2014-23-1012-WTl

No 24VDC R4-2014-23-1024-WTl

Yes 24VDC R4-2114-23-1024-WTL

No 48VDC R4-2014-23-1048-WTl

No 110VDC R4-2014-23-1110-WTl

No 12VAC R4-2014-23-5012-WTl

No 24VAC R4-2014-23-5024-WTl

No 48VAC R4-2014-23-5048-WTl

No 110VAC R4-2014-23-5110-WTl

No 240VAC R4-2014-23-5240-WTl

order codes

1-23


Discount Code C13

1

accessories


Two Pole DIN Rail Base R2 Relays GZT2

GZm2

Four Pole DIN Rail Base R4 Relays GZT4

GZm4

Ejector Style Relay Clip GZT2, GZM2, GZT4 & GZM4 Bases

GZT4-0040

Wire Style Relay Clip G4 1052

Description Plate GZT4-0035

Interconnection Strip ZGGZ4

order codes

GZm2

GZm4

GZT4-0040

GZT4-0035

ZGGZ4

GZm2

GZm4

GZT2

GZT4

GZT4









Polarisation- Green LED 6-24VDC m41G

24-60VDC m42G

110-240VDC m43G

Module RC 6-24VAC m51

24-60VAC m52

110-240VAC m53

indication & Protection modulesorder codes - indication modules

order codes - Protection modules

m41G

m61G

GZT2




Discount Code C13

1

R15 series

contact contact Rating leD indication Test Button coil Type code

2 C/O 10A Yes Yes 12VDC R15-2012-23-1012-WTl

24VDC R15-2012-23-1024-WTl

48VDC R15-2012-23-1048-WTl

110VDC R15-2012-23-1110-WTl

12VAC R15-2012-23-5012-WTl

24VAC R15-2012-23-5024-WTl

48VAC R15-2012-23-5048-WTl

110VAC R15-2012-23-5110-WTl

240VAC R15-2012-23-5240-WTl

3 C/O 10A Yes Yes 12VDC R15-2013-23-1012-WTl

24VDC R15-2013-23-1024-WTl

48VDC R15-2013-23-1048-WTl

110VDC R15-2013-23-1110-WTl

12VAC R15-2013-23-5012-WTl

24VAC R15-2013-23-5024-WTl

48VAC R15-2013-23-5048-WTl

110VAC R15-2013-23-5110-WTl

240VAC R15-2013-23-5240-WTl

order codes


8 Pin DIN Rail Base 2 Pole Relays PZ8

11 Pin DIN Rail Base 3 Pole Relays PZ11

accessories

2 contact Version (PZ8)

3 contact Version (PZ11)

1-25


1

Discount code c8

Hn series

contact contact Rating leD indication Diode coil Type code

1 C/O 10A Yes No 24VAC aHn11124

110VAC aHn111X1

240VAC aHn111y2

12VDC aHn12112

24VDC aHn12124

48VDC aHn12148

Yes 12VDC AHN12312

24VDC aHn12324

2 C/O 5A Yes No 24VAC aHn21124

110VAC aHn211X1

240VAC aHn211y2

12VDC aHn22112

24VDC aHn22124

Yes 12VDC AHN22312

24VDC aHn22324

order codes


DIN Rail Base 1 Pole Relays aHna11P

2 Pole Relays aHna21P

accessories

Hn1

Hn2




1

Discount code c8

HJ series

contact contact Rating leD indication Test Button coil Type code

2 C/O 7A Yes No 24VAC HJ2-l-ac24V

120VAC HJ2-l-ac120V

240VAC HJ2-l-ac240V

24VDC HJ2-l-Dc24V

4 C/O 5A Yes No 24VAC HJ4-l-ac24V

120VAC HJ4-l-ac120V

240VAC HJ4-l-ac240V

24VDC HJ4-l-Dc24V

2 C/O 7A Yes Yes 24VAC HJ2-l-T-ac24V

120VAC HJ2-l-T-ac120V


24VDC HJ2-l-T-Dc24V

4 C/O 5A Yes Yes 24VAC HJ4-l-T-ac24V



order codes


DIN Rail Base 2 Pole Relays HJ2-sFD-s

4 Pole Relays HJ4-sFD-s

accessories

HJ2

HJ4

1-27


1

Discount code c8

Hl series

contact contact Rating leD indication coil Type code

2 C/O 10A Yes 24VAC Hl2-l-ac24V

120VAC Hl2-l-ac120V

240VAC Hl2-l-ac240V

24VDC Hl2-l-Dc24V

order codes


DIN Rail Base 2 Pole Relays aHKa21P

accessories

Hl




1

Discount code c8

He series

contact contact Rating Terminal Type coil Type code

1 N/O 30A Spade 24VAC HE1AN-AC24V

120VAC HE1AN-AC120V

240VAC He1an-ac240V

24VDC HE1AN-DC24V

Screw 24VAC He1an-s-ac24V

120VAC HE1AN-S-AC120V

240VAC He1an-s-ac240V

24VDC HE1AN-S-DC24V

2 N/O 20A Spade 24VAC HE2AN-AC24V

120VAC HE2AN-AC120V

240VAC He2an-ac240V

24VDC HE2AN-DC24V

Screw 24VAC HE2AN-S-AC24V

120VAC HE2AN-S-AC120V

240VAC He2an-s-ac240V

24VDC HE2AN-S-DC24V

order codes

He1

He2

1-29

Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

11.2. Interface Relays

PiR6W-1P series 6mm interface Relays

order codes - complete with Relay & socket

order codes - Replacement Relays

order codes - Replacement sockets

Description code

Interconnection Strip - Red ZG20-1

Interconnection Strip - Black ZG20-2

Interconnection Strip - Blue ZG20-3


coil Type code

1 C/O 6A Yes No 12VDC PiR6W-1P-12VDc

No 24VAC/DC PiR6W-1P-24Vac/Dc

Yes 24VAC/DC PIR6W-1P-24VAC/DC-01



coil Type Gold Flashed contacts For use with socket code

12VDC No PI6W-1P-12VDC Rm699BV-3011-85-1012

24VDC No PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC Rm699BV-3011-85-1024

24VDC Yes PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC RM699BV-3211-85-1024



operating Voltage For use with relay code

12VDC RM699BV-3011-85-1012 Pi6W-1P-12VDc

24VAC/DC RM699BV-3011-85-1024 Pi6W-1P-24Vac/Dc




accessoriesZG20-1

ZG20-2

ZG20-3

Pi6W-1246

• Standard relays mounted on socket equipped with LED and protection circuit• 1 C/O, 6A thermal current, 6mm wide• Screw connector terminal socket type



1

Discount code c8

1.3. Solid State Relays

aQ-a series

load current control Voltage load Voltage leD indication

Varistor Zero cross switching

code

15A 4-32VDC 75-250VAC Yes Yes Yes aQa211Vl

25A aQa411Vl

40A aQa611Vl

15A 4-32VDC 75-250VAC Yes Yes No aQa221Vl

25A aQa421Vl

40A aQa621Vl

30A 4-32VDC 100VDC Yes N/A N/A aQaD551Dl

order codes

Description code

Standard Heat Sink (15A) aQP-Hs-J10a

Standard Heat Sink (25A) aQP- Hs-30/40a

Standard Heat Sink (40A) aQP-Hs-J25a

Slim Heat Sink (DIN Rail Mount) aQP-Hs-sJ20a

DIN Rail Mounting Plate AQP-DPJ

Terminal Cover AQA801

accessories

aQP-Hs-J10aaQP-Hs-30/40a

aQP-Hs-J25a aQP-Hs-sJ20a

1-31


Discount Code C13

11.4. Monitoring Relays

Three Phase Voltage monitoring Relay

single Phase Voltage monitoring Relay

• Voltagemonitoringfor3-phasemains• Monitoringofphasesequenceandphasefailure• Monitoringofasymmetry• Connectionofneutralwireoptional• Supplyvoltage=measuringvoltage

Phase sequence monitoring

UnDeR - Under voltage monitoring

Phase failure monitoring

Win - Voltage monitoring in window function between MIN & MAX values

asymmetry monitoring

• Voltagemonitoringfor1-phasemains• Multifunctionmonitoringrelay• Minimumvaluesupervisionwiththehysteresismode• Supplyvoltage=measuringvoltage

Functions

Functions

mR-eU3W1P

mR-eU1W1P

order code

order code

Relay Type Phases monitored

Parameters monitored output code

Voltage 1 Under voltage monitoringVoltage monitoring between MIN & MAX values

1 C/O5A

mR-eU1W1P



Voltage 3 Phase SequencePhase FailureAsymmetry

1 C/O5A

mR-eU3m1P

leD U - Supply Voltage LEDleD maX - Max Voltage LEDleD min - Min Voltage LED

- Output Relaymax - Max Voltage min - Min Voltage

leD U - Supply Voltage LED - Output Relayasym. - Asymmetry


1. Relays & TimeRs1.4. Monitoring Relays Stock Status:


Discount Code C13

1

single Phase current monitoring Relay

oVeR, oVeR+laTcH - Over current monitoring, over current monitoring with fault latch

UnDeR, UnDeR+laTcH - Under current monitoring, under current monitoring with fault latch

Win, Win+laTcH - Current monitoring in window function between MIN and MAX values, current monitoring in window function between MIN and MAX values with fault latch

order code



Current 1 Over current monitoringUnder current monitoringCurrent monitoring between MIN and MAX values

1 C/O5A

mR-ei1W1P

Functions

mR-ei1W1P

• ACcurrentmonitoringin1-phasemains• Multifunctionmonitoringrelays• Hysteresismodeandthepossibilityofsettingthetrippingdelay• Supplyvoltage230VAC

leD U - Supply Voltage LEDleD maX - Max Current LEDleD min - Min Current LEDlatch - Latched Output - Output Relaymax - Max Current min - Min Current

1-33


Discount Code C13

11.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers

mT-TUa / mT-TUB series• MultifunctionTimeRelay(10TimeFunctions;8TimeRanges)• 12-240VAC/DCinput• DINrailmount

Functions

order codes

Description Timing Functions contact Type contact Rating code

Multifunction DIN Rail Timer E, Wu, Bp, Bi, T, R, Ws, Wa, Esa, B

1 C/O 10A mT-TUa-17s-11-9240

E, Wu, Bp, Bi, Ra, Esf, Wi, Wst, Est, Esp

1 C/O 10A mT-TUB-17s-11-9240

mT-TUae - ON delay. Ws - Single shot for the set interval triggered

by closing of the control contact S.Bi - Symmetricalcyclicaloperationpulsefirst.

Wu - ON for the set interval. Wa - ON for the set interval triggered with the control contact S.

T - Generation of the 0,5 s pulse after the interval T.

Bp - Symmetrical cyclical operation pausefirst.

R - OFF delay with the control contact S.

note:U-supplyvoltage;R-outputstateoftherelay;s-controlcontactstate;T-measuredtime;t-timeaxis

esa - ON and OFF delay with the control contact S.

Wst - ON for the set interval by closing the control contact S, with extension of the interval T - extension of the time of switching on the output relay R.

est - ON delay with closing of the control contact, with the interval T extended.

esp - ON delay - one cycle, with the control contact S.

Ra - OFF delay with the control contact S, without extension of the interval T.

esf - ON delay with the control contact S without the interval T extension.

Wi - ON for the set interval controlled by closing of the control contact S, with the functionofswitchingofftheoutputrelay R prior to the lapse of the interval T.

B - Cyclical operation controlled with closing of the control contact S.


1. Relays & TimeRs1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers Stock Status:


Discount Code C13

1

Pm4H-a/s/m series

operation mode contact Time Ranges iP Rating Terminal type

operating Voltage

code

•PulseON-delay•PulseFlicker•PulseON-flicker•DifferentialON/OFF- delay•SignalOFF-delay•PulseOne-shot•PulseOne-cycle

2 C/O 16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)

IP50 11 Pin 24VAC/DC Pm4Ha-H-24V

12VDC Pm4Ha-H-Dc12V

240VAC Pm4Ha-H-ac240V

Screw 240VAC PM4HA-H-AC240VS

IP65 11 Pin 240VAC PM4HA-H-AC240VW

Power ON-delay 2 C/O 16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)

IP50 8 Pin 24VAC/DC Pm4Hs-H-24V

Screw 24VAC/DC Pm4Hs-H-24Vs

8 Pin 12VDC Pm4Hs-H-Dc12V

12VDC PM4HS-H-DC12VS

240VAC Pm4Hs-H-ac240V

Screw 240VAC Pm4Hs-H-ac240Vs

IP65 8 Pin 240VAC Pm4Hs-H-ac240VW

(With instantaneous contact)•PowerON-delay•PowerFlicker•PowerON-flicker•PowerOne-shot•PowerOne-cycle

2 C/O 16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)

IP50 8 Pin 24VAC/DC Pm4Hm-H-24V

12VDC Pm4Hm-H-Dc12V

240VAC Pm4Hm-H-ac240V

IP65 8 Pin 240VAC Pm4Hm-H-ac240VW

order codes

accessories


8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail 8 Pin Timers aT8-DF8K

8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination aT8-R8K



Panel Mounting Frame All Models aT8-Da4

Rubber Gasket IP65 Models aTc18002

screw Terminal Type

Pin Type

1-35

1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers 1

note:All other timing functions for PM4H-M as per PM4H-A.

Pm4H-mPm4H-s

Pm4H-a

Pulse on-Delay

Power on-Delay

signal oFF-Delay

Pulse Flicker

Pulse on-Flicker Differential ON/OFF-Delay (1)

Pulse one-shot

Pulse one-cycleDifferential ON/OFF-Delay (2)

Power on-Delay



1

Discount code l3

1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers

cUB5T series

Display signal input Type outputs Power source code

Reflective No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

1 x Relay 1 x NPN

18-36VDC / 24VAC C48TS013

85 to 250VAC c48Ts003

Red / Green Backlight No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

1 x Relay 1 x NPN

18-36VDC / 24VAC c48Ts113

85 to 250VAC c48Ts103

Reflective No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

2 x Relay 18-36VDC / 24VAC C48TD012

85 to 250VAC C48TD002

Red / Green Backlight No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

2 x Relay 18-36VDC / 24VAC c48TD112

85 to 250VAC c48TD102

Display signal input Types outputs Power supply code

Reflective Dip-Switch Selectable Switch ContactsNPNPNP

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC cUB5TR00

Red/Green Backlight cUB5TB00

order codes

accessories

Description code

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit enc11a00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units enc11B00

• LCD,ReflectiveorRed/GreenLEDBacklighting• 11.7mmHighDigits• 7-DigitBi-DirectionalTimingCapability• 6-DigitCycleCountingCapability• OptionalSerialCommunicationModules(RS-232orRS-485)• OptionalSetpointCardavailable(SingleRelay)• OptionalUSBProgrammingCardavailable• SelectableTimerRangesandOperatingModes• ElapsedTimerandPresetTimerFunctionality• DisplayColourChangeCapabilityatPresetOutput• IP65FrontBezel

• SingleorDualPreset• 2Line,6DigitLCDDisplay• 12TimerRangeModes• IP65FrontBezel

c48T series

order codes

accessories

Description code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card cUB5Rly0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card cUB5snK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card cUB5com1


USB Programming Option Card cUB5UsB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B cBlUsB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC mlPs1000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units enc8a000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached enc8B000

1-37

1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

1

Discount code l3


Red LED Dip-Switch Selectable Switch ContactsNPN PNP


85-250VAC PaXcK000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXCK010

PaXcK series - Preset Timer / Real Time clock

order codes

• 6Digit,14.2mmLEDDisplay• ElapsedTimerw/PresetCapability• Real-TimeClockCapability• 4SeparateDisplays-Timer,Counter,Real-TimeClock,andDate• CycleCountingCapability• ProgrammableFunctionKeys/Userinputs• OptionalFourSetpointAlarmOutputs• OptionalCommunicationsandBusCapabilities• PCSoftwareAvailableforMeterConfiguration• IP65FrontBezel

accessories

Description code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card PaXcDs10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card PaXcDs20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card PaXcDs30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card PaXcDs40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block PaXcDc10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block PaXcDc20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card PaXcDc30

Modbus Communications Card PaXcDc40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DPCommunicationsCard PaXcDc50

Analog Output Card PaXcDl10

Ethernet Communications Gateway icm80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit for PAX BmK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit enc5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units enc5c000


1. Relays & TimeRs1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers Stock Status:


1

Discount code c8

lT4H series

operation mode contact Time Ranges

iP Rating Terminal type operating Voltage code

Power ON delay Power ON delay Signal ON delaySignal OFF delayPulse One-shotPulse ON-delaySignal FlickerTotalizingON-delay

2 C/O 9.999s 99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99 min 59 s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9

IP66 8 Pin 24VAC/DC LT4HL8-AC24V

12-24VDC LT4HL8-DC24V

100-240VAC LT4HL8-AC240V

Power ON delay Power ON delay Signal ON delaySignal OFF delayPulse One-shotPulse ON-delaySignal FlickerTotalizingON-delay

2 C/O 9.999s 99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99 min 59 s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9

IP66 11 Pin 24VAC LT4H-AC24V

12-24VDC lT4H-Dc24V

100-240VAC lT4H-ac240V

8 Pin 24VAC LT4H8-AC24V

12-24VDC lT4H8-Dc24V

100-240VAC lT4H8-ac240V

Screw 12-24VDC LT4H-DC24VS

Pulse input:Delayed one shot OFF-startflickerON-startflickerIntegrating input:Delayed one shotOFF-startflickerON-startflicker

2 C/O 99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99min59s 999.9min99h59min 999.9h 9999h

IP66 11 Pin 24VAC lT4HW-ac24V

12-24VDC LT4HW-DC24V

100-240VAC lT4HW-ac240V

8 Pin 24VAC LT4HW8-AC24V

12-24VDC LT4HW8-DC24V

100-240VAC LT4HW8-AC240V

order codes

accessories







1-39


Discount Code C13

11.7. Star Delta Start Timers

mT-TsD series

• Star-Deltastart-upwithindependentlycontrolledtimesT1andT2• AC/DCinputvoltages• DIN-RailMount

order codes

Functions

Description contact Type contact Rating code

Star Delta Start Timer 2 x 1 C/O 10A mT-TsD-17s-11-9240

sD - Star-Delta start-up.

Pm4H-sD/sDm series

operation mode

contact Time Ranges iP Rating Terminal type operating Voltage

code

Star Delta Timer 1 N/O Star1 N/O Delta

0.2 sec to 100 sec

IP50 8 Pin 240VAC Pm4HsD-s-ac240V

24VAC Pm4HsD-s-ac24V

1 N/O Star1 N/O Delta1 Instantaneous

0.2 sec to 100 sec

IP50 8 Pin 240VAC PM4HSDM-S-AC240V

24VAC PM4HSDM-S-AC24V

order codes

accessories





Discount code c8



1 1.8.PowerOffDelayTimers

Discount code c8

Pm4H-F8/F8R series

operation mode


code

Power OFF Delay (without reset)

2 C/O 1sec to 10sec IP50 8 Pin 12VDC PM4HF8-S-DC12V

24VDC Pm4HF8-s-Dc24V

120VAC Pm4HF8-s-ac120V

240VAC Pm4HF8-s-ac240V

24VAC PM4HF8-S-AC24V

1min to 10min IP50 8 Pin 12VDC Pm4HF8-m-Dc12V

24VDC Pm4HF8-m-Dc24V

120VAC Pm4HF8-m-ac120V

240VAC Pm4HF8-m-ac240V

24VAC PM4HF8-M-AC24V

Power OFF Delay (with Instantaneous reset)

1 C/O 1sec to 10sec IP50 8 Pin 24VDC PM4HF8R-S-DC24V

120VAC PM4HF8R-S-AC120V



1min to 10min IP50 8 Pin 12VDC PM4HF8R-M-DC12V

24VDC PM4HF8R-M-DC24V

120VAC PM4HF8R-M-AC120V



order codes

accessories





Pm4H-F8 - without reset

Pm4H-F8 - with reset

screw Terminal Type

Pin Type

1-41


11.9. Cyclic Twin Timers

Discount code c8

Pm4H-W series

operation mode


code

Cyclic Twin Timer

2 N/O 16 Selectable Ranges 1 sec to 500h

IP50 8 Pin 12VDC Pm4HW-H-Dc12V

8 Pin 24VAC/DC Pm4HW-H-24V

8 Pin 240VAC Pm4HW-H-ac240V

order codes

accessories





Timing chart

screw Terminal Type

Pin Type



1

Discount code c8

1.10. Time / Clock Switch

aTB72 series

TB55/56 series

order codes

order codes

Description code

Time Switch 72x72 Flush Mount 240VAC aTB71918

TimeSwitch72x72FlushMount240VACQuartzBackup aTB75017

Type Description code

Daily Time Switch 230VAC, No Backup - DIN-Rail Mounted TB5590185n

240VAC, 300hr Backup TB5560187n

Weekly Time Switch 230VAC, No Backup, DIN-Rail Mounted TB5640185N

240VAC, Backup 300hr, DIN-Rail Mounted TB5630187n

• WidelyusedinSwimmingPoolChlorinatorunits• 240VACSupply• 15minuteswitchingresolution• 200Hourpowerfailurecompensationmodelavailable• 15Aresistiveloadswitchingcapacity

• 240VACsupply• 15minuteswitchingresolution• 300Hourpowerfailurecompensationmodelavailable• 16Aresistiveloadswitchingcapacity• SPDTcontactconfiguration

1-43


11.11. Hour Run Meters

cUB7T series• 8Digit,9mmLCD• LowVoltageInputModel(28VDCmax)-CUB7TC• IsolatedHighVoltageInput(50-250VDC/VAC)-CUB7TV• 9ProgrammableTimerRanges• Reflective,Yellow/GreenorRedLEDBacklighting• InternalLithiumBatteryProvidesupto7YearsofTypicalUninterruptedOperation• StandardWireConnectionsorOptionalPlug-inTerminalBlock• IP65FrontBezel

Display input Type Time Ranges Power source code

Green Backlight No Voltage / Contact Closure or up to 28VDC

0.001sec 0.01sec0.1sec1sec 0.1min

1min 0.01hr0.1hr1hr

9 – 28VDC CUB7TCG0

Red Backlight CUB7TCR0

Reflective Battery cUB7Tcs0

Green Backlight 50 - 250V AC/DC 0.001sec0.01sec0.1sec1sec0.1min

1min 0.01hr0.1hr1hr

9 – 28VDC CUB7TVG0

Red Backlight CUB7TVR0

Reflective Battery cUB7TVs0

order codes

accessories

Type Description Used With code

Plug-in Terminal Block 3 Position Terminal Block CUB7CCS0 TB100003

4 Position Terminal Block CUB7CCG0 CUB7CCR0 CUB7CVS0 TB100004

5 Position Terminal Block CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0 TB100005

Enclosure CUB7 Enclosure enc13000

Base Mount CUB7 Base Mount BMK80000

cUB5T series


Reflective Dip-Switch Selectable Switch ContactsNPNPNP


9-28VDC cUB5TR00

Red/Green Backlight cUB5TB00

• LCD,ReflectiveorRed/GreenLEDBacklighting• 11.7mmHighDigits• 7-DigitBi-DirectionalTimingCapability• 6-DigitCycleCountingCapability• OptionalSerialCommunicationModules(RS-232orRS-485)• OptionalSetpointCardavailable• OptionalUSBProgrammingCardavailable• SelectableTimerRangesandOperatingModes• ElapsedTimerandPresetTimerFunctionality• DisplayColourChangeCapabilityatPresetOutput• IP65FrontBezel

order codes

accessories

Description code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card cUB5Rly0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card cUB5snK0



USB Programming Option Card cUB5UsB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B cBlUsB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC mlPs1000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units enc8a000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached enc8B000

Discount code l3


1. Relays & TimeRs1.11. Hour Run Meters Stock Status:


1

Discount code c8

lH2H series• 8.7mmDigitHeight• Selectbyswitchbetweentwotimerangesinasinglemeter.• ScrewTerminals• IP66Protection

Terminal type operation mode code

Non Voltage Input Type 0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable

lH2H-F-DHK

0 to 999h59m59s or 9999h59.9m Selectable

LH2H-F-HMK

Voltage Input Type (4.5 to 30VDC)

0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable

LH2H-F-DHK-DL


LH2H-F-HMK-DL

Free Voltage Input Type (24 to 240VAC/DC)

0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable

LH2H-F-DHK-FV


LH2H-F-HMK-FV

order codes

1-45

1.11. Hour Run Meters Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

1

Discount code c8

TH14/24 series• High-performancecompactsynchronousmotor• Commonfor50/60Hzpowerfrequency• Flatterminalsforeasywiring• Rotaryindicator(Clockwise,onerotationper2minutes).• Upto99,999.9hours

Type operating Voltage code(Black Front Panel)

code(silver Front Panel)

Single Time Hour Measurement (without reset button)

24VAC TH144 TH144S

48VAC TH145 TH145S

110VAC TH146 TH146S

240VAC TH149 TH149S

Single Time Hour Measurement(with reset button)

24VAC TH244 TH244S

48VAC TH245 TH245S

110VAC TH246 TH246S

240VAC TH249 TH249S

order codes

TH40 series

order codes

• Inasinglehourmeter,theupperdisplayshowsmeasurementspecifiedperperiodandthelowerdisplayshowsthe accumulated measured time.• High-performancecompactsynchronousmotor• Commonfor50/60Hzpowerfrequency.Aleverisusedtoselect50Hzor60Hz.• Flatterminalsforeasywiring• Rotaryindicator(Clockwise,onerotationper2minutes)



Duel Indication Hour Measurement 24VAC TH404 TH404S

48VAC TH405 TH405S

110VAC TH406 TH406S

240VAC TH409 TH409S


1. Relays & TimeRs1.11. Hour Run Meters Stock Status:


1

Discount code c8

TH50 series• Measurementinunitsofminutes• Resetbutton.Theminutesmetercanberesettozeroforrepeatedmeasurement.• High-performancecompactsynchronousmotor• Commonfor50/60Hzpowerfrequency.Aleverisusedtoselect50Hzor60Hz.• Flatterminalsforeasywiring• Rotaryindicator(Clockwise,onerotationper2seconds)

order codes



Minutes Run Meter 24VAC TH504 TH504S

48VAC TH505 TH505S

110VAC TH506 TH506S

240VAC TH509 TH509S

TH63/64 series

order codes

• Compacttosavepanelspace• Resetbutton(TH64series)• Wide-rangingmeasurementdisplay(TH63series)• Flatterminalsforeasywiring• High-performancesynchronousmotorwith50/60Hzselector• Rotaryindicator(Counterclockwise,onerotationis72seconds)

Type operating Voltage code

HalfSizeHourRunMeter(without reset button)

24VAC TH634

48VAC TH635

110VAC TH636

240VAC TH639

HalfSizeHourRunMeter(with reset button)

24VAC TH644

48VAC TH645

110VAC TH646

240VAC TH649

1-47

1.11. Hour Run Meters Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

1

Discount code c8

TH70 series• DrivenonDCpower• High-performancecompactsynchronousmotorwithaccuratequartzoscillator •Thequartzoscillatorhelpskeepthemonthlyerrorshorterthan15seconds(for720hours). •Theaccuratelyturningmotorisemployedtoprovideforlongerperiodofmeasurement.• Rotaryindicator(Clockwise,onerotationper2minutes)

order codes



DC Powered Hour Run Meter

12VDC TH703 TH703S

24VDC TH704 TH704s

TH8Dc series

order codes

• IP66Waterproofconstruction• Includesoperationlight(LED).

Type operating Voltage code

Water Proof DC Powered Hour Run Meter 12VDC TH833C

24VDC TH834C



Section Guide Overview

Discount Code C5


2

2. Position sensors

section 2

2-49

Position sensors

2. Position sensors 2-482.1. Limit switches 2-50

2.1.1. Micro 2-502.1.2. Compact 2-512.1.3. Medium Duty 2-532.1.4. Heavy Duty 2-562.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty 2-58

2.2. Pull-Wire switches 2-592.3. Belt Alignment switches 2-622.4. slack Wire switches 2-632.5. Photo electric sensors 2-64

2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2-642.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2-66

2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2-662.5.2.2. Compact 2-672.5.2.3. Standard 2-69

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2-702.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2-702.5.3.2. Miniature 2-712.5.3.3. Compact 2-722.5.3.4. Standard 2-74

2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2-752.5.4.1. Cylindrical 2-752.5.4.2. Miniature 2-762.5.4.3. Compact 2-762.5.4.4. Standard 2-772.5.4.5. Slot Sensors 2-77

2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2-782.5.5.1. Economical 2-782.5.5.2. Advanced 2-782.5.5.3. Fibre Selections 2-79

2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors 2-802.5.7. Laser Sensors 2-81

2.6. Photo electric sensors Dimensions 2-822.7. inductive Proximity sensors 2-92

2.7.1. Cylindrical 2-922.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire 2-922.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire 2-982.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2-992.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire 2-992.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire 2-100

2.7.2. Rectangular 2-1012.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire 2-1012.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire 2-1032.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire 2-1052.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire 2-107

2.8. Magnetic reed switches 2-1082.9. Ultrasonic sensors 2-1102.10. rotary encoders 2-111

2.10.1. Technical Notes 2-1112.10.2. Output Circuits 2-1122.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2-113

2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft 2-1132.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft 2-1172.10.3.3. Special Purpose 2-119

2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2-1202.10.4.1. Standard Shaft 2-1202.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft 2-121

2.10.5. Accessories 2-1222.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2-123

2.11. resolvers 2-124


2. Position sensors2.1. Limit Switches Stock Status:


2Discount code c8

2.1.1. Micro2.1. Limit Switches

AM1 series

AM5 series

order codes

order codes

type Actuator contact operation Body code

Standard Pin Plunger Contacts : SPDT Rating : 10A / 250VAC

IP40Hardened PlasticScrew Terminals

AM1300KF

Flexible Leaf AM1301KF

Flexible Roller Leaf AM1303KF

Over Travel Plunger AM1305KF

Plunger AM1306KF

Panel Mount Plunger AM1307KF

Rigid Lever AM1701KF

Rigid Roller Lever AM1703KF

Rigid Short Roller Lever AM1704KF

Panel Mount Roller Plunger

AM130811KF

Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger

AM130812KF

Reversed Action Rigid Lever AM1731KF

Short Roller Lever AM1734KF

Oil Tight Lever AM1711KF

Rigit Short Roller Lever AM1714KF

One-Way Rigid Roller Lever AM1743KF

Actuator contact operation Body code

Pin Plunger Contacts : SPSTRating : 16A / 250VAC

IP20Hardened PlasticQuick connect spade terminals

AM51610c53-A

Short Hinge Lever AM51611c53-A

Hinge Lever AM51612c53-A

Long Hinge Lever AM51613C53-A

Simulated Roller Lever AM51614C53-A

Short Roller Lever AM51615c53-A

Roller Lever AM51616c53-A

15.9mm

27.8mm 10.3mm

24.1mm

49.2mm 17.5mm

2-51

2.1. Limit Switches

Discount Code C5


2

2.1.2. Compact

236 series

order codes

Actuator type contact operation Body code

Plunger 2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

Snap Action

Thermoplastic BodyIP67 1 x M20 Cable EntryActuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

Zs 236 -11Z-M20

Roller Plunger Zr 236-11Z-M20

Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 14mm) Z3K 236-11Z-M20


Roller Lever (Thermoplastic Lever) ZV1H 236-11Z-M20

Roller Lever (Metal Lever) ZV12H 236-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever ZV7H 236-11Z-M20

Rod Lever ZV10H 236-11Z-M20

Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

Zs 236 -11Z-M20

Zr 236-11Z-M20 Z3K 236-11Z-M20

Z4K 236-11Z-M20 ZV1H 236-11Z-M20

ZV12H 236-11Z-M20 ZV7H 236-11Z-M20

ZV10H 236-11Z-M20


2. Position sensors2.1. Limit Switches

Discount Code C5


2

2.1.2. Compact

235 series

order codes



Snap Action

Metal BodyIP671 x M20 Cable EntryActuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

Zs 235 -11Z-M20




Roller Lever (Thermoplastic Lever) ZV1H 235-11Z-M20

Roller Lever (Metal Lever) ZV12H 235-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever ZV7H 235-11Z-M20

Rod Lever ZV10H 235-11Z-M20


22

13,5

30

20

30

63,5

8,5

20 4,3

22

13,5

30

20

30

63,5

8,5

20 4,3

Zs 235-11Z-M20

Zr 235-11Z-M20 Z3K 235-11Z-M20

Z4K 235-11Z-M20 ZV1H 235-11Z-M20

ZV12H 235-11Z-M20

ZV7H 235-11Z-M20

ZV10H 235-11Z-M20

2-53

2.1. Limit Switches

Discount Code C5


2

2.1.3. Medium Duty

330 series

order codes


Plunger 2-pole1N/O + 1N/CSnap Action

Metal BodyIP671 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

MS 330-11Y-M20

Telescopic Plunger M2S 330-11Y-M20

Spring Rod Lever MAF 330-11Y-M20

Forked Roller Lever (Latching) M3V4D 330-11Y-M20

Basic Switch MV 330-11Y-M20

Roller Lever MVH 330-11Y-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever MV7H 330-11Y-M20

Roller Lever MV8H 330-11Y-M20

Rod Lever MV10H 330-11Y-M20

6066,5

7,3

5,3

9,5

76

15 M20 x 1,53040 40

30,5

6066,5

7,3

5,3

9,5

76

15 M20 x 1,53040 40

30,5

27,5

25,5

¤ 9

27,5

25,5

¤ 9

Ms 330-11Y-M20

M2s 330-11Y-M20

MAF 330-11Y-M20

M3V4D 330-11Y-M20 MVH 330-11Y-M20

MV7H 330-11Y-M20 MV8H 330-11Y-M20

MV10H 330-11Y-M20



Discount Code C5


2

2.1.3. Medium Duty

336 series

order codes


Plunger 2-pole1N/O + 1N/C

Snap Action

Thermoplastic Body IP671 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

Zs 336-11Z-M20


Angle Roller Lever Z3K 336-11Z-M20

Roller Lever Z4VH 336-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever Z4V7H 336 -11Z-M20

Rod Lever Z4V10H 336-11Z-M20


76

40,530

7,3

¤5,3

6066,5

30,5

1738

9,5

5,3

76

40,530

7,3

¤5,3

6066,5

30,5

1738

9,5

5,3

27,5

2727

¤ 9

27,5

2727

¤ 9

45,5

¤20

38

2729,5

8,5

2727

4,6¤ 17,2

40,6

2815,5

¤ 20

27 27

56,3

8,5

9,5

27

27

49

20015,5

13

¤ 6

Zs 336-11Z-M20

Zr 336-11Z-M20 Z3K 336-11Z-M20

Z4VH 336-11Z-M20 Z4V7H 336 -11Z-M20

Z4V10H 336-11Z-M20

2-55

2.1. Limit Switches

Discount Code C5


2

2.1.3. Medium Duty

335 series

order codes



Snap Action

Metal BodyIP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

Zs 335-11Z-M20


Angle Roller Lever Z3K 335-11Z-M20

Roller Lever Z4VH 335-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever Z4V7H 335-11Z-M20

Rod Lever Z4V10H 335-11Z-M20


76

40,530

7,3

¤5,3

6066,5

30,5

1738

9,5

5,3

76

40,530

7,3

¤5,3

6066,5

30,5

1738

9,5

5,3

27,5

2727

¤ 9

27,5

2727

¤ 9

45,5

¤20

38

2729,5

8,5

2727

4,6¤ 17,2

40,6

2815,5

¤ 20

27 27

56,3

8,5

9,5

27

27

49

20015,5

13

¤ 6

Zs 335-11Z-M20

Zr 335-11Z-M20 Z3K 335-11Z-M20

Z4VH 335-11Z-M20 Z4V7H 335 -11Z-M200

Z4V10H 335-11Z-M20



Discount Code C5


2

2.1.4. Heavy Duty

015 series

order codes


Plunger 2-pole1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal BodyIP65 3 x M20 Cable EntryActuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

Ms 015-11Y-M20


Offset Roller Lever MK 015-11Y-M20

Roller Lever MV8H 015-11Y

Roller Lever MV3H 015-11Y

Adjustable Length Roller Lever MV7H 015-11Y

Rod Lever MV10H 015-11Y

56 M20

46

75

18,567 43

15,5

12

5,3

5

5

3

11

6

ø25

25

56 M20

46

75

18,567 43

15,5

12

5,3

5

5

3

11

6

ø25

25

11

5 6

11

5 6

5,5

21

8,5

10,5

10

20

14,5

38

13 17

3040

62-122

924

ø36

55

5

20

ø 10

33

68

13

28

10

17

8,5ø 20

13

6,5

20 7

31 16

10

26

19

200

ø 6

1365

35

9

8ø 36

Ms 015-11Y-M20

M2s 015-11Y-M20 MK 015-11Y-M20

MV8H 015-11Y MV3H 015-11Y

MV7H 015-11Y MV10H 015-11Y

2-57

2.1. Limit Switches

Discount Code C5


2

2.1.4. Heavy Duty

441 series

order codes


Plunger 2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

MS 441-11Y-M20


Roller Plunger MR 441-11Y-M20

Offset Roller Lever MJ 441-11Y-M20

Fork Lever (Latching) M2C 441-11Y-M20

Roller Lever ML 441-11Y-M20

Extended Roller Lever MD 441-11Y-M20

75

8,5

976

M 20

99

3413

26

1028

6386106

75

8,5

976

M 20

99

3413

26

1028

6386106

26

8 ø 10

26

8 ø 10

6,58

46

¤ 25

9

86

71

87-10555-91¤ 36

20

55

60° 60°

ø14

62

75

8

23

ø 10

63

9

15

2753

31

ø 36

100

35-71¤ 3678-96

9

71

8

60°60°

20

ø14

6

5920

50

29 36

90°

Ms 441-11Y-M20

M2s 441-11Y-M20 Mr 441-11Y-M20

MJ 441-11Y-M20 M2c 441-11Y-M20

ML 441-11Y-M20 MD 441-11Y-M20



Discount Code C5


2

2.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty

035 series

250 series

order codes

order codes


Roller Lever 2-pole1N/O + 1N/CSnap Action

Metal Body IP673 x M25 Cable EntryActuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°Operating Shaft with Ball Bearings

M2L 035-11Z

2-pole1N/O + 1N/C

Slow Action

T2L 035-11Z



Roller Lever 2-pole1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal BodyIP672 x M25 Cable Entry

MD 250-11Z

2-pole1N/O + 1N/C

Slow Action

tD 250-11Z

2-pole2N/CSnap Action

MD 250-02Z

2-pole 2N/C

Slow Action

TD 250-02Z

2-pole4N/C2 Right / 2 Left ActionSnap Action

MD 250-02/02Z

2-pole 4N/C2 Right / 2 Left Action

Slow Action

TD 250-02/02Z


21

27,5

36

36

58

R 8

28

6,5

10,5

88

R 55

60°60°

142

10

2

21061,5

M 20

53,5

37

48-58 8

2-59

Discount Code C5


2

2.2. Pull-Wire Switches

tQ441 series

order codes


One-Sided Up to 25M Wire LengthWithout Latching

1N/O + 1N/C Metal Enclosure IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry

tQ 441-01/01Y-Ue-M20

One-Sided Up to 25M Wire Length Push Button Reset

tQ 441-01/01Y-Ue-r-M20

One-Sided Up to 25M Wire LengthKey Reset

Metal EnclosureIP54 2 x M20 Cable Entry

TQ 441-01/01UE-RS-M20

Accessories

order codes

Pull-Wire installation Kit

Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles.

operation code

10m Installation Kit tZQ-10Kit


image operation code

Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter 1155097ss

Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea) 1192471

Wire clamp (ea) 1203478

Turnbuckle (ea) 1087930

Tension spring (ea) 1186696

Thimble (ea) 1203476

Shackle (ea) 1186490


2. Position sensors2.2. Pull-Wire Switches

Discount Code C5


2

tQ700 series

order codes

operation contact Arrangement Body code

One-Sided Up to 10M Wire Length

1N/O + 1N/C Thermoplastic Enclosure IP67 1 x M20 Cable EntryPosition Indicator

tQ 700-11

2N/C tQ 700-02

2N/O tQ 700-20

2

77,4

60160

93,75

17

30,5

40,542,2

3040,5

p/M5

M20x1,5

2

77,4

60160

93,75

17

30,5

40,542,2

3040,5

p/M5

M20x1,5

Accessories

order codes



• Thermoplastic enclosure• One-side operation / wire up to 10 m long• Release push button• Position indicator• Large wiring compartment• Twisting of towing eye not possible• Wire pull and breakage detection• One tension force for cable lengths up to 10 m• IP67 Rated









operation code


2-61

2.2. Pull-Wire Switches

Discount Code C5


2

tQ900 series

order codes


One-Sided Up to 50M Wire Length

1N/O + 1N/C Cast Aluminium Enclosure IP67 3 x M20 Cable Entry Position Indicator

tQ 900-11

2N/C tQ 900-02

4N/C TQ 900-04

2N/O + 2N/C TQ 900-22

1N/O + 3N/C TQ 900-13

71,5

4048

¤6,5

1210

133,4

69,7

2749,5

220,3-236,3

¤15

M20x1,5

71,5

4048

¤6,5

1210

133,4

69,7

2749,5

220,3-236,3

¤15

M20x1,5

• Metal enclosure• One-side operation / wire up to 50 m long• Release push button• Position indicator• Robust design• Large wiring compartment• Twisting of towing eye not possible• Wire pull and breakage detection• 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• IP67 Rated

Accessories









order codes



operation code





2. Position sensors

Discount Code C5

stock status:normally stocked /Not normally stocked

2

2.3. Belt Alignment Switches

330 series

250 series

order codes

order codes


Adjustable-length rod lever with nylon roller 2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action


MV10H 330-11Y-M20-1348


Heavy duty rod lever with 100mm roller

2-pole, 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal BodyIP67 2 x M25 Cable Entry

M 250-11Z-1224

2-pole, 1N/O + 1N/C Slow Action

T 250-11Z-1224

4-pole, 2N/O + 2N/C Snap Action

M 250-22Z-1224

4-pole, 2N/O + 2N/C Slow Action

T 250-22Z-1224

2-63

2.3. Belt Alignment Switches

Discount Code C5


2

441 series- Belt Alignment switch

order codes


Heavy duty 129mm long rod lever with 50mm roller

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal BodyIP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry

M.441-11Y-243

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

Slow Action

T.441-11Y-243


2-pole1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

M.441-11Y-966

2-pole1N/O + 1N/C

Slow Action

T.441-11Y-966


2-pole 1N/O + 1N/CSnap Action

M.441-11Y-1224

2-pole1N/O + 1N/C

Slow Action

T.441-11Y-1224


441 series - slack Wire switch

order codes


Heavy duty lever with roller 2-pole1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action


M 441-11Y-14

2-pole1N/O + 1N/C

Slow Action

T 441-11Y-14


2550

28

8,5

10

133,5

267586106

M20

34

5640

76

9

33

63

99

2.4. Slack Wire Switches2.3. 2.4.


2. Position sensors

2

2.5. Photo Electric Sensors2.5.1. Classification of Sensors

General information

Photoelectric sensor is a generic name for sensors which detect an object by using light. The optical signal transmitted from the emitting part of the sensor is modified by being reflected, transmitted, absorbed, etc., by the sensing object and is then detected by the receiving part of the sensor to generate a corresponding output signal. Further, it can also be a sensor which detects light radiated from the sensing object to generate an output signal. Fibre sensors and laser sensors are also one type of photoelectric sensor.

tYPes oF sensors

thru-beam type

Retroreflective type

Reflective type

type outline and Features

thru

-bea

m

Gen

eral

pu

rpos

e

Detects an object that interrupts the light beam traveling from the emitter to the receiver.

• Long sensing range• Precise detection• Small object detectable• Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)• Resistant to dirt and dust on the lens

U-s

hape

d

The emitter and the receiver are in one enclosure.

• No beam alignment needed• Precise detection• Small object detectable• Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)• Resistant to dirt and dust on the lens

Ret

rore

flect

ive

Gen

eral

pu

rpos

e

Detects an object that has a reflectivity smaller than the reflector and interrupts the light beam traveling between the sensor and the reflector.

• Easy beam alignment• Wiring only on one side• Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors• Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)

With

pol

ariz

ing

filte

rs

It enables detection of even a specular object by attachment of polarizing filters to the emitting and the receiving parts.

• Specular object detection• Easy beam alignment• Wiring only on one side• Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors• Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)

tran

spar

ent

obje

ct d

etec

tion

The specially devised optical system enables detection of even a transparent object.

• Transparent object detection• Easy beam alignment• Wiring only on one side• Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors• Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects

2-65

2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

2

Light ON / Dark ON Definition

2.5.1. Classification of Sensors

type outline and FeaturesR

eflec

tive

Diff

use

refle

ctiv

e

Emits a beam onto the object and detects the object by receiving the beam reflected from the object surface.

• No beam alignment needed• Space saving• Wiring only on one side• Object with fluctuating position detectable• Wide sensing area

nar

row

-vie

w

refle

ctiv

e

The sensing area is narrowed by the optical system.

• Hardly affected by surroundings• More accurate detection compared to diffuse reflective type sensors• No beam alignment needed• Space saving• Wiring only on one side

con

verg

ent

refle

ctiv

e

Detects an object in the area where the emitting and the receiving envelopes overlap.A spot-beam type sensor detects an object at just the point where these envelopes cross over.

• Less affected by background and surroundings• Precise detection• No beam alignment needed• Space saving• Wiring only on one side

Adju

stab

le ra

nge

refle

ctiv

e

Emits a spot beam onto an object and senses the difference in the reflected beam angle.

• Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects• Hardly affected by background and surroundings• Small object detectable with high accuracy• No beam alignment needed• Space saving• Wiring only on one side

Mar

k se

nsin

g

Projects a spot-beam on the target colour, and identifies the colour by sensing the amount of reflected beam and the relative ratio among colour components. Or projects a spot-beam on an object, and identifies the colour by the proportion of the amount of light received (contrast), not by the difference in the amount of the reflected beam.

• Colour identifiable• Hardly affected by background and surroundings• Small object detectable with high accuracy• No beam alignment needed• Space saving• Wiring only on one side

type Light received condition Dark condition

thru

-bea

m

Pres

ence

dete

ctio

n

Emitter Receiver

Sensing object

Emitter Receiver

Ligh

t int

ensi

tyde

tect

ion

Sensing object

Emitter Receiver

Sensing object

Emitter Receiver

Ret

rore

flect

ive

Pres

ence

dete

ctio

n

ReflectorSensor Sensor Reflector

Sensing object

Ligh

t int

ensi

ty

dete

ctio

n

ReflectorSensor

Sensing object

ReflectorSensor

Sensing object

type Light received condition Dark condition

Refl

ectiv

e

Pres

ence

dete

ctio

n

Sensor

Sensing object

Sensor

Mar

k se

nsin

gr

ed b

eam Sensing object

(White / Yellow / Orange / Red)

Sensor Sensor

Sensing object(Black / Blue / Green)

Gre

en b

eam

Sensor

Sensing object(White / Yellow / Orange)

Sensor

Sensing object(Black / Blue / Green / Red)


2. Position sensors2.5. Photo Electric Sensors Stock Status:


2Discount code c7

2.5.2.1. Cylindrical2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors

cY-100 series - cylindricalorder codes: standard type (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately)

order codes: side View type (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage

output switching Mode

Light source connector iP rating code

4m 12-24VDC NPN Light On IR Pre-Wired2m

67 cY-192A-YDark On cY-192B-Y

PNP Light On cY-192A-P-YDark On cY-192B-P-Y

NPN Light On M12 Plug-in connector

cY-192A-Z-YDark On cY-192B-Z-Y

PNP Light On cY-192A-P-Z-YDark On cY-192B-P-Z-Y


67 cY-191A-Y*Dark On cY-191B-Y*

PNP Light On cY-191A-P-Y*Dark On cY-191B-P-Y*


cY-191A-Z-Y*Dark On cY-191B-Z-Y*

PNP Light On cY-191A-P-Z-Y*Dark On cY-191B-P-Z-Y*

Note: * With polarising filters

sensing Distance

supply Voltage




67 cY-192VA-YDark On cY-192VB-Y

PNP Light On cY-192VA-P-YDark On cY-192VB-P-Y


CY-192VA-Z-YDark On CY-192VB-Z-Y

PNP Light On CY-192VA-P-Z-YDark On CY-192VB-P-Z-Y


67 cY-191VA-Y*Dark On cY-191VB-Y*

PNP Light On cY-191VA-P-Y*Dark On cY-191VB-P-Y*


CY-191VA-Z-Y*Dark On CY-191VB-Z-Y*

PNP Light On CY-191VA-P-Z-Y*Dark On CY-191VB-P-Z-Y*

Note: * With polarising filters

Description Length type codeM12 Cable 2m Straight cn-24c-c2

Elbow cn-24cL-c25m Straight CN-24C-C5

Elbow CN-24CL-C5

Description codeMounting Bracket – Stainless Steel Ms-cY1-1Mounting Bracket – Plastic Ms-cY1-2Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420) MS-AJ3Reflector – 50 x 50mm rF-420Reflector – 24 x 21mm rF-410Reflective Tape – 22mm x 5m (thickness 0.4mm) rF-40rL5

2-67

2.5. Photo Electric Sensors Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

22.5.2.1. Cylindrical2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor

GLV18 series - cylindrical

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



4m 10-30VDC PNP Light On Dark On

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 GLV18-55/115/120

M12 Connector

GLV18-55/73/120

Description Length type code

M12 Cable 2m Straight V1-G-2M-PVc

Elbow V1-W-2M-PVc

5m Straight V1-G-5M-PVC

Elbow V1-W-5M-PVC

Reflector C110-2

cX-400 series - compactorder codes (Bracket Sold Seperately)

order codes (Reflector Sold Seperately)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



3mwith Polarising Filters

12-24VDC NPN Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED Pre-Wired//2m

67 cX-491

PNP cX-491-P

NPN M8 Plug-in connector

CX-491-Z

PNP cX-491-P-Z

5mLong Sensing Range


Red LED Pre-Wired//2m

67 CX-493

PNP cX-493-P


CX-493-Z

PNP cX-493-P-Z

50 – 500mm Transparent Object Sensing


IR LED Pre-Wired//2m

67 CX-481

PNP cX-481-P


CX-481-Z

PNP CX-481-P-Z

50mm – 1mTransparent Object Sensing



67 CX-483*

PNP CX-483-P*


CX-483-Z*

PNP CX-483-P-Z*

0.1m - 2mTransparent Object Sensing



67 cX-482

PNP cX-482-P


CX-482-Z

PNP cX-482-P-Z

Note: * For transparent object sensingMounting Bracket not included, Reflector included


M8 Cable 2m Straight cn-24A-c2

Elbow cn-24AL-c2

5m Straight cn-24A-c5

Elbow cn-24AL-c5

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical MS-CX-1

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount Ms-cX-3

2.5.2.2. Compact P+F Discount code c1Discount code c7




2 2.5.2.2. Compact2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor

nX5 series - compact

ML7 series - compact

MLV12 series - compact

order codes (Bracket Sold Seperately)

order codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately)

order codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage output switching Mode

Light source iP rating code

100mm - 5m* 12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay1CO

Light On Red 66 nX5-PrVM5A

Dark On nX5-PrVM5B

100mm - 7m 12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay1CO

Light On IR 66 nX5-rM7A

Dark On nX5-rM7B

Note: * With polarising filter Reflector included

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical Ms-nX5-1

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Horizontal Ms-nX5-2

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount Ms-nX5-3

Description code

Mounting Bracket OMH-MLV12-HWK

Reflector H60

Description code

Mounting Bracket OMH-ML7-01

Reflector C110-2

P+F Discount code c1Discount code c7

Accessories

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage




IR Pre-Wired2m

67 MLV12-54/76b/115/128

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



2.5m 10-30VDC PNP Dark On IR Pre-Wired2m

67 ML7-55/59/103/115

2-69


22.5.2.3. Standard2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor

VF series - standard

rL39 series - standardorder codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately)

sensing Distance



100mm - 5m 12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay1NO

SelectableEither Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR 66 VF-rM5-3

VF-rM5t-3*

200mm - 3m 12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay1NO

Red 66 VF-PrM3-3**

Note: * In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions ** With Polarising Filters

Description code

Mounting Bracket OMH-RL39

Reflector H60

Order Codes (Reflector & Mounting bracket included)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



20m 10-30VDC Relay Light On Dark On

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 RLK39-55-Z/31/35/40a/116





2Discount code c7

2.5.3.1. Cylindrical2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors

cY-100 series - cylindricalorder codes: standard type (Bracket Sold Seperately)

order codes: side View type (Bracket Sold Seperately)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



100mm 12-24VDC NPN Light On IR Pre-Wired2m

67 cY-121A

Dark On cY-121B

PNP Light On cY-121A-P

Dark On cY-121B-P


cY-121A-Z

Dark On cY-121B-Z

PNP Light On cY-121A-P-Z

Dark On cY-121B-P-Z


67 cY-122A*

Dark On cY-122B*

PNP Light On cY-122A-P*

Dark On cY-122B-P*


cY-122A-Z*

Dark On cY-122B-Z*

PNP Light On cY-122A-P-Z*

Dark On cY-122B-P-Z*

sensing Distance

supply Voltage




67 cY-121VA

Dark On cY-121VB

PNP Light On cY-121VA-P

Dark On cY-121VB-P


CY-121VA-Z

Dark On CY-121VB-Z

PNP Light On CY-121VA-P-Z

Dark On CY-121VB-P-Z


67 cY-122VA*

Dark On cY-122VB*

PNP Light On cY-122VA-P*

Dark On cY-122VB-P*


CY-122VA-Z*

Dark On CY-122VB-Z*

PNP Light On CY-122VA-P-Z*

Dark On CY-122VB-P-Z*

Note: * With sensitivity adjuster


M12 Cable 2m Straight cn-24c-c2

Elbow cn-24cL-c2

5m Straight CN-24C-C5

Elbow CN-24CL-C5

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel Ms-cY1-1

Mounting Bracket – Plastic Ms-cY1-2

Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420) MS-AJ3

2-71


22.5.3.2. Miniature 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors

eX-10 series - Miniature

EX-30 Series (Metal Body) - Miniature

order codes

sensing Distance



2 – 25mm 12-24VDC NPN Light On Red LED 65 EX-14A

Dark On EX-14B

2 – 25mm 12-24VDC PNP Light On Red LED 65 EX-14A-PN

Dark On EX-14B-PN

sensing Distance



50mm 12-24VDC NPN Light On Red LED 67 EX-32A

NPN Dark On EX-32B

PNP Light On EX-32A-PN

PNP Dark On EX-32B-PN

order codes


Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



450mm 10-30VDC PNP Light On Dark On

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 GLV18-8-450/115/120

M12 Connector

GLV18-8-450/73/120



Elbow V1-W-2M-PVc


Elbow V1-W-5M-PVC

order codes





2Discount code c7

2.5.3.3. Compact2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors

cX 400 series - compactorder codes (Bracket Sold Seperately)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



800mm 12-24VDC NPN SelectableEither Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 cX-422

PNP cX-422-P


cX-422-Z

PNP cX-422-P-Z

70 – 300mmNarrow View Type

12-24VDC NPN SelectableEither Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED Pre-Wired2m

67 CX-423

PNP CX-423-P


CX-423-Z

PNP CX-423-P-Z

2 – 50mmAdjustable range / small spot type

12-24VDC NPN SelectableEither Detection-ON or Detection-OFF

Red LED Pre-Wired2m

67 CX-441

PNP cX-441-P


CX-441-Z

PNP CX-441-P-Z

2 – 50mm// Adjustable range


Red LED Pre-Wired2m

67 CX-443

PNP cX-443-P


CX-443-Z

PNP CX-443-P-Z

20 – 300mmAdjustable range type


Red LED Pre-Wired2m

67 CX-442

PNP cX-442-P


cX-442-Z

PNP cX-442-P-Z

15 – 100mmAdjustable range type


Red LED Pre-Wired2m

67 CX-444

PNP cX-444-P


CX-444-Z

CX-444-P-Z



Elbow cn-24AL-c2


Elbow cn-24AL-c5

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical MS-CX2-1


nX5 series - compactorder codes (Bracket Sold Seperately)

sensing Distance



700mm 12-240VDC24-240VAC

Relay1CO

Light On IR 66 nX5-D700A

Dark On NX5-D700B

Accessories

Description code




2-73


2Discount code c1

2.5.3.3. Compact2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors





Description code


Description code


Accessories

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage


Light source

connector iP rating code

200mm 10-30VDC PNP Dark On IR Pre-Wired2m

67 ML7-8-200/25/103/115

sensing Distance

supply Voltage


Light source


250mm 10-30VDC PNP Light On Dark On

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/115/128




2 2.5.3.4. Standard2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors

eQ-500 series - standard


eQ 30 series - standard

Order Codes (Bracket included)


sensing Distance



500mm 12-240VDC24-240VAC

Relay1NO

SelectableEither Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR 66 VF-D500-3

VF-D500t-3*

1m VF-D1000-3

VF-D1000t-3*

* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions

Accessories

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Back Angled Ms-eQ3-1

Mounting Bracket – Foot Angled Ms-eQ3-2

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



200mm – 2m 10-30VDC NPN Selectable IR Pre-Wired2m

67 eQ-34

PNP eQ-34-Pn


EQ-34-J

PNP eQ-34-Pn-J

(2) NPN Pre-Wired2m

eQ-34W


M12 Cable 2m Straight cn-24-c2

Elbow cn-24L-c2

5m Straight cn-24-c5

Elbow CN-24L-C5


sensing Distance



100mm – 2.5m 12-240VDC24-240VAC

Relay1NO

SelectableEither Detection-ON or Detection-OFF

IR 67 eQ-501

eQ-501t*

* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay functions

rL39 series - standardorder codes (Bracket Sold Seperately)

Description code


Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



2m 10-30VDC Relay Light On (NC)Dark On (NO)

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 RLK39-8-2000-Z/31/40a/116


2-75


2P+F Discount code c1

2.5.4.1. Cylindrical2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors

cY-100 series - cylindricalorder codes: standard type (Bracket Sold Seperately)

order codes: side View type (Bracket Sold Seperately)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage




67 cY-111A

Dark On cY-111B

PNP Light On cY-111A-P

Dark On cY-111B-P

15m 12-24VDC NPN Light On IR M12 Plug-in connector

67 cY-111A-Z

Dark On cY-111B-Z

PNP Light On cY-111A-P-Z

Dark On cY-111B-P-Z

sensing Distance

supply Voltage




67 cY-111VA

Dark On cY-111VB

PNP Light On cY-111VA-P

Dark On cY-111VB-P

15m 12-24VDC NPN Light On IR M12 Plug-in connector

67 CY-111VA-Z

Dark On CY-111VB-Z

PNP Light On CY-111VA-P-Z

Dark On CY-111VB-P-Z


M12 Cable 2m Straight cn-24c-c2

Elbow cn-24cL-c2


Elbow CN-24CL-C5

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel Ms-cY1-1

Mounting Bracket – Plastic Ms-cY1-2

Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420) MS-AJ3


Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage




IR Pre-Wired2m

67 GD18/GV18/115/120

M12 Connector

GD18/GV18/73/120



Elbow V1-W-2M-PVc


Elbow V1-W-5M-PVC

order codes

Discount code c7




2Discount code c7

2.5.4.2. Miniature2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors

eX-10 series - Miniature

EX-30 Series (Metal Body) - Miniature

order codes

sensing Distance




Red LED 67 EX-15

500mm EX-17

sensing Distance



500mm 12-24VDC NPN Light On Red LED 67 EX-31A

NPN Dark On EX-31B

PNP Light On EX-31A-PN

PNP Dark On EX-31B-PN

order codes

cX 400 series - compactorder codes (Brackets Sold Seperately)

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



10m 12-24VDC NPN SelectableEither Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red Pre-Wired2m

67 cX-411

PNP cX-411-P


CX-411-Z

PNP cX-411-P-Z


IR Pre-Wired2m

67 CX-413

PNP cX-413-P


CX-413-Z

PNP CX-413-P-Z



Elbow cn-24AL-c2


Elbow cn-24AL-c5

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical MS-CX2-1


nX5 series - compactorder codes (Brackets Sold Seperately)

sensing Distance



10m 12-240VDC24-240VAC

Relay1CO

Light On Red 66 nX5-M10rA

Dark On nX5-M10rB

30m 12-240VDC24-240VAC

Relay1CO

Light On IR 66 nX5-M30A

Dark On nX5-M30B

Accessories

Description code




2.5.4.3. Compact

2-77


22.5.4.4. Standard2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors

2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors


slot sensors

Order Codes (Brackets included)

order codes

sensing Distance supply Voltage output switching Mode Light source iP rating code

10m 12-240VDC24-240VAC

Relay1NO

Selectable IR 66 VF-M10-3

VF-M10t-3*

* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions

sensing Distance supply Voltage output switching Mode Light source iP rating code


IR 62 RT-610-10

Red RT-610-10R

Green RT-610-10G


IR 66 RT-610-20

Red RT-610-20R

Green RT-610-20G


IR rt-610-50



order codes (Brackets Sold Seperately)

order codes (Brackets Sold Seperately)

Description code


Description code


Accessories

Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



3.5m 10-30VDC PNP Dark On (NO) IR Pre-Wired//2m

67 M7/MV7/59/76A/103/115

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



16m 10-30VDC PNP Light On (NC)Dark On (NO)

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 M12/MV12-F1/76b/82b/115/128


rL39 series - standardorder codes (Brackets Sold Seperately)

Description code


Accessories

sensing Distance

supply Voltage output switching Mode Light source


2m 10-30VDC Relay Light On (NC)Dark On (NO)

IR Pre-Wired2m

67 RLK39-8-2000-Z/31/40a/116




2Discount code c7

2.5.5.1. Economical2.5.5.2. Advanced

2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors

FX-500 series - Advancedworder codes (connection cable Sold Seperately)

sensing Distance supply Voltage output switching Mode Light source connection code

Thru-beam 300mm Diffuse Reflective 120mm

12-24VDC NPN SelectableEither Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED Pre-Wired2m

FX-101-cc2

PNP FX-101P-cc2

* Typical value only that changes with different fibre sensors. See following page.

sensing Distance supply Voltage output switching Mode

Light source

connection code

Thru-beam 3600mmDiffuse Reflective 1400mm

12-24VDC NPN Selectable Red LED Plug-in cable*

FX-501

PNP FX-501P

2 x NPN FX-502

2 x PNP FX-502P

2 x PNP, 4 to 20mA FX-505-C2

2 x NPN, 4 to 20mA FX-505P-C2

For applicable fibres see following page.

FX-500 series connection cables

type Description Used with Amplifier type code

Main cable (3-core) 2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier FX-501(P) CN-73-C2

5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier CN-73-C5

Main cable (4-core) 2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier FX-502(P) CN-74-C2


Sub cable (1-core) 2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier FX-501(P) CN-71-C2


Sub cable (2-core) 2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier FX-502(P) CN-72-C2


Analog output cable type

Edge tracking of film or sheet.Drifting path can be tracked as the light intensity changes.

Max. 25 μs response time

FX-500 with its ultra high response time improves productivity.

A different accuracy!

FX-500 with its accurate detection catches fractional difference in light intensity, fulfilling high precision and low-hysteresis applications.

FX-100 series - economicalorder codes

2-79


2Discount code c7

2.5.5.3. Fibre Selections2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors

Fibre Optic Sensors for FX-100 & FX-500 SeriesThru-Beam (Pair) Fibres

Diffuse Reflective Fibres

type sensing Distance Fibre cable Length

iP rating code

FX-100 FX-500

Threaded M3 130mm 1350mm 2m 67 Ft-31

Threaded M4 300mm 3600mm Ft-42

Threaded M4 Elbow 270mm 3600mm FT-R40

Heat Resistant Threaded M4 (350DegC) 170mm 1200mm FT-H35-M2

Threaded M14 14000mm 19600mm 10m FT-140

type sensing Distance Fibre cable Length

iP rating code

FX-100 FX-500

Threaded M3 35mm 515mm 2m 67 FD-31

Threaded M4 70mm 650mm FD-42G

Threaded M6 120mm 1400mm FD-61

Threaded M6 Elbow 110mm 1100mm FD-R60

Heat Resistant Threaded M4 (350DegC) 75mm 720mm FD-H35-M2

Accessories

Accessories

Description code

Lens to increase sensing distance by approx.. 5 times ( Set of 2) FX-LE1

Description code

Fine Spot Lens (0.4mm at 7mm distance from focal point) For use with FD-42G Fibre FX-MR2


2. Position sensors2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

2


Discount code c7

2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors

LX 100 seriesthe ultimate mark sensor

Accessories

sensing Distance


Light source connector code

10mm 12-24VDC NPN Selectable Pre-Wired2m

67 LX-101

PNP LX-101-P


LX-101-Z

PNP LX-101-P-Z


M12 Cable 2m Straight cn-24B-c2

Elbow cn-24BL-c2

5m Straight CN-24B-C5

Elbow CN-24BL-C5

Description code

Mounting Bracket – Straight Type MS-LX-1

Mounting Bracket – Elbow Type MS-LX-2


The LX-100 series of digital colour mark sensors utilises 3 LED elements (Red, Green, and Blue) offering high precision sensing of any colour marking. A four digit digital display allows for user-friendly setting and monitoring of sensor settings. Six easy-to-see indicators surround the main display allowing quick and easy confirmation of the operating mode.

Also, the threshold value can be conveniently checked at the touch of a button. One-level, two-level and fully automatic teaching methods are available with an option of external teaching if the sensor is not easily accessible. The LX-100 series have two detection modes:

• Mark Mode The sensor automatically selects the most effective LED colour for the application that is presented. With a fast response time of 45 microseconds, this mode is best suited for high speed manufacturing lines.

• colour Mode For high precision colour mark detection, all three LEDs are utilised to distinguish between colours that are difficult with conventional single LED sensors. The built-in 12-bit A/D converter enables high precision 1/4000 resolution judgments.

2-81

2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

2


Discount code c7

2.5.7. Laser Sensors

User-friendly high precision laser sensing

industry standard Mounting

easy setting Dual Display

Display range up to 9999

Ls series

order codes

sensing Method sensing range output Light source code

Retro-reflective 0.2 – 30m - Laser class 2 LS-H92

0.1 – 7m LS-H91

Spot reflective 30 – 1000mm LS-H21

Line reflective LS-H22

Amplifier - NPN - LS-401-C2

PNP LS-401P-C2

The LS Series has a separated amplifier with the option of 3 different types of sensor heads. They are approximately the same size as typical photoelectric sensors and the mounting method is identical as well.

The mounting for all 3 sensor heads is 25.4mm, the same industry standard as the CX-400 Series. Hence, existing mounting brackets can be used even when replacing general purpose sensors with laser sensors.

Equipped with 2 large 4-digit digital displays. While checking the current light-receiving amount (red display), the optimal threshold value (green display) can be set easily.

The display’s wide range of up to 9999 enables extremely sensitive adjustments. The result is a more stable sensing that ensures that even the smallest variation on a transparent object can be detected.

eX-L200 series

Accessories

Description code

Sensor mounting bracket MS-EXL2-1

Polarising filter PF-EXL2

Reflector RF-210

Reflector mounting bracket MS-RF21-1

thru-Beam type ordering codes

Diffuse Reflective Type Ordering Codes

Retro-Reflective Type Ordering Codes

The all new EX-L200 Series delivers high precision performance in an incredibly small form factor. This self contained laser sensor combines long range detection with a minimum sensing object of a mere 0.3mm for applications that require high accuracy and optimal mounting flexibility.

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



1mMinute Object Detection Type

NPN Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Laser class 1 Pre-Wired2m

67 EX-L211

PNP EX-L211-P

3mLong Sensing Type



67 EX-L212

PNP EX-L212-P

sensing Distance

supply Voltage



45-300mm 12-24VDC NPN SelectableEither Light-ON or Dark-ON


67 EX-L221

PNP EX-L221-P

sensing Distance

supply Voltage





67 EX-L291

PNP EX-L291-P


2. Position sensors

2

2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions

cY-100 seriessensor table 2 m cable length type (mm in) M12 plug-in connector type

(mm in)

a b a b

standard type cY-111/121/192 46 28 60 28

standard type cY-191 48 28 62 28

side view type cY-111V/121V/191V/192V 62 28 76 28

standard type cY-122 62 44 76 44

side view type cY-122V 78 44 92 44

Mounting Bracket Ms-cY1-1

Reflector rF-410

sensor

Mounting Bracket Ms-cY1-2

Reflector rF-420

2-83


2

eX 10 series

eX-15, eX-17 eX-14A, eX-14B

eX 30 series

eX-31, eX-31-Pn eX-32, eX-32-Pn


2. Position sensors2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions

2

cX 400 seriescX-49, cX-48, cX-42

cX-44

cX-49-Z, cX-48-Z, cX-42-Z

cX-44-Z

eQ 30 series

eQ-34, eQ-34-Pn eQ-34W

2-85


2

eQ 30 serieseQ-34-J, eQ-34-Pn-J

eQ 500 seriesEQ-501(T)

VF seriesVF-M10, VF-rM5, VF-D500, VF-D1000

VF-PrM3



2

FX 100 seriesFX-101, FX-101P

FX 500 series

FX-501(P) FX-505(P)-C2

nX5 seriesnX5-M10rA, nX5-M10rB, nX5-M30A, nX5-M30B nX5-PrVM5A, nX5-PrVM5B, nX5-rM7A, nX5-rM7B

nX5-D700A, nX5-D700B

nX5-D700A, nX5-D700B

2-87


2

Fibres

Ft-31

Ft-r40

Ft-140

Ft-42

Ft-H35-M2



2

Fibres

FD-31

FD-61

FD-H35-M2

FD-42G

FD-r60

2-89


2

LX 100 series

LX-101, LX-101-P

rt-610 series

rt-610-10 - 10mm sensing range type rt-610-20 - 20mm sensing range type

rt-610-50 - 50mm sensing range type

LX-101-Z, LX-101-P-Z



2

Ls seriesLs-H91, Ls-H92 Ls-H21

Ls-H22 Ls-401-c2, Ls-401P-c2

eX-L200 series

EX-L212(-P), EX-L211(P) EX-L291(-P), EX-L221(-P)

2-91


2

ML7 seriesGLV18 series

MLV12 series rL39 series


2. Position sensorsstock status:normally stocked /Not normally stocked

2Discount code c7

2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire2.7.1. Cylindrical

GX-M series order codes

Body type Maximum sensing Distance

supply Voltage

output output Function


M8 Shielded 1.5mm 12-24VDC NPN NO Pre-Wired2m

67 GX-M8ANC GX-M8B

PNP NO GX-M8A-PNC GX-M8B-P

M8 Shielded 1.5mm 12-24VDC NPN NO M12 Plug 67 GX-M8A-ZNC GX-M8B-Z

PNP NO GX-M8A-P-ZNC GX-M8B-P-Z

M12 Shielded 2mm 12-24VDC NPN NO Pre-Wired2m

67 GX-M12ANC GX-M12B


NPN NO M12 Plug 67 GX-M12A-ZNC GX-M12B-Z


M12 Non-Shielded

7mm 12-24VDC NPN NO Pre-Wired2m

68 GX-MK12ANC GX-MK12B

PNP NO GX-MK12A-PNC GX-MK12B-P

NPN NO M12 Plug 67 GX-MK12A-ZNC GX-MK12B-Z

PNP NO GX-MK12A-P-Z

NC GX-MK12B-P-ZM18 Shielded 5mm 12-24VDC NPN NO Pre-Wired

2m68 GX-M18A

NC GX-M18BPNP NO GX-M18A-P

NC GX-M18B-PNPN NO M12 Plug 67 GX-M18A-Z

NC GX-M18B-ZPNP NO GX-M18A-P-Z

NC GX-M18B-P-ZM18 Non-Shielded





PNP NO GX-MK18A-P-ZNC GX-MK18B-P-Z


68 GX-M30ANC GX-M30B


NPN NO M12 Plug 67 GX-M30A-ZNC GX-M30B-Z


M30 Non-Shielded





PNP NO GX-MK30A-P-ZNC GX-MK30B-P-Z

2-93

2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

2Discount code c7


Accessories


M12 Mating Cable 2m Straight cn-24c-c2

Elbow cn-24cL-c2


Elbow CN-24CL-C5


2. Position sensors2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Discount Code C5


2 2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire2.7.1. Cylindrical

iFL seriesorder codes

Body type sensing Distance

supply Voltage




67 iFL 2-8M-10n

PNP iFL 2-8M-10P

M12 Shielded


67 iFL 2-12-10n

PNP iFL 2-12-10P

NPN M12 Plug 67 iFL 2-12-10stn

PNP iFL 2-12-10stP

M12 Non-Shielded


67 iFL 4-12-10n

PNP iFL 4-12-10P


PNP iFL 4-12-10stP

M18 Shielded


67 iFL 5-18-10n

PNP iFL 5-18-10P


PNP iFL 5-18-10stP

M18 Non-Shielded


67 iFL 8-18-10n

PNP iFL 8-18-10P


PNP iFL 8-18-10stP

M30 Shielded


67 iFL 10-30L-10tn

PNP iFL 10-30L-10tP

PNP M12 Plug 67 iFL 10-30M-10st1P

10-60VDC NPN NO or NC Re-Wireable 67 IFL 10-30L-10/01N

PNP iFL 10-30L-10/01P

M30 Non-Shielded


67 iFL 15-30L-10tn

PNP iFL 15-30L-10tP

PNP M12 Plug 67 IFL 15-30M-10ST1P

10-60VDC NPN NO or NC Re-Wireable 67 iFL 15-30L-10/01n

PNP iFL 15-30L-10/01P

Accessories

Description type Length code

M12 Mating Cable Straight (PUR) 2m A-K4P-M12-s-G-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m A-K4P-M12-s-G-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

10m A-K4P-M12-s-G-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

Elbow (PUR) 2m A-K4P-M12-S-W-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m A-K4P-M12-S-W-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

10m A-K4P-M12-S-W-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

Field Wireable M12 Connector Straight - s-K4P-M12-s-G-X-X-X-X-A

Elbow - s-K4P-M12-s-W-X-X-X-X-A-1

iFL 2-8M-10n

iFL 8-18-10P

iFL 2-12-10P

iFL 15-30L-10tP

2-95



iFL 2-8M-10* iFL 2-12-10*

iFL 4-12-10st*

iFL 8-18-10*

iFL 10-30M-10-st1P

iFL 15-30M-10st1P*

iFL 2-12-10st*

iFL 5-18-10*

iFL 8-18-10st*

iFL 10-30L-10/01*

iFL 15-30L-10/01*

iFL 4-12-10*

iFL 5-18-10st*

iFL 10-30L-10t*

iFL 15-30L-10t*


2. Position sensors2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors Stock Status:


2Discount code c1


nB series order codes


supply Voltage output output

Function connector iP rating code

M8 Shielded 2mm 10-30VDC PNP NO Pre-Wired2m

67 NBB2-8GM50-E2

NPN NBB2-8GM50-E0

M8 Non-Shielded

2mm 10-30VDC PNP NO Pre-Wired2m

67 NBN2-8GM50-E2

NPN NBN2-8GM50-E0


67 nBB2-12GM50-e2

NPN NBB2-12GM50-E0

PNP M12 Connector

nBB2-12GM50-e2-V1

NPN NBB2-12GM50-E0-V1

M12 Non-Shielded


67 NBN4-12GM50-E2

NPN NBN4-12GM50-E0

PNP M12 Connector

NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1

NPN NBN4-12GM50-E0-V1


67 nBB5-18GM50-e2

NPN NBB5-18GM50-E0

PNP M12 Connector

nBB5-18GM50-e2-V1


M18 Non-Shielded


67 NBN8-18GM50-E2

NPN NBN8-18GM50-E0

PNP M12 Connector

NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1



67 NBB10-30GM50-E2

NPN NBB10-30GM50-E0

PNP M12 Connector

NBB10-30GM50-E2-V1


M30 Non-Shielded


67 NBN15-30GM50-E2

NPN NBN15-30GM50-E0

PNP M12 Connector

NBN15-30GM50-E2-V1


Accessories


M12 Mating Cable 2m Straight V1-G-2M-PVc

Elbow V1-W-2M-PVc


Elbow V1-W-5M-PVC

2-97



nBB2-8GM50-e2

nBn4-12GM50-e2

nBn8-18GM50-e2

nBB2-12GM50-e2

nBB5-18GM50-e2

nBB10-30GM50-e2

nBn15-30GM50-e2

nBn2-8GM50-e2

nBn4-12GM50-e2-V1

nBn8-18GM50-e2-V1

nBB2-12GM50-e2-V1

nBB5-18GM50-e2-V1

nBB10-30GM50-e2-V1

nBn15-30GM50-e2-V1



Discount Code C5





supply Voltage



M18 Shielded 2mm 10-60VDC NPN NO/NC Pre-Wired2m

67 iFL 5-18L-11n

PNP iFL 5-18L-11P

NPN M12 Plug 67 IFL 5-18L-11STN

PNP IFL 5-18L-11STP

M18 Non-Shielded

8mm 10-60VDC NPN NO/NC Pre-Wired2m

67 iFL 8-18L-11n

PNP iFL 8-18L-11P

NPN M12 Plug 67 IFL 8-18L-11STN

PNP iFL 8-18L-11stP

M30 Shielded 10mm 10-60VDC NPN NO/NC Pre-Wired2m

67 iFL 10-30L-11tn

PNP iFL 10-30L-11tP

M30 Non-Shielded

15mm 10-60VDC NPN NO/NC Pre-Wired2m

67 IFL 15-30L-11TN

PNP iFL 15-30L-11tP

Accessories

Description type Length code

M12 Mating Cable Straight (PUR) 2m A-K4P-M12-S-G-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m A-K4P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

10m A-K4P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

Elbow (PUR) 2m A-K4P-M12-S-W-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m A-K4P-M12-S-W-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

10m A-K4P-M12-S-W-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

Field Wireable M12 Connector Straight - S-K4P-M12-S-G-X-X-X-X-A

Elbow - S-K4P-M12-S-W-X-X-X-X-A-1

iFL 8-18L-11P

iFL 15-30L-11tP

iFL 5-18L-11st*

iFL 10-30L-11t*

iFL 8-18L-11*

iFL 15-30L-11t*

iFL 5-18L-11*

iFL 8-18L-11st*

2-99


Discount Code C5


2

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire2.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire

iFL series - Ac 2-Wire type

iFL series - Ac/Dc 2-Wire type

order codes

order codes


supply Voltage output Function


M12 Shielded 2mm 15-250VAC NO Pre-Wired2m

67 IFL 2-12-10

NC IFL 2-12-01

M12 Non-Shielded

4mm 15-250VAC NO Pre-Wired2m

67 IFL 4-12-10

NC IFL 4-12-01


67 iFL 5-18-10

NC iFL 5-18-01

M18 Non-Shielded


67 iFL 8-18-10

NC iFL 8-18-01


67 iFL 10-30-10t

NC IFL 10-30-01T

M30 Non-Shielded


67 iFL 15-30-10t

NC IFL 15-30-01T




M18 Shielded 5mm 10-250V AC/DC NO Pre-Wired2m

67 iFL 5-18-10A

NC IFL 5-18-01A

iFL 8-18-10

iFL 2-12-10

iFL 15-30-10

iFL 4-12-**

iFL 10-30-***

iFL 5-18-**

iFL 15-30-***

iFL 2-12-**

iFL 8-18-**





Accessories


M12 Mating Cable 2m Straight cn-24c-c2

Elbow cn-24cL-c2


Elbow CN-24CL-C5

GX-M series order codes

Body type Maximum sensing Distance



M8 Shielded 1.5mm 12-24VDC NO Pre-Wired2m

67 GX-M8A-U

NC GX-M8B-U

2.5mm NO GX-ML8A-U

NC GX-ML8B-U

1.5mm NO M12 (Pigtailed Type)

67 GX-M8A-U-J

NC GX-M8B-U-J

2.5mm NO GX-ML8A-U-J

NC GX-ML8B-U-J

M12 Shielded 2mm 12-24VDC NO Pre-Wired2m

68 GX-M12A-U

NC GX-M12B-U

4mm NO GX-ML12A-U

NC GX-ML12B-U

2mm NO M12 Plug 67 GX-M12A-U-Z

NC GX-M12B-U-Z

4mm NO GX-ML12A-U-Z

NC GX-ML12B-U-Z


68 GX-M18A-U

NC GX-M18B-U

8mm NO GX-ML18A-U

NC GX-ML18B-U


NC GX-M18B-U-Z

8mm NO GX-ML18A-U-Z

NC GX-ML18B-U-Z


68 GX-M30A-U

NC GX-M30B-U

15mm NO GX-ML30A-U

NC GX-ML30B-U


NC GX-M30B-U-Z

15mm NO GX-ML30A-U-Z

NC GX-ML30B-U-Z

Discount code c7

2-101


22.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire2.7.2. Rectangular

Accessories

Description code

Mounting bracket for GX-8 Type Ms-GXL8-4

GX series order codes

sensing type sensing Distance

supply Voltage



Front Sensing 2.5mm 12-24VDC NPN NO Pre-Wired1m

68 GX-F8A

NC GX-F8B

Top Sensing NO GX-H8A

NC GX-H8B

Front Sensing 2.5mm 12-24VDC PNP NO Pre-Wired1m

68 GX-F8A-P

NC GX-F8B-P

Top Sensing NO GX-H8A-P

NC GX-H8B-P

Front Sensing 4mm 12-24VDC NPN NO Pre-Wire1m

68 GX-F12A-C5

NC GX-F12B-C5

Top Sensing NO GX-H12A-C5

NC GX-H12B-C5

Front Sensing 4mm 12-24VDC PNP NO Pre-Wired1m

68 GX-F12A-P-C5

NC GX-F12B-P-C5

Top Sensing NO GX-H12A-P-C5

NC GX-H12B-P-C5

GX-F8

Discount code c7



2 2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire2.7.2. Rectangular

GX-F12

GX-H12

GX-H8

GX series Dimensions

2-103


Discount Code C5


2

2.7.2. Rectangular2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire


type sensing Distance


connection iP rating code

Shielded 15mm 10-60VDC NPNNO/NC4-Wire

Cable 2m 67 IFL 15-333E-11N

PNPNO/NC4-Wire

IFL 15-333E-11P

Un-Shielded 20mm 10-60VDC NPNNO/NC4-Wire

Cable 2m 67 IFL 20-333E-11N

PNPNO/NC4-Wire

IFL 20-333E-11P

50mm 10-60VDC NPNNO/NC4-Wire

Terminal Compartment

67 IFL 50-385-11N-M20

PNPNO/NC4-Wire

iFL 50-385-11P-M20

iFL 20-333e-11*

iFL 50-385-11*-M20

iFL 15-333e-11*




2Discount code c1


VariKont series order codes




Shielded 15mm 10-30VDC NPN NO/NC 4-Wire


67 NBB15-U1-A0

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBB15-U1-A2

20mm NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBB20-U1-A0

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

nBB20-U1-A2

Non-Shielded 30mm 10-30VDC NPN NO/NC 4-Wire


67 NBN30-U1-A0

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

nBn30-U1-A2


NBN40-U1-A0

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

nBn40-U1-A2


ncn50-FP-A2-P1

ncn50

ncn50

nBB15, nBB20, NBN30 & NBN40


2-105


2Discount code c1


VariKont series

order codes




Shielded 15mm 10-30VDC NO/NC Terminal Compartment

67 nBB15-U1-Z2

20mm NBB20-U1-Z2

Non-Shielded 30mm 10-30VDC NO/NC Terminal Compartment

67 nBn30-U1-Z2

40mm NBN40-U1-Z2

50mm NCN50-FP-Z2-P1

ncn50ncn50


nBB15, nBB20, nBn30

nBn40



Discount Code C5


2

2.7.2. Rectangular2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire





Shielded 15mm 15-250VAC NO or NC Terminal Compartment

65 iFL 15-333-10/01

Un-Shielded 20mm 15-250VAC NO or NC Terminal Compartment

65 iFL 20-333-10/01

50mm 15-250VAC NO or NC Terminal Compartment

67 iFL 50-385-10/01

iFL 20-333-10/01

iFL 50-385-10/01

iFL 15-333-10/01

2-107


2Discount code c1

2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire2.7.2. Rectangular

VariKont seriesorder codes




Shielded 15mm 10-30VDC NO/NC Terminal Compartment

67 nJ15+U1+W

Non-Shielded 20mm 10-30VDC NO/NC Terminal Compartment

67 nJ20+U1+W

30mm NJ30+U1+W

40mm nJ40+U1+W

50mm NCN50-FP-W-P1

ncn50

ncn50




2. Position sensors

Discount Code C5


2

2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches

Bn 310

Bn 20

Bn 310 BP 31n

Bn 20 BP 20n

Bn 310 BP 31s

Sensing Distances (mm) code

15 20-45 20-45 15 15

Bn 20-10Z

BN 20-01Z

Bn 20-20Z

BN 20-02Z

Bn 20-11Z

5 10 15 15 10-35 10-35 15 15

Bn 20-rZ

Bn 20-2rZ

Bn 20-11rZ

5 6 20 20 20 5-20Bn 310-10Z

Bn 310-01Z

15 20 25 25 15-45 15-45 25 25 BN 310-RZ

15 20 25 25 15-45 15-45 25 25 BN 65-RZ

15 20-55 15 20 Bn 65-10Z/V

BP 1

0

BP 1

1N

BP 1

1S

BP 1

2n

BP 1

2s

BP 1

5

BP 2

0

BP 2

0n

BP 2

0s

BP 2

1n

BP 2

1s

BP 2

2ns

BP 3

1

BP 3

1n

BP 3

1s

Be 2

0

BP 3

4

Actuator Magnet Part number

Magnetic reed switchesordering steps:

• Select sensing distance• Select matching magnet• Select switch & magnet part numbers• Add price of switch & magnet

2-109

2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches

Discount Code C5


2

Micro Magnetic reed switches

Actuators – Magnetic switches

BP 10

BP 12

BP 20 BP 20 n/s

BP 11

BP 12 n s

BP 22

2 x BP 11

BP 15

Bn 80

Sensing Distances (mm) code

3-8 6-12 8-14 12-24 12-24 Bn 80-10Z

0-5 2-9 2-10 0-14 0-14 Bn 80-01Z

4-23 5-27 3-28 4-30 BN 85-R

BP 8

BP 1

0

BP 1

1N

BP 1

1S

BP 1

2n

BP 1

2s

BP 1

5

BP 2

0

BP 2

0n

BP 2

0s

BP 3

1

BP 3

1n

BP 3

1s

BP 3

4 Actuator Magnet Part number


2. Position sensorsstock status:normally stocked /Not normally stocked

2

2.9. Ultrasonic Sensors

Discount code c1

Uc series order codes

type sensing Distance supply Voltage connector iP rating code

30-50mm 2 x PNP(NO/NC)

M12 Connector M30 IP65 UC500-30GM-E6R2-V15

80-2000mm UC2000-30GM-E6R2-V15

200-4000mm UC4000-30GM-E6R2-V15

350-6000mm UC6000-30GM-E6R2-V15

30-500mm 4 to 20mA UC500-30GM-IUR2-V15

80-2000mm UC2000-30GM-IUR2-V15

200-4000mm UC4000-30GM-IUR2-V15

350-6000mm UC6000-30GM-IUR2-V15

0-300mm 2 x Relay4 to 20mA

Rectangular UC300-F43-2KIR2-V17

100-2000mm UC2000-F43-2KIR2-V17

Accessories


M12 Cable for M30 Type 2m Straight V15-G-2M-PVC

Elbow V15-W-2M-PVC


Elbow V15-W-5M-PVC

M12 Cable for Rectangular Type 2m Straight V17-G-2M-PUR

Elbow V17-W-2M-PUR

5m Straight V17-G-5M-PUR

Elbow V17-W-5M-PUR

2-111

2

2.10. Rotary Encoders2.10.1. Technical Notes

technical notes

An encoder is a device (transducer) that is used to convert rotary or linear motion into useful information. The primary parameters determined are speed, rate, velocity, distance, position, or direction. A typical application will use one or more of these parameters as feedback to the controller in a motion control system. There are two types of encoders :

incremental

An incremental encoder accurately records changes in position, but does not power up with a fixed relation between encoder state and physical position. Devices controlled by incremental encoders may have to “go home” to a fixed reference point to initialize the position measurement. An incremental encoder provides an A and a B pulse output that provide no usable count information in their own right. Rather, the counting is done in the external electronics. The point where the counting begins depends on the counter in the external electronics and not on the position of the encoder. To provide useful position information, the encoder position must be referenced to the device to which it is attached, generally using an index pulse. The distinguishing feature of the incremental encoder is that it reports an incremental change in position of the encoder to the counting electronics

Absolute

An absolute encoder maintains position information when power is removed from the system. The position of the encoder is available immediately on applying power. The relationship between the encoder value and the physical position of the controlled machinery is set at assembly; the system does not need to return to a calibration point to maintain position accuracy.

typical Applications

Motor feedback is the most common way that rotary encoders are used. In this type of application, an encoder is either mounted directly to the motor, or indirectly using a measuring wheel or chain-and-sprocket arrangement. The parameter of interest is primarily the speed of the motor. Web tensioning is an application in which the encoder is not usually mounted to the drive motor, but to one of the tensioning arm rollers. Any unevenness in the speed of this roller indicates that proper web tension is not being maintained and must be adjusted. The rotating speed of the tensioning roller is fed back to the controller, which then adjusts the drive motor so that web material is kept at an even tension.

cut-to-Length is a very practical application of an encoder combined with simple mathematics. If, for example, a system were to be designed with a roller that is exactly one foot in circumference, the roller would feed one foot of material for every revolution of the roller. An encoder mounted to the roller would reflect this situation and could tell a controller how much material had been fed through the roller. The resolution of the encoder would also directly reflect the accuracy of the cut.

Lifts are just one example where encoders can perform a dual role. They can determine the position of the elevator through a mathematical calculation similar to the above, and they can determine the speed of travel of the lift.

registration Mark timing uses encoders to determine the position of a unit relative to a known point, and then to determine the unit’s speed relative to that mark. Radar antenna rotation is a good example of this type of application. In Backstop Gauging the encoder is used to make sure that the unit, typically a machine tool, does not exceed a current position or direction of travel. Very often, this is combined with a determination of the speed of travel of the table, tool head, or similar component.

Filling applications is just one example where Table Positioning is critical since the item being filled must arrive at filling tube at the same time the fluid control is turned on.

conveying is another common industry where encoders are widely used. They may be attached to the motor, to intermediate axle shafts, or to both. Encoders are an especially effective feedback device where the positioning and/or speed of multi-element conveying systems must be carefully coordinated.

spooling (sometimes referred to as Level Wind) is another application where encoders can prove invaluable. Not only is it necessary that the speed of the supply and take-up reels be kept in proper relation to each other, but the amount of material being spooled must also often be tracked.

electronics is just one industry that widely uses encoders in Pick and Place applications. Here many of the capabilities of encoders (rate, position, speed, velocity) can often be found combined in a single system.


2. Position sensors2.10. Rotary Encoders

2

2.10.2. Output Circuits

HV Line Driver

Waveform timing

The Universal HV Line Driver will function as an RS422 driver, a TTL driver, or an HTL driver. In single ended mode (i.e. without the complement signals), it will function as a current sink driver (NPN), a current source driver (PNP), or as a Push-Pull driver.

The driver will operate throughout a wide voltage range, from 4.75V through 28V, and has internal over-current protection. Each leg of each channel is also protected by a Schottky Diode. All screens should be terminated to P.E. (building protective earth) at each end.

These output waveform timing diagrams illustrate the relationship of output A, B, and index. Quadrature separation (right) is typically 90 electrical degrees with a tolerance of 10%, giving minimum edge separation of 72 Output A leads B for clockwise rotation of the encoder shaft. for NPN output A, B, and Z will not be present. For some types the marker pulse can be gated Z A, Z B, Z A B.

note:These Signal configurations were obtained from a clockwise turning shaft (viewed from the shaft end) with the oscilloscope triggering on the negative edge of Output A with scope channel 1, and Output B or Output Z on scope channel 2

2-113

2.10. Rotary Encoders Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

2Discount code L6

2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft2.10.3. Incremental Encoders

716 series – cube type, solid shaft ø3/8”, iP20

15S Series – Low Profile, ø38 Body, Solid Shaft ø6, IP50

order codes

order codes

connection Method

supply Voltage output type Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

code

6 Pin MS Side Connector

4.75 – 28VDC HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485,HTL(A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Single Ended Shaft

100 716RS60100HVSW

360 716RS60360HVSW

500 716RS60500HVSW

1000 716RS61000HVSW

1600 716RS61600HVSW

Double Ended Shaft

100 716rD60100HVsW

360 716rD60360HVsW

500 716rD60500HVsW

1000 716rD61000HVsW

1600 716rD61600HVsW

Note: Other variations available on request

connection Method


code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75 – 28VDC HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Servo Flange 100 15S60M10100NCHVV1G2STIP50

360 15S60M10360NCHVV1G2STIP50




716 Housing with 3/8” shaft

Model 15s standard servo Mount

single ended shaft

servo Flange


2. Position sensors2.10. Rotary Encoders Stock Status:


2Discount code L6


755rG series – compact, ø38 Body, solid shaft ø6, iP50

702 series – Ultra rugged, ø50.8 Body, solid shaft ø10, iP65

order codes

order codes

connection Method


code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75 – 28VDC HV Line Driver - NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL(A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Servo Flange 100 755rG161rG0100rHVG2st

360 755rG161rG0360rHVG2st

500 755rG161rG0500rHVG2st

1000 755rG161rG1000rHVG2st

2500 755rG261rG2500rHVG2st

Square Flange 100 755RG161MA0100RHVG2ST

360 755RG161MA0360RHVG2ST

500 755RG161MA0500RHVG2ST

1000 755RG161MA1000RHVG2ST

2500 755RG261MA2500RHVG2ST


connection Method


code


4.75 – 28VDC HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL(A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Square Flange 100 702110FF0100rHV1sYstiP65

360 702110FF0360rHV1sYstiP65

500 702110FF0500rHV1sYstiP65

1000 702110FF1000rHV1sYstiP65

2500 702210FF2500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000 702310FF5000RHV1SYSTIP65

Servo Flange 100 702110F1S0100RHV1SYSTIP65

360 702110F1S0360RHV1SYSTIP65

500 702110F1S0500RHV1SYSTIP65

1000 702110F1S1000RHV1SYSTIP65

2500 702210F1S2500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000 702310F1S5000RHV1SYSTIP65


Model 755RG Servo Mount (RG) Model 755RG Mounting Flange Option (MA)

Model 702 Flange Mount (F) Model 702 servo Mount

square Flange

square Flange

servo Flange

servo Flange

2-115


2Discount code L6


725 series – Heavy Duty, ø63.5 Body, solid shaft ø10, iP65

758 series – Heavy Duty Aluminium, ø58 Body, solid shaft ø10, iP65

order codes

order codes

connection Method


code



Square Flange 100 725110FF10100rHV1sYstiP65

360 725110FF10360rHV1sYstiP65

500 725110FF10500rHV1sYstiP65

1000 725110FF11000rHV1sYstiP65

2500 725210FF12500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000 725310FF15000RHV1SYSTIP65

Servo Flange 100 725110FS10100RHV1SYSTIP65

360 725110FS10360RHV1SYSTIP65

500 725110FS10500RHV1SYSTIP65

1000 725110FS11000RHV1SYSTIP65

2500 725210FS12500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000 725310FS15000RHV1SYSTIP65


connection Method


code

Side Gland + 2m Cable


Servo Clamp Spigot Style

100 758110F200100RHVSG2STIP65

360 758110F200360RHVSG2STIP65

500 758110F200500RHVSG2STIP65

1000 758110F201000RHVSG2STIP65

2500 758210F202500RHVSG2STIP65

5000 758310F205000RHVSG2STIP65

10000 758310F2010000RHVSG2STIP65

Servo Flange Style 100 758110F260100RHVSG2STIP65

360 758110F260360RHVSG2STIP65

500 758110F260500RHVSG2STIP65

1000 758110F261000RHVSG2STIP65

2500 758210F262500RHVSG2STIP65

5000 758310F265000RHVSG2STIP65

10000 758310F2610000RHVSG2STIP65


Model 725 Flange Mount (F1) Model 725 2.5” Servo Mount (F1)

Model 758 clamping Flange 20 type Model 758 synchro Flange 26 type

square Flange

servo Flange

servo Flange style

servo clamp spigot style




2Discount code L6


858 series – Heavy Duty stainless steel ø58 Body, solid shaft ø10, iP65

745 series – extra Heavy Duty ø90 Body, solid shaft ø12, iP64

order codes

order codes

connection Method


code

Side Gland + 2m Cable



100 858110F200100RHVSG2STIP65

360 858110F200360RHVSG2STIP65

500 858110F200500RHVSG2STIP65

1000 858110F201000RHVSG2STIP65

2500 858210F202500RHVSG2STIP65

5000 858310F205000RHVSG2STIP65

10000 858310F2010000RHVSG2STIP65

Servo Flange Style 100 858110F260100RHVSG2STIP65

360 858110F260360RHVSG2STIP65

500 858110F260500RHVSG2STIP65

1000 858110F261000RHVSG2STIP65

2500 858210F262500RHVSG2STIP65

5000 858310F265000RHVSG2STIP65

10000 858310F2610000RHVSG2STIP65


connection Method


code


4.75 – 28VDC HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485,HTL(A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)


100 745112KS0100RHV1SXSTIP64

360 745112KS0360RHV1SXSTIP64

500 745112KS0500RHV1SXSTIP64

1000 745112KS1000RHV1SXSTIP64

2500 745112KS2500RHV1SXSTIP64

5000 745112KS5000RHV1SXSTIP64

10000 745112KS10000RHV1SXSTIP64


Model 858 clamping Flange 20 type Model 858 synchro Flange 26 type

Model 745 Heavy Duty 90mm

servo Flange style



2-117


2Discount code L6

2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft2.10.3. Incremental Encoders

15T Series - Low Profile, ø38 Body, Thru-Bore,IP50

755Hs series – compact ø38 Body, Blind Bore, iP50

order codes

order codes

connection Method

supply Voltage output Bore ø Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

5-24VDC HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

6mm 100 15T04SF0100NCHVV1G2STIP50

360 15t04sF0360ncHVV1G2stiP50

500 15T04SF0500NCHVV1G2STIP50


10mm 100 15T05SF0100NCHVV1G2STIP50


500 15T05SF0500NCHVV1G2STIP50



connection Method


code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead


6mm 100 755HS104FF0100RHVG2ST

360 755HS104FF0360RHVG2ST


1000 755HS104FF1000RHVG2ST

3/8” 100 755HS102FF0100RHVG2ST



1000 755HS102FF1000RHVG2ST


Model 15T/H (46mm) Slotted Flex Mount (SF)

Model 755HS Flex Mount (FF)




2Discount code L6

2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft2.10.3. Incremental Encoders

760 series – Heavy Duty ø63.5 Body, thru-Bore, iP64

776 Series – Slim Profile, Thru-Bore, IP50

order codes

order codes

connection Method


code


4.75 – 28VDC HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

10mm 100 760N1T05FB0100NCHVSXSTIP64

360 760N1T05FB0360NCHVSXSTIP64




14mm 100 760N1T14FB0100NCHVSXSTIP64






connection Method


code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead


35mm 100 776135BA0100RHVG2ST

256 776135BA0256RHVG2ST

512 776135BA0512RHVG2ST

1000 776135BA1000RHVG2ST

1.5” 100 77612CBA0100RHVG2ST

256 77612CBA0256RHVG2ST

512 77612CBA0512RHVG2ST

1000 77612CBA1000RHVG2ST


Model 760 with PG9 Pinch Gland

Model 776 with Gland

2-119


2Discount code L6

2.10.3.3. Special Purpose2.10.3. Incremental Encoders

TR1 Series – Integrated Encoder & Single Measuring Wheel, IP64

Tru-Trac 3 – Heavy Duty Integrated Encoder & Dual Measuring Wheels, IP65

order codes

order codes

connection Method

supply Voltage output Wheel Type & circumference

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead


200mm Urethane 360 tr1e2r60360V1HVG2stiP64

500 tr1e2r60500V1HVG2stiP64

1000 tr1e2r61000V1HVG2stiP64

2500 TR1E2R62500V1HVG2STIP64

200mm Knurled Aluminium

360 TR12KR60360V1HVG2STIP64





connection Method



code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead


300mm Urethane 360 tr3r3B0360V1HVG2stiP66

500 tr3r3B0500V1HVG2stiP66

1000 tr3r3B1000V1HVG2stiP66

2500 TR3R3B2500V1HVG2STIP66

300mm Knurled Aluminium

360 TR3K3B0360V1HVG2STIP66





Model tr1 - tru-trac

Model 758 clamping Flange 20 type




2Discount code L6

2.10.4.1. Standard Shaft2.10.4. Absolute Encoders

958 Series – Stainless Steel ø58 Body, Solid Shaft ø6 & ø10, IP65

925 series - Heavy Duty ø63.5 Body, solid shaft ø10, iP65

order codes

order codes

connection Method

supply Voltage

output type shaft size Pulses Per revolution (PPR)

code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75-24VDC Binary Clockwise Increasing when viewed from shaft end

Servo Flange 6mm 360 (9 Bit) 958B6FSS260360CWPPSG2STIP65

500 (9 Bit) 958B6FSS260500CWPPSG2STIP65


4096 (12 bit) 958B6FSS264096CWPPSG2STIP65

10mm 360 (9 Bit) 958B6FSS260360CWPPSG2STIP65



4096 (12 bit) 958B6FSS264096CWPPSG2STIP65


connection Method


code

19 Pin Bayonet Side Connector

4.75-24VDC Binary Clockwise Increasing when viewed from shaft end

Square Flange 360 (9 Bit) 925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65

500 (9 Bit) 925B10FF10500CWPPS19STIP65


4096 (12 bit) 925B10FF14096CWPPS19STIP65

Servo Flange 360 (9 Bit) 925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65



4096 (12 bit) 925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65


Model 925 Flange Mount F1 Model 925 servo Mount s1

Model 958 Clamping Flange 20 Type (20) Model 958 Synchro Flange 26 Type (26)

single ended shaft

servo Flange

servo Flange

servo Flange

2-121


2Discount code L6

2.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft2.10.4. Absolute Encoders

960 Series - Low Profile, ø40 Body, Thru-Bore, IP64order codes

connection Method



code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

5-24VDC Greycode Binary 6mm 256 (8 Bit) 960T04SF0256GPPG2IP64

360 (9 Bit) 960T04SF0360XPPG2IP64*

512 (9 Bit) 960T04SF0512GPPG2IP64

1024 (10Bit) 960T04SF1024GPPG2IP64

10mm 256 (8 Bit) 960T05SF0256GPPG2IP64

360 (9 Bit) 960T05SF0360XPPG2IP64*

512 (9 Bit) 960T05SF0512GPPG2IP64

1024 (10Bit) 960T05SF1024GPPG2IP64

* XS 76 Greycode OutputNote: Other variations available on request

Model 960


2. Position sensors2.10. Rotary Encoders

2

2.10.5. Accessories

Accessoriesorder codes - Measuring Wheels

order codes - Flexible couplings

order codes - connectors

order codes - Mounting Brackets

Wheel type circumference Bore size code

Rubber Tyre 200mm 3/8” MWB2rU200

6mm MWB2rU2006MM

10mm MWB2rU20010MM

300mm 3/8” MWB3rU300

6mm MWB3rU3006MM

10mm MWB3rU30010MM

400mm 3/8” MWB4rU400

6mm MWB4rU4006MM

10mm MWB4rU40010MM

500mm 3/8” MWB5rU500

6mm MWB5rU5006MM

10mm MWB5rU50010MM

Knurled Aluminium 200mm 3/8” MWB2Kn200

6mm MWB2Kn2006MM

10mm MWB2Kn20010MM

300mm 3/8” MWB3Kn300

6mm MWB3Kn3006MM

10mm MWB3Kn30010MM

400mm 3/8” MWB4Kn400

6mm MWB4Kn4006MM

10mm MWB4Kn40010MM

500mm 3/8” MWB5Kn500

6mm MWB5Kn5006MM

10mm MWB5Kn50010MM

type outside Diameter Bore size code

Flexible Couplings 20mm 3/8” x 3/8” cPAss

10mm x 10mm cPA1010

6mm x 6mm cPA66

3/8” x 6mm cPAs6

10mm x 6mm cPA106

25mm 12mm x 12mm CPA1212

type Pins code

MS Mating Connectors 6 c06

7 c07

10 C10

19 C19

type Pins code

725, 925, 758-20 M-J

758-26, 958-26 M-c

745 M-4

Mounting Bracket TR1 tr1

Tru Trac tr3


Discount code L6


2-123

2.10. Rotary Encoders

2

2.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders

The NR25 series EtherNet/IP encoders are ODVA compliant and compatible with all PLCs/PACs that support EtherNet/IP. They are available in absolute single-turn and multi-turn packages using an IP67 rated 2.5” size industrial housing. These EtherNet/IP absolute rotary encoders provide up to 30 bit total resolution, delivering 16 bit (65536 steps) per revolution and up to an additional 14 bit (16384 revolutions) for multi-turn versions.

Key Features

• EtherNet/IP interface with PoE (Power over Ethernet). • Single-turn Resolution Up To 16 bit (65536 counts) • Multi-turn Resolution Up To 30 bit (65536 counts x 16384 revolutions) • Programmable resolution, count direction, velocity format, & position preset. • Resolver-based durability • IP67 Ingress Protection Rating • Solid Shaft and Hollow Shaft Versions • ODVA Compliant • Compatible w/ Allen-Bradley + Schneider PLCs supporting EtherNet/IP

The DC25 DeviceNet DuraCoder provides the durability of a resolver with the connectivity and versatility of a network. The resolution of this DeviceNet rotary shaft encoder, along with all other programmable parameters, are programmed over the network from RSNetworx for DeviceNet. Other programmable features include zero offset and a programmable limit switch outputs. Package styles include flange or servo with side or end connector.

Key Features

• DeviceNet ready • Programmable output resolution up to 12 bits • Powder coated aluminum housing for superior durability • IP67 rating • All mounting styles • Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration

Designed as a replacement for potentiometers, this absolute analog rotary shaft encoder is an industry leader. Typical applications include closed loop process control and angular measurement of valves, dampers and sorters. Available with analog voltage or analog current output. The DC25 can produce the full output signal over 360, 180, 90, or 45 degrees. Available analog voltage outputs include 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc, or +/-10Vdc. The analog current output versions are 4 to 20mA or 0 to 20mA. Package styles include flange or servo with side or end connector.

Key Features

• Outlasts potentiometers • Available in (20) different output configurations • IP67 rating • Powder coated aluminum housing for superior durability • Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration

The DC425 is an absolute analog multi-turn rotary shaft encoder, offering an analog current or analog voltage output over single or multiple turns. Built on a foundation of outstanding durability and value, the DC425 was originally designed for outdoor process control applications. Features like an IP67 rated aluminum housing, 5/8” stainless steel shaft, and resolver-based sensing technology contribute to its fail-safe reliability, making it the perfect choice for hydroelectric, water treatment, or water purification facilities.

Key Features

• IP67 rated; superior durability in harsh environments • 5/8” stainless steel shaft • Aluminum housing • Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration

Absolute special Purpose encodersnr25 single-turn ethernet/iP

Dc25 single-turn Devicenet

Dc25 Analog output single-turn

Dc425 Multi-turn Analog


2. Position sensors

2

2.11. Resolvers

r11 - size 11 Brushless resolver sensors

Ht-20 Brushless single-turn resolver transducer

Ht-20-X Multi-turn Geared resolver transducer

All AMCI transducers are designed to operate reliably under severe conditions such as continuous mechanical shock and vibration, extreme temperature variations and exposure to solvent and coolant contaminants.

AMCI manufactures a complete line of size 11 resolvers. These rotary positions sensors have been used in AMCI products and many other demanding applications for years, so their reliability and performance have been proven. These size 11 resolvers are manufactured in a wide range of electrical characteristics for guaranteed interface compatibility.

Key Features

• Over (20) different types available• Optionally sealed to IP67• Harowe and Kearfott direct replacements• Best angular accuracy and repeatability• Industry leading warranty and support• R11X-J series resolvers 100% compatible with entire line of AMCI resolver interface products

This industry-standard single resolver transducer has often been imitated yet never duplicated. Standard features include: 5/8” keyed shaft, 1/4” X 20 mounting holes, double-row bearings, sealed housings, mil-spec connector, and an anodized aluminum or stainless housing. This ultra-reliable resolver transducer is used as standard equipment by many OEM’s.

Key Features

• IP67 rated for superior durability - maintenance free • Best angular accuracy and repeatability • Aluminum or stainless steel housing • Ideal for high-shock applications • 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

Standard features include: 5/8” keyed shaft, 1/4” X 20 mounting holes, sealed bearings, sealed housings, mil-spec connector, and an anodized aluminum housing. The wide variety of available ratios for this internally geared unit can be found in the table below.

Key Features

• Over 28 available gear ratios • Best angular accuracy and repeatability • Ideal for high-shock applications • Sealed bearings and housing • 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

In response to market demands, AMCI engineered the HTT-20 series of IP64 rated resolver transducers to provide absolute position feedback for up to 1,800 turns with a maximum resolution up to 4,096 counts/turn. The actual number of counts per turn depends on the transducer and the electronics used to decode the position.

Key Features

• 4 different vernier encoded multi-turn configurations • best angular accuracy and repeatability • IP64 rated • ideal for high-shock applications • internally geared housing for reliability • 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

Htt-20 Brushless Multi-turn resolver transducers

2-125

2.11. Resolvers

2

Reliability was the chief consideration when AMCI designed the HT-20C stainless steel resolver transducer. The HT-20C is uniquely qualified to withstand the world’s harshest environments, including but not limited to steel mills, mining applications, ship loading, and other heavy industry.

Key Features

• 304 stainless steel housing & shaft • IP67 rated; exceptional durability in harsh environments • Ideal for high-shock applications & food grade installations • 5/8” stainless steel shaft for superior shaft loading • 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

The AMCI NR25 series of heavy-duty EtherNet/IP Resolvers are ODVA compliant and compatible with all PLCs/PACs that support EtherNet/IP. The NR25 series networked resolvers are available in absolute single-turn and multi-turn packages using an IP67 rated 2.5” size industrial housing.

Key Features

• EtherNet/IP interface with PoE (Power over Ethernet). • Single-turn Resolution Up To 16 bit (65536 counts) • Multi-turn Resolution Up To 30 bit (65536 counts x 16384 revolutions) • Programmable resolution, count direction, velocity format, & position preset. • Resolver-based durability • IP67 Ingress Protection Rating • Solid Shaft and Hub Shaft Versions • ODVA Compliant • Compatible w/ Allen-Bradley + Schneider PLCs supporting EtherNet/IP

Ht-20c single-turn stainless steel resolver transducer

nr25 ethernet/iP resolver


3.1.1.1. Miniature Series3.1.1. Single Phase


Discount Code L1


For more Information:See page XXX

3

3. Power SuPPly SyStemS

Section 3

3-127

Power suPPly systems

3. Power SuPPly SyStemS 3-1261 & 3 Phase Power Supplies overview 3-128technical notes 3-1293.1. Power Supplies 3-130

3.1.1. Single Phase 3-1303.1.1.1. Miniature Series 3-1303.1.1.2. Economical Series 3-1313.1.1.3. Premium Series 3-132

3.1.2. Three Phase 3-1333.1.2.1. Economical Series 3-1333.1.2.2. Premium Series 3-134

3.2. redundancy modules 3-1353.3. 24VDc circuit Protection modules 3-1383.4. Buffer Units 3-1393.5. Dc-uPS 3-1403.6. Dc/Dc converters 3-1443.7. Dc/Ac inverters 3-1493.8. railway Solutions 3-152

3.8.1. DC/DC Converters 3-1523.8.2. DC/AC Inverters 3-156

3.9. custom made Solutions 3-1593.10. transformers 3-160

3.10.1. Control Transformers 3-1603.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3-1613.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 3-161



3

1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies Overview

1-Phase Power Supplies

3-Phase Power Supplies

Series type input Voltage output Voltage output current Part number Page

Miniature Series 100-240VAC

5-5.5VDC 3A ML15.051

3-130

12-15VDC 1.3A ML15.121

24-28VDC 0.63A ML15.241

24-28VDC 1.3A ML30.241

5-5.5VDC 5A ML30.101

10-12VDC 2.5A ML30.102

+/-12-15VDC 1.5A ML30.106

12-15VDC 4.5A ML60.121

24-28VDC 2.5A ML60.241

48-56VDC 2.1A ML100.105

24VDC 5A ML120.241

Economical Series 100-240VAC

24-28VDC 3.3A CS3.241

3-131

24-28VDC 5A CS5.241

24-28VDC 10A CS10.241

48-52VDC 5A CS10.481

24-28VDC 20A CPS20.241

48-56VDC 10A CPS20.481

12-15VDC 30A CPS20.121

Premium Series

100-240VAC

24-28VDC 3.4A QS3.241

3-132

24-28VDC 5A QS5.241

12-15VDC 15A QS10.121

24-28VDC 10A QS10.241

28-32VDC 8A QS10.301

48-56VDC 5A QS10.481

24-28VDC 20A QS20.241

36-42VDC 13.3A QS20.361

48-55VDC 10A QS20.481

200-240VAC24-28VDC 40A QS40.244

48-54VDC 20A QS40.484

Series type input Voltage output Voltage output current Part number Page

Economical Series 380-480VAC

24-28VDC 5A CT5.241

3-13312-15VDC 8A CT5.121

24-28VDC 10A CT10.241

48-56VDC 5A CT10.481

Premium Series 380-480VAC

24-28VDC 20A QT20.241

3-134

36-42VDC 13.3A QT20.361

48-55VDC 10A QT20.481

24-28VDC 40A QT40.241

48-54VDC 20A QT40.481

3-129

3

Technical Notes

Series connection to increase output Voltage

Paralleling to increase output Power

As with paralleling, a series connection allows flexibility and modularity to many applications. This approach allows readily available solutions using standard stock items without the need of looking for a custom model with a unique output voltage. Many PULS power supplies can be connected in series to increase the output voltage. Please check the data sheet to confirm which units can be put in series.

Guidelines for Series Connections

• Only use identical power supplies• Connect as many units in series as needed, as long as the output voltage does not exceed 150VDC• Voltages with a potential above 60VDC are no longer SELV and can be hazardous. Install suitable protection for • accidental contact• Grounding of the output is required when the sum of the output voltage is above 60VDC• Avoid return voltages such as from decelerating motors or batteries from being applied to the output terminals• Keep a side clearance between supplies of at least 15mm• Do not mount power supplies above each other• Use standard mounting orientation• Leakage current, EMI, inrush current and harmonics will increase when connecting units in series

Paralleling allows flexibility and modularity to many applications. This approach allows readily available solutions using standard stock items without the need of looking for a custom model. Paralleling also allows future expansion without the need of replacing the original unit. Information as to which units can be paralleled for increased power can be found in the selection tables.

Guidelines for Paralleling Supplies

• Only use power supplies in the same family• Connect as many units in parallel as needed

A fuse, breaker or redundancy module on the output is only required if more than three units are connected in parallel

• Adjust the output voltage of each supply to the same level • Keep a side clearance between supplies of at least 15mm• Do not mount power supplies above each other• Use standard mounting orientation • Leakage current, EMI, inrush current and harmonics will increase when connecting units in parallel



Discount Code l1


3

3.1. Power Supplies3.1.1. Single Phase

3.1.1.1. Miniature Series

miniature Series

order codes

ml15.051ml15.121ml15.241ml30.241

ml30.100ml30.101ml30.102ml30.106

ml50.101ml50.102ml50.105ml70.100

ml60.121 ml60.241

ml100.100 ml100.102ml100.105ml100.109

ml120.241

The MiniLine Series covers the low power requirements in the range from 15W to 120W. The units in their rugged plastic housing are highly efficient, compact and are extremely reliable. In addition to the standard 24V power supplies, many other output voltages are available.

• Excellent Efficiency• Spring Clamp or Large Screw Terminals• Robust Design• Operational Temperature -10 to +70 Deg.C• MTBF from 4,000,000 to 7,000,000 Hours

input Voltage output Voltage

output Power output current

Scre

w

term

inal

s

Sprin

g c

lam

p te

rmin

als

PFc

(e

n61

0003

-2)

Para

llel

use

con

form

al

coa

ted

Dc

oK

Si

gnal

code

100-240VAC 5-5.5VDC 15W 3A x x* ml15.05112-15VDC 15W 1.3A x x* ml15.12124-28VDC 15W 0.63A x x* ml15.24124-28VDC 30W 1.3A x x* ml30.24124-28VDC 30W 1.3A x x* ml30.1005.5.5VDC 25W 5A x x* ml30.10110-12VDC 30W 2.5A x x* ml30.102+/-12-15VDC 36W 1.5A x x* ml30.10624-28VDC 50W 2.1A x x x ml50.10112-15VDC 50W 4.2A x x* ml50.10248-56VDC 50W 1.05A x x ml50.10512-15VDC 54W 4.5A x x* ml60.12124-28VDC 60W 2.5A x x* ml60.241

100-120 / 200-240VAC

24-28VDC 72W 3A x x x* ml70.10024-28VDC 100W 4.2A x x X ml100.10024-28VDC 100W 4.2A x x x x ML100.10912-15VDC 90W 7.5A x x x ml100.10248-56VDC 100W 2.1A x x x* ml100.105

100-240VAC 24VDC 120W 5A x x* ml120.241

*Suitable for use in parallel but it doesn’t current share. One or more units can be permanently over-loaded which shortens the lifetime expectancy and MTBF.

3-131

3.1. Power Supplies

Discount Code L1


3

3.1.1. Single Phase3.1.1.2. Economical Series

economical Series

order codes

For users looking for highly reliable power supplies in a compact housing which are easy to use. Focusing only on the essentials, achieves significant price advantages.

• Industries Smallest Footprint• Robust Metal Housing• Efficiency up to 93%• 20% Current Reserves• Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C• Large Screw Terminals• MTBF over 2,200,000 Hours• IECEx Certification for Hazardous Areas


output Power

output current

Scre

w

term

inal

s

PFc

Para

llel

use

con

form

al

coa

ted

Dc

oK

Si

gnal

iec

ex c

ert code

100-240VAC 24-28VDC 80W 3.3A x x cS3.241*

100-120 / 200-240VAC

24-28VDC 120W 5A x cS5.241*

24-28VDC 240W 10A x cS10.241*

24-28VDC 240W 10A x x cS10.242*

48-52VDC 240W 5A x cS10.481

100-240VAC 24-28VDC 480W 20A x x x x x cPS20.241

48-56VDC 480W 10A x x x x x cPS20.481

12-15VDC 480W 30A x x x x x cPS20.121

* Should not be used in parallel in order to increase the output power. However units can be paralleled for building 1+1 redundancy systems.

cS3.241 cS5.241 cS10.241cS10.242cS10.481

cPS20.121cPS20.241cPS20.481


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.1. Power Supplies Stock Status:


3

Discount code l2

3.1.1. Single Phase3.1.1.3. Premium Series

Premium Series

order codes

Suitable when you need state-of-the-art technology and flexibility for demanding tasks. With outstanding efficiencies, 50% Bonus Power and many other features, this series is the “Best in Class”.

• Industries Smallest Footprint• 50% Current Reserves• Efficiency up to 94%• Low Inrush Current Surge• DC-OK Relay Contact (Except QS3)• Active Power Factor Correction• Active Filter against Input Transients• Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C• MTBF over 2,400,000 hours• IECEx Certification for Hazardous Areas

input Voltage

output Voltage

output Power

output current

Scre

w

term

inal

s

Sprin

g c

lam

p te

rmin

als

PFc

(e

n61

0003

-2)

Para

llel u

se

con

form

al

coa

ted

Dc

oK

Sig

nal

iec

ex c

ert

nec

cla

ss 2

D

evic

enet

code

100-240VAC 24-28VDC 80W 3A x x x QS3.24124-28VDC 120W 5A x x x x QS5.24124-28VDC 120W 5A x x x x x QS5.241-A124-28VDC 91.2W 3.8A x x x x QS5.Dnet12-15VDC 180W 15A x x x x QS10.12124-28VDC 240W 10A x x x x QS10.24124-24.5VDC 196W 8A x x x x x QS10.Dnet24-28VDC 240W 10A x x x x x QS10.241-c124-28VDC 240W 10A x x x x x QS10.241-A128-32VDC 240W 8A x x x x QS10.30148-56VDC 240W 5A x x x x QS10.48124-28VDC 480W 20A x x x x QS20.24124-28VDC 480W 20A x x x x x QS20.241-c124-28VDC 480W 20A x x x x x QS20.241-A136-42VDC 480W 13A x x x x QS20.36148-55VDC 480W 10A x x x x QS20.48124-28VDC 960W 40A x x x x QS40.241

200-240VAC 24-28VDC 960W 40A x x x x QS40.24448-56VDC 960W 20A x x x x QS40.484

QS3.241 QS5.241QS5.241-A1QS5.Dnet

QS10.DnetQS10.241-c1QS10.241-A1

QS10.241QS10.481QS10.121QS10.301

QS20.241QS20.361QS20.481

QS20.241-c1QS20.241-A1

QS40.241 QS40.244QS40.484

3-133

3.1. Power Supplies

Discount Code L1


3

3.1.2.1. Economical Series3.1.2. Three Phase

economical Series

order codes

Industrial three-phase systems present a special challenge when designing power supplies. High energy transients and superimposed harmonics on the input lines require special input filters and protection circuits. Our units are equipped with special active and passive filters.

• Industries Smallest Footprint• Efficiency over 95%• Screw Terminals• Up to 20% Current Reserves• Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C• MTBF over 2,00,000 hours• Very Low AC Inrush


output Power output current

Scre

w

term

inal

s

PFc

(e

n61

0003

-2)

Para

llel u

se

con

form

al

coa

ted

Dc

oK

Si

gnal

code

380-480VAC 24-28VDC 120W 5A x x x* ct5.241

12-15VDC 96W 8A x x x* CT5.121

24-28VDC 240W 10A x x x ct10.241

48-56VDC 240W 5A x x x ct10.481

*Suitable for use in parallel but it doesn’t current share. One or more units can be permanently over-loaded which shortens the lifetime expectancy and MTBF.

ct5.241 ct5.121

ct10.241ct10.481


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.1. Power Supplies Stock Status:


3

3.1.2. Three Phase3.1.2.2. Premium Series

Premium Series

order codes

Suitable when you need state-of-the-art technology and flexibility for demanding tasks. With outstanding efficiencies, 50% Bonus Power and many other features, this series is the “Best in Class”.

• Extremely Compact & Lightweight• Efficiency over 95%• Screw Terminals• Up to 50% Current Reserves• Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C• MTBF over 2,00,000 hours• Very Low AC Inrush


output Power

output current

Scre

w

term

inal

s

Sprin

g c

lam

p te

rmin

als

PFc

(e

n61

0003

-2)

Para

llel u

se

con

form

al

coa

ted

Dc

oK

Si

gnal

code

100-240VAC 24-28VDC 480W 20A x x x x Qt20.241

24-28VDC 480W 20A x x x x x QT20.241-C1

36-42VDC 480W 13A x x x x QT20.361

48-55VDC 480W 10A x x x x Qt20.481

24-28VDC 960W 40A x x x x Qt40.241

48-54VDC 960W 20A x x x x Qt40.481

Qt20.241 Qt20.241-c1

Qt20.361Qt20.481

Qt40.241Qt40.481

Discount code l2

3-135

3

3.2. Redundancy Modules

types of redundant Systems

The reliability and availability of DC supply voltages can be increased by building redundant systems. To achieve redundancy, one extra power supply must be installed in order to supply the required voltage and current supply in case one unit in the system fails. Each individual standard power supply must be isolated from the others with a diode or redundancy module.

1+1 redundancy

Use of two identical power supplies in parallel to provide continued operation following most failures in a single power supply. The two power supply outputs should be isolated from each other by utilizing diodes or other switching arrangements. For example, two 10A power supplies are needed to achieve a 10A redundant system.

n+1 redundancy

Use of three or more identical power supplies in parallel to provide continued operation following most failures in a single power supply. All power supply outputs should be isolated from each other by utilizing diodes or other switching arrangements. For example,to achieve a 40A redundant system, five 10A power supplies are needed in a N+1 redundant system.

Diode modules

Diode modules only contain decoupling diodes and are the optimal solution to use in redundant systems, when the power supply itself is already equipped with a DC-OK signal contact

redundancy modules

Redundancy modules contain decoupling diodes as well as a monitoring circuit. LEDs and relay contacts signal when the input voltage of the module is not in range due to a power supply failure. This allows remote monitoring.

Parallel use of Power Supplies

All power supplies, even those which are not specified for parallel use in the product selection tables in this catalogue, can be used to build 1+1 redundancy applications. Please note that this is not valid for N+1 redundancy applications.


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.2. Redundancy Modules Stock Status:


3order codes

Suitable Power Supplies

input Voltage

output Voltage

output current

Power Supply Size

Scre

w

term

inal

s

Sprin

g c

lam

p te

rmin

als

Alar

m

con

tact

s

iec

ex c

ert

Code

All Puls Power Supply Series

12-48VDC 12-48VDC 10A 2 x 5A1 x 10A

x x mly10.241

20A 2 x 10A x x yr2.DioDe

24-48VDC 24-48VDC x x x yrm2.DioDe

24-28VDC 24-28VDC 40A 2 x 20A x x yr40.241

24-56VDC 24-56VDC 2 x 20A x yr40.482

24-28VDC 24-28VDC 80A 2 x 40A x x yr80.241

All except QT20, QTD20

12-28VDC 12-28VDC 40A 2 x 20A x yr40.242

1 x 40A x yr40.245

All except QT40 12-28VDC 12-28VDC 80A 2 x 40A x yr80.242

redundancy + Diode modules

mly02.100mly10.241

yr2.DioDe yrm2.DioDe yr40.241yr40.242

yr80.241yr40.245yr40.482yr80.242

Discount code l2

3-137

3.2. Redundancy Modules

31+1 redundancy up to 10A

n+1 redundancy up to 30A

1+1 redundancy up to 40A

Requires two 10A power supplies and one YR2.DIODE redundancy module.

Requires four 10A power supplies and two YR2.DIODE redundancy modules.

Requires two 40A power supplies and one YR80.241 redundancy modules.



Discount Code l1


3

3.3. 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules

PiSA - 24VDc circuit Protection modules

order codes

Just as in real life, when there are bottlenecks you need to allocate priorities. The same applies when supplying electrical loads with current. If the loads require more current than the power supply can provide, for example short circuits, high inrush current surges or overloads, PISA provides the sensitive electronic circuits with the highest priority. Less critical loads that do not react to short voltage interruptions or that could be the cause of the faults on the 24V supply voltage are connected to the outputs of the PISA module. The PISA output currents will be limited when there is a need to ensure a sufficient supply voltage for sensitive loads, which are connected directly to the power supply output. In addition, each of the four PISA outputs is equipped with a redundant electronic current measurement to protect the wires from being overloaded

The PISA is a new and innovative concept for current distribution and protection of branch circuits. It features a comprehensive protection package for 24VDC loads which are supplied from one power supply. The PISA module is superior to traditional miniature circuit breakers and also provides better protection than costly electronic fuses. The PISA module can also be used to build NEC Class 2 circuits.

PISA is unique - In addition to the over-current protection of the individual outputs, the PISA module also includes monitoring of the 24V supply voltage. This monitor protects against voltage drops of the power supply voltage by actively limiting the current for less critical loads. The protection is conceptually independent of the lengths of wires or the characteristics of the power supply.

PISA permits 100% current for your application - With conventional protection designs, the power supply must be oversizedto allow for the “extra current” which is needed for a fast trip in case of a fault in the system. Electronic fuses usually require a tripping current, which is 1.5 to 1.8 times higher than the rated current. For miniature circuit breakers, the factor is even higher than those values. If this sizing is not taken into account, shutting down the faulty branch is delayed and a drop of the supply voltage is most likely.

The PISA module has clear benefits due to the supply voltage monitoring and safeguard circuit. There is no need for an oversized power supply as 100% of the current can be used for your application.

Only a width of 45mm on the DIN-rail is required to supply up to four load branches in comparison to conventional miniature circuit breakers with auxiliary contacts. This is a space saving of 60%.

PiSA Details

• Input voltage: DC 24V ±25%• Input voltage protection level: 21V• Variety of fixed output currents• Temperature range up to +70°C• All 4 output channels will shut down simultaneously• Approvals: UL 508, UL 2367, UL 60950-1, IEC/EN 60950-1, NEC Class 2

output Voltage

total output current

output current per channel

Dc

inpu

t Vo

ltage

Para

llel

cap

able

rem

ote

On/

Off

Dc

oK

Si

gnal

nec

cla

ss 2 code

cH1 cH2 cH3 cH4

24-28VDC 4A 1A 1A 1A 1A 24-28VDC

x x x x PiSA11.401

8A 2A 2A 2A 2A x x x x PiSA11.402

12A 3A 3A 3A 3A x x x PiSA11.403

16A 4A 4A 4A 4A x x x PiSA11.404

20A 6A 6A 6A 6A x x x PISA11.406

20A 10A 10A 10A 10A x x x PISA11.410

18A 3A 3A 6A 6A x x x PISA11.203206

20A 6A 6A 12A 12A x x x PISA11.206212

14.8A 3.7A 3.7A 3.7A 3.7A x x x x PISA11.CLASS2

3-139


3

Discount code l2

3.4. Buffer Units

Buffer Units

order codes

Buffer modules work similarly to a DC-UPS system and can bridge short power failures or voltage fluctuations and supply voltage to the DC 24V for a certain period. Double layer capacitors, also known as ultracap, Greencap or supercap are used as the energy source which allows operation at high or low temperatures. Contrary to the required replacement of batteries based on UPS systems, a regular replacement of the capacitors is not necessary. In buffer mode, the output voltage is regulated and the change from normal to buffer mode is without interruptions. All buffer modules are protected against overload behaviour and short-circuit.

Multiple units can be used in parallel to increase the buffer current or to extend the buffer time.

Buffer module advantages:

• Energy storage with electrolytic capacitors• No service needed for the entire life span• Stabilised output voltage in buffer mode• No dips of the DC voltage during transition from normal to buffer mode• Multiple units can be used in parallel to gain a longer buffer time or to increase the buffer current• Clear status indication by LED + Signaling• “Inhibit“ input to disable buffering

Typical wiring scheme of a buffer module

nominal Voltage Voltage in Buffer-mode

integrated Storage element

charging time Buffer Time input & output isolation

code

24-28VDC 22.5VDC 0.2 kWs 18 sec. 310ms at 20A No UF20.241

6 kWs 16 min. typ. 16.5 sec. at 10Atyp. 9 sec. at 15A

Yes uc10.241

12 kWs 32 min. typ. 33 sec. at 10Atyp. 18 sec. at 15A

Yes uc10.242

48-56VDC 0.2 kWs 21 sec. 150ms at 20A No UF20.481

uc10.242

uF20.xx1

uF20

uc10.241 Front view uc10.242 Front view uc10 Side view

uF20

uc10.241



3

3.5. DC-UPS

24VDc uPS - uninterruptable Power SupplyFor the installation of a DC-UPS system there are three essential elements: a power supply, a DC-UPS and a battery. The DC-UPS is responsible for monitoring and charging the battery as well as controlling the seamless transition between normal and buffer mode.

The advantages of the PULS DC-UPS are:

• Compatible with wide range of VRLA batteries (3.9 to 130Ah)• 1- battery-concept: each battery is individually charged and monitored which avoids the need for matched batteries• Easy “plug-and-play” integration • Optimized battery management system for longest battery life• 22.5-26V adjustable output voltage in buffer mode for the UB20• Adjustable maximum buffer time to protect the battery

Battery monitoring

Thanks to the “1-battery-concept,” defective batteries can be detected much earlier and safer than if two batteries are used in series. Various battery and wiring tests periodically monitor the battery quality and report if the battery becomes defective.

Buffer time limiter extends battery life

Buffer only as long as you really need to. Each discharge of the battery reduces the number of discharging cycles. Therefore, the DC-UPS is equipped with a buffer time limiter, which prevents the battery from being discharged too much. The limitation can be selected with a rotary switch or be activated through the inhibit input.

Diagnostic and monitoring functions

The green LED shows if the DC-UPS is in charging or in buffer mode. The yellow LED helps troubleshooting if something does not work as expected and the red LED reports if an immediate action is required (e.g. missing fuse or wiring error in the battery path). Several relay contacts are available for remote monitoring of the unit.

• Ready contact: reports correct input voltage, correct wiring and that the battery is more than about 85% charged.• Buffering contact: DC-UPS is in buffer mode• Replace Battery contact: reports that the battery needs to be replaced due to an unexpected battery failure or defective wiring in the battery path.

Protection features

A comprehensive protection package is built into the DC-UPS to detect reverse polarities, incorrect battery voltage or high temperatures and avoids deep-discharging of the battery. The output is electronically protected against overload and short-circuit.

uB10.241 Dc-uPS controller for use with

external batteries

uBc10.241 Dc-uPS with integrated

battery

typical wiring scheme of a uB10 Dc-uPS

typical wiring scheme of a uB20 Dc-uPS

uB20.241

3-141

3.5. DC-UPS Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

3

Discount code l2

output current

output Voltage Battery Sizes operational temp. range

Signals code

10A 24VDC (Regulated 22.5V in Buffer Mode)

5Ah 0 to +40DegC Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery

uBc10.241-n1

12V, 3.9 to 40Ah

-25 to +70Deg.C Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery

uB10.241

12V, 17 to 130Ah


uB10.242

5A/10A 24VDC / 12VDC (Regulated 22.5V & 12.0V in Buffer Mode)

12V, 3.9 to 40Ah


uB10.245

20A 24VDC (Selectable 22.5V/24V/25V/26V in Buffer Mode)

24V, 17 to 130Ah*


uB20.241*

* 2 x 12VDC Batteries Required

Dc uPS controllers

Typical buffer times

type Battery / Batteries

Buffer Current

0.5A 1A 3A 5A 7A 10A 15A 20A

UBC10.241 1 x 5Ah 3h 50min 2h 30min 16min 11min 6min

UB10.241/245 1 x 7Ah 5h 2h 30min 40min 21min 13min 7min

1 x 12Ah 10h 4h 30min 1h 15min 36min 24min 14min

1 x 26Ah 28h 13h 3h 30min 1h 45min 48min 42min 24min 16min

1 x 35Ah 35h 17h 4h 30min 2h 30min 1h 20min 1h 34min 24min

UB10.242 1 x 55Ah 58h 29h 8h 10min 4h 30min 3h 1h 45min 1h 15min 45min

1 x 75Ah 70h 40h 13h 6h 10min 4h 2h 45min 1h 45min 1h 10min

1 x 100Ah 100h 55h 16h 9h 6h 4h 2h 20min 1h 40min

1 x 120Ah >100h 80h 20h 12h 7h 30min 4h 30min 2h 45min 2h

UB20.241 2 x 7Ah 13h 5h 45min 1h 30min 47min 30min 18min 12min

2 x 12Ah 25h 11h 3h 30min 1h 30min 1h 36min 22min 15min

2 x 26Ah 60h 27h 7h 45min 4h 2h 45min 1h 45min 1h 40min

2 x 35Ah 85h 35h 10h 5h 30min 4h 2h 20min 1h 20min 57min

2 x 55Ah >100h 60h 18h 10h 7h 4h 30min 2h 45min 1h 50min

2 x 75Ah >100h 80h 25h 15h 9h 45min 6h 15min 4h 2h 45min

2 x 100Ah >100h >100h 35h 20h 14h 9h 5h 30min 4h

2 x 120Ah >100h >100h 49h 25h 18h 12h 7h 15min 4h 30min

The above times are based on an ambient temperature of 20 degrees Celsius

Buffer Time

The buffer time depends on the capacity and performance of the batteries as well as the load current. The diagram below shows typical buffer times of the standard battery modules.

Batteries

Description Size code

12VDC VRLA Battery (1 required for the UB10 Series & 2 required for the UB20 Series)

5Ah luZB12.051

7Ah luZB12.071

12Ah luZB12.121

26Ah luZB12.261

35Ah luZB12.351

55Ah luZB12.551

75Ah luZB12.751

100Ah luZB12.1001

120Ah luZB12.1201


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.5. DC-UPS Stock Status:


3

Discount code l2

Battery Holders & Accessories

used with Description code

UB10 Series 12V, 7Ah Battery Module (Battery not included) uZo12.07

12V, 26Ah Battery Module (Battery not included) uZo12.26

UB20 Series 24V, 7Ah Battery Module (Batteries not included) uZo24.071

24V, 12Ah Battery Module (Batteries not included) uZo24.121

Sensor board with PT100 temp. sensor & centre-tap fuse uZS24.100

uB10.241uB10.242uB10.245

uBc10.241-n1 uB20.241

uZo12.07

uZo12.26

uZo24.071

uZo24.121

3-143

3.5. DC-UPS

3

uB20.241 Functional Diagram

uB10.241/242 Functional Diagram

uB10.245 Functional Diagram



Discount Code l1


3

3.6. DC/DC Converters

Dc/Dc convertersThe field of applications for these units is very wide: stabilised control voltages in battery powered applications, in mobile applications such as ships, fork-lifts, trucks, for galvanic isolation to avoid earth (ground) loops or to restore the 24V control voltage at the end of long cable runs to compensate for voltage drops.

• Compact DIN-Rail Mount Design• Efficiency up to 91%• Robust Input Filters• 20% Current Reserves• Operational Temperatures -25 to 70 Deg C.


output Power

output current

Scre

w

term

inal

s

Sprin

g c

lam

p te

rmin

als

Para

llel

cap

able

20%

Pow

er

Boos

t

nec

cla

ss 2

Dc

oK

Sig

nal code

18-32.4VDC 12-15VDC 96W 8-6.4A x x x cD5.121

18-32.4VDC 23-28VDC 120W 5-4.3A x x x cD5.241

36-60VDC 23-28VDC 120W 5-4.3A x x x cD5.242

8.4-16.2VDC 24-28VDC 96W 4-3.4A x x x cD5.243

14.4-32.4VDC 24VDC 92W 3.8A x x CD5.241-L1

18-32.4VDC 23-28VDC 120W 5-4.3A x x x x CD5.241-S1

110-300VDC 24-28VDC 240W 10-9A x x x x QS10.241-D1

100-300VDC 24-28VDC 480W 20-17.1A x x x x CPS20.241-D1

110-300VDC 48-56VDC 240W 5-4.3A x x x x QS10.481-D1

100-300VDC 48-56VDC 480W 10-8.6A x x x x CPS20.481-D1

cD5.241cD5.242cD5.243

cD5.241-l1cD5.241-S1

QS10.241-D1QS10.481-D1

cPS20.241-D1cPS20.481-D1

order codes

3-145

3.6. DC/DC Converters Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

3

Discount code l1

crS-60 Series

50...60w Dc/Dc converters

• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature• Switching frequency: 140KHz• High input-output isolation• Adjustable output voltage• Output voltage presence LED• Remote Sensing

input Voltage output Voltage output Power output current code

12VDC(9-15VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6731

12VDC 60W 5A 6732

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6733

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6734

24VDC(18-30VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6735

12VDC 60W 5A 6736

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6737

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6738

48VDC (36-72VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6739

12VDC 60W 5A 6740

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6741

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6742

72VDC(50-90VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6743

12VDC 60W 5A 6744

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6745

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6746

110VDC(77-144VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6747

12VDC 60W 5A 6748

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6749

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6750

Description code

DIN-Rail Clip nP-9135

order codes

Accessories


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.6. DC/DC Converters Stock Status:


3

Discount code l1

crS-120 Series

100 to 140w Dc/Dc converters

• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature• Switching frequency: 140KHz• High input-output isolation• Standard size Eurocard 3U• Adjustable output voltage• Input voltage OK LED• Output voltage presence LED• Remote Inhibit• Remote Sensing


12VDC (9-15VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6761A-NP9124

12/15VDC 100W 8.3A 6762A-nP9124

24VDC 120W 5A 6763A-nP9124

48VDC 120W 2.5A 6764A-nP9124

24VDC(18-30VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6765A-NP9124

12/15VDC 120W 10A 6766A-nP9124

24VDC 120W 5A 6767A-nP9124

48VDC 120W 2.5A 6768A-nP9124

48VDC(36-72VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6769A-nP9124

12/15VDC 120W 10A 6770A-nP9124

24VDC 140W 5.8A 6771A-nP9124

48VDC 140W 2.9A 6772A-nP9124

72VDC(50-90VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6773A-NP9124

12/15VDC 120W 10A 6774A-NP9124

24VDC 140W 5.8A 6775A-NP9124

48VDC 140W 2.9A 6776A-NP9124

110VDC(77-144VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6777A-NP9124

12/15VDC 120W 10A 6778A-nP9124

24VDC 140W 5.8A 6779A-nP9124

48VDC 140W 2.9A 6780A-nP9124

220V (165-275VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6781A-NP9124

12/15VDC 120W 10A 6782A-NP9124

24VDC 140W 5.8A 6783A-NP9124

48VDC 140W 2.9A 6784A-NP9124

Description code


19” Front Panel NP-9155

order codes

Accessories

3-147

3.6. DC/DC Converters Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

3

Discount code l1

crS-240 Series

180 to 280w Dc/Dc converter

• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature• Switching frequency: 140KHz• High input-output isolation• Standard size Eurocard 3U• Adjustable output voltage• Input voltage OK LED• Output voltage presence LED• Remote Inhibit• Remote Sensing


12VDC (9-15VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6351A-NP9125

12/15VDC 180W 15A 6352A-nP9125

24VDC 200W 8.3A 6353A-nP9125

48VDC 200W 4.1A 6354A-nP9125

24VDC(18-30VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6355A-NP9125

12/15VDC 240W 20A 6356A-nP9125

24VDC 240W 10A 6357A-nP9125

48VDC 240W 5A 6358A-nP9125

48VDC (36-60VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6359A-nP9125

12/15VDC 240W 20A 6360A-nP9125

24VDC 280W 11.6A 6361A-nP9125

48VDC 280W 5.8A 6362A-nP9125

72VDC (50.4-90VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6363A-NP9125

12/15VDC 240W 20A 6364A-NP9125

24VDC 280W 11.6A 6365A-NP9125

48VDC 280W 5.8A 6366A-NP9125

110VDC (77-144VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6367A-NP9125

12/15VDC 240W 20A 6368A-nP9125

24VDC 280W 11.6A 6369A-nP9125

48VDC 280W 5.8A 6370A-nP9125

220V (165-275VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6371A-NP9125

12/15VDC 240W 20A 6372A-NP9125

24VDC 280W 11.6A 6373A-NP9125

48VDC 280W 5.8A 6374A-NP9125

Description code



order codes

Accessories


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.6. DC/DC Converters Stock Status:


3

Discount code l1

crS-500 Series 500w Dc/Dc converters

• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 55 Deg.C Operating Temperature• High input-output isolation• Output Failure Alarm• Reverse Input Polarity Protection• Input Voltage OK LED• Output Voltage OK LED• Adjustable Output Voltage• Remote Inhibit• Remote Sensing


24VDC (14.4-30VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6455-B

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6456-B

48VDC(28.8-60VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6458-B

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6459-B

72VDC (43.2-90VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6461-B

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6462-B

110VDC(66-144VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6464-B

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6465-B

Description code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 Required) nP-9135

order codes

Accessories

3-149


3

Discount code l1

3.7. DC/AC Inverters

ocS-250 Series

oDS-750 Series

180 to 220VA Dc/Ac inverter

• Sine Wave Output Voltage• Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz• Adjustable Output Voltage• Galvanic Isolation • High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms• Fixed Frequency Pulse Width Modulation

450 to 750VA Dc/Ac inverter

• Sine Wave Output Voltage• Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz• Adjustable Output Voltage• Galvanic Isolation • High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms• Three-phase synchronization• Remote Inhibit

input Voltage output Voltage output Power code

12V (9.6 to 14.4VDC) 230VAC 180VA 7051A-nP9134

24V (19.2 to 28.8VDC) 200VA 7053A-nP9134

48V (38.4 to 57.6VDC) 220VA 7055A-NP9134

72V (57.6 to 86.4VDC) 220VA 7057A-NP9134

115V (92 to 138VDC) 220VA 7059A-NP9134


12VDC 230VAC 450VA 7071

24VDC 750VA 7073

48VDC 750VA 7075

72VDC 750VA 7076

110VDC 750VA 7077

12VDC 120VAC 450VA 7081

24VDC 750VA 7083

48VDC 750VA 7085

72VDC 750VA 7086

110VDC 750VA 7087

Description code


Description code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 required) nP-9135

order codes

order codes

Accessories

Accessories


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.7. DC/AC Inverters Stock Status:


3

Discount code l1

oDS-1500 Series1500VA Dc/Ac inverter

• Sine Wave Output Voltage• Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz• Adjustable Output Voltage• Galvanic Isolation • High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms• Three-phase synchronization• Remote Inhibit• Remote Control via RS232• Alarm via Isolated Relay Contacts• Remote Off Opto Coupled


12VDC 230VAC 1200VA 7111-B

24VDC 1500VA 7113-B

48VDC 1500VA 7115-B

72VDC 1500VA 7116-B

110VDC 1500VA 7117-B

12VDC 120VAC 1200VA 7121-B

24VDC 1500VA 7123-B

48VDC 1500VA 7125-B

72VDC 1500VA 7126-B

110VDC 1500VA 7127-B

Description code


order codes

Accessories

oDS-3000 Series

Single Phase 3000VA Dc/Ac inverter

• Sine wave output voltage• Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz• Adjustable output voltage• High input-output isolation• Remote inhibit• Three-phase synchronization• Remote control via RS232• Alarm by isolated relay contacts• Remote off opto-coupled


24VDC 230VAC 2400VA 7153-B

36VDC 3000VA 7154-B

48VDC 3000VA 7155-B

72VDC 3000VA 7156-B

110VDC 3000VA 7157-B

24VDC 120VAC 2400VA 7163-B

36VDC 2500VA 7164-B

48VDC 2500VA 7165-B

72VDC 2500VA 7166-B

110VDC 2500VA 7167-B

order codes

3-151

3.7. DC/AC Inverters

Discount Code L1


3oDX-3000 Series

three Phase 3000VA Dc/Ac inverter

• Sine wave output voltage• Suitable for motors• Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz• Adjustable output voltage• High input-output isolation• Remote inhibit• Reverse phase• Remote control via RS232• Alarm by isolated relay contacts• Remote off opto-coupled


24VDC 400VAC 2400VA 7403-B

36VDC 3000VA 7404-B

48VDC 3000VA 7405-B

72VDC 3000VA 7406-B

110VDC 3000VA 7407-B

order codes



Discount Code l1


3

3.8. Railway Solutions3.8.1. DC/DC Converters

ctS-60 Series

50 to 60w railway Dc/Dc converter

• Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature• Switching frequency: 140KHz• High input-output isolation• Adjustable output voltage• Output voltage presence LED• Remote Sensing

Description code


order codes

Accessories


24V(14.4 to 30VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6835

12VDC 60W 5A 6836

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6837

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6838

48V (28.8 to 60VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6839

12VDC 60W 5A 6840

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6841

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6842

72V(43.2 to 90VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6843

12VDC 60W 5A 6844

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6845

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6846

110V (66 to 144VDC)

5VDC 50W 10A 6847

12VDC 60W 5A 6848

24VDC 60W 2.5A 6849

48VDC 60W 1.25A 6850

3-153

3.8. Railway Solutions

Discount Code L1


3

3.8.1. DC/DC Converters

ctS-120 Series

100 to 140w Dc/Dc converter for the rail industry

• Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature• Switching frequency: 140KHz• High input-output isolation• Input Voltage OK LED• Adjustable output voltage• Output voltage presence LED• Remote Inhibit• Remote Sensing

Description code



order codes

Accessories


24V(14.4 to 30VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6865D-NP9124

12VDC 120W 10A 6866D-NP9124

24VDC 120W 5A 6867D-NP9124

48VDC 120W 2.5A 6868D-NP9124

48V(28.8 to 60VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6869D-NP9124

12VDC 120W 10A 6870D-NP9124

24VDC 140W 5.8A 6871D-NP9124

48VDC 140W 2.9A 6872D-NP9124

72V (43.2 to 90VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6873D-NP9124

12VDC 120W 10A 6874D-NP9124

24VDC 140W 5.8A 6875D-nP9124

48VDC 140W 2.9A 6876D-NP9124

110V (66 to 144VDC)

5VDC 100W 20A 6877D-NP9124

12VDC 120W 10A 6878D-NP9124

24VDC 140W 5.8A 6879D-NP9124

48VDC 140W 2.9A 6880D-NP9124


3. Power SuPPly SyStemS3.8. Railway Solutions Stock Status:


3

Discount code l1


Description code



ctS 240 Series

180 to 280w Dc/Dc converter for the rail industry • Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature• Switching frequency: 140KHz• High input-output isolation• Standard size Eurocard 3U• Adjustable output voltage• Remote sensing• Input voltage OK LED• Output voltage presence LED• Remote Inhibit

order codes

Accessories


24V (14.4 to 30VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6655D-NP9125

12VDC 240W 20A 6656D-NP9125

24VDC 240W 10A 6657D-NP9125

48VDC 240W 5A 6658D-NP9125

48V(28.8 to 60VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6659D-NP9125

12VDC 240W 20A 6660D-NP9125

24VDC 280W 11.6A 6661D-NP9125

48VDC 280W 5.8A 6662D-NP9125

72V (43.2 to 90VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6663D-NP9125

12VDC 240W 20A 6664D-NP9125

24VDC 280W 11.6A 6665D-NP9125

48VDC 280W 5.8A 6671D-NP9125

110V (66 to 144VDC)

5VDC 180W 36A 6667D-NP9125

12VDC 240W 20A 6668D-NP9125

24VDC 280W 11.6A 6669D-NP9125

48VDC 280W 5.8A 6670D-NP9125

3-155

3.8. Railway Solutions Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

3

Discount code l1


crS-500 Series

500w Dc/Dc converter for the rail industry

• Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155• Multiple Input / Output Combinations• DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted• -25 to 55 Deg.C Operating Temperature• Switching frequency: 140KHz• High input-output isolation• Output Failure Alarm• Reverse Input Polarity Protection• Input Voltage OK LED• Output Voltage OK LED

Description code


order codes

Accessories


24VDC(14.4-30VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6455-T

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6456-T

48VDC(28.8-72VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6458-T

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6459-T

72VDC (43.2-90VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6461-T

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6462-T

110VDC (66-144VDC)

24VDC 500W 20.8A 6464-T

48VDC 500W 10.4A 6465-T




3

Discount code l1

3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters

oDS-750 Series

450 to 750VADc/Ac inverter for the rail industry

• Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155• Sine Wave Output Voltage• Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz• Adjustable Output Voltage• Galvanic Isolation • High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms• Three-phase synchronization• Remote Inhibit

Description code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 required) nP-9135

order codes

Accessories


12VDC 230VAC 450VA 7071-T

24VDC 750VA 7073-T

48VDC 750VA 7075-T

72VDC 750VA 7076-T

110VDC 750VA 7077-T

12VDC 120VAC 450VA 7081-T

24VDC 750VA 7083-T

48VDC 750VA 7085-T

72VDC 750VA 7086-T

110VDC 750VA 7087-T

3-157

3.8. Railway Solutions Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

3

Discount code l1


oDS-1500 Series

1500VA Dc/Ac inverter for the rail industry

• Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155• Sine Wave Output Voltage• Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz• Adjustable Output Voltage• Galvanic Isolation • High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms• Three-phase synchronization• Remote Inhibit• Remote Control via RS232• Alarm via Isolated Relay Contacts• Remote Off Opto Coupled

Description code


order codes

Accessories


12VDC 230VAC 1200VA 7111-T

24VDC 1500VA 7113-T

48VDC 1500VA 7115-T

72VDC 1500VA 7116-T

110VDC 1500VA 7117-T

12VDC 120VAC 1200VA 7121-T

24VDC 1500VA 7123-T

48VDC 1500VA 7125-T

72VDC 1500VA 7126-T

110VDC 1500VA 7127-T

oDS-3000 Series

Single Phase 3000VA Dc/Ac inverter for the rail industry

• Sine wave output voltage• Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz• Adjustable output voltage• High input-output isolation• Remote inhibit• Three-phase synchronization• Remote control via RS232• Alarm by isolated relay contacts• Remote off opto-coupled• Optional railway version EN50155


24VDC 230VAC 2400VA 7153-T

36VDC 3000VA 7154-T

48VDC 3000VA 7155-T

72VDC 3000VA 7156-T

110VDC 3000VA 7157-T

24VDC 120VAC 2400VA 7163-T

36VDC 2500VA 7164-T

48VDC 2500VA 7165-T

72VDC 2500VA 7166-T

110VDC 2500VA 7167-T

order codes




3

Discount code l1

oDX-3000 Series


three Phase 3000VA Dc/Ac inverter for the rail industry

• Sine wave output voltage• Suitable for motors• Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz• Adjustable output voltage• High input-output isolation• Remote inhibit• Reverse phase• Remote control via RS232• Alarm by isolated relay contacts• Remote off opto-coupled• Railway version EN50155


24VDC 400VAC 2400VA 7403-T

36VDC 3000VA 7404-T

48VDC 3000VA 7405-T

72VDC 3000VA 7406-T

110VDC 3000VA 7407-T

order codes

3-159

3

3.9. Custom Made Solutions

custom made Solutions

PREMIUM is capable of developing and producing custom models that are aimed at meeting the specific needs of each application, from low cost to rugged, highly reliable equipment that must meet very high quality standards of ISO 9001 for use in mobile service, rail applications, power stations and general industry.

To request an offer for a custom product, please contact Control Logic Customer Service.


3. Power SuPPly SyStemSStock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

3

3.10. Transformers

Discount code l15

3.10.1. Control Transformers

t Series

tm Series

Description VA rating Primary (VAc) Secondary (VAc) codeSingle phase transformer 20 240 24 t20-240-24

40 240 24 t40-240-2463 240 24 t63-240-24100 240 24 t100-240-24160 240 24 t163-240-24250 240 24 t250-240-24400 240 24 t400-240-24630 240 24 T630-240-24800 240 24 T800-240-24

rating A x B x c (mm) D (mm) e (mm) Kg20VA** 67 x 58 x 65 70 N/A 0.940VA 78 x 72 x 95 56 46 1.460VA 78 x 72 x 95 56 46 1.5100VA 87 x 75 x 98 64 62 2.3160VA 92 x 92 x 110 84 74 2.5250VA 96 x 100 x 110 84 85 3.4400VA 120 x 100 x 130 90 85 5.6

630VA 150 x 110 x 155 122 90 8.4800VA 150 x 130 x 155 122 105 9.5

** Saddle Mount Bracket

Description VA rating Primary (VAc) multi tap

Secondary (VAc) multi tap

code

Single Phase Transformer 40 240/415 12/24 tm40-mP-AB40 240/415 32/48 TM40-MP-CD40 240/415 120/240 tm40-mP-Hm63 240/415 12/24 tm63-mP-AB63 240/415 32/48 TM63-MP-CD63 240/415 120/240 tm63-mP-Hm100 240/415 12/24 tm100-mP-AB100 240/415 32/48 TM100-MP-CD100 240/415 120/240 tm100-mP-Hm160 240/415 12/24 tm160-mP-AB160 240/415 32/48 TM160-MP-CD160 240/415 120/240 tm160-mP-Hm250 240/415 12/24 tm250-mP-AB250 240/415 32/48 TM250-MP-CD250 240/415 120/240 tm250-mP-Hm400 240/415 12/24 tm400-mP-AB400 240/415 32/48 TM400-MP-CD400 240/415 120/240 tm400-mP-Hm630 240/415 12/24 tm630-mP-AB630 240/415 32/48 TM630-MP-CD630 240/415 120/240 tm630-mP-Hm1000 240/415 24/48 tm1000-mP-BD1000 240/415 120/240 tm1000-mP-Hm1600 240/415 24/48 TM1600-MP-BD1600 240/415 120/240 TM1600-MP-HM2500 240/415 24/48 TM1600-MP-BD2500 240/415 120/240 TM1600-MP-HM4000 240/415 120/240 TM4000-MP-HM5000 240/415 120/240 TM5000-MP-HM6300 240/415 120/240 TM6300-MP-HM8000 240/415 120/240 TM8000-MP-HM

Optional Extras:Enclosures (IP22, IP44, IP66); Primary/secondary protection (Fuse/ circuit breaker); Earth screen; Custom voltages

order codes

order codes

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

3-161

3.10. Transformers

3

3.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers3.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers

3 Phase isolation transformers

Power & Distribution transformerscast resin Dry type

oil immersed type

three Phase 100VA ~ 1000kVA

input Voltages 200VAC ~ 3300VAC

output Voltages 10VAC ~ 3300VAC

Frequency 50Hz/60Hz

insulation Class F (155˚C) Class H (180˚C optional)

enclosure Protection IP22, IP44, IP66

enclosure Finishes Powder Coated or Stainless Steel

About The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) is manufactured with 3 dimensional wound core technology containing epoxy resin as the insulation. The transformer windings are enveloped with epoxy resin creating great mechanical strength; higher short circuit withstand capacity providing a robust finish.

Benefits Higher overload capacity, lower in no-load losses and magnetising current, lower noise level; higher impulse over voltage withstand capability and reduced weight.

Application Suitable for application in high-rise buildings, airports, railway stations, subways, hospitals, power plants, mining environments, shopping complexes and other types of densely populated environments.

Availability Rating - 50kVA ~ 3000kVA; System Voltage up to 36kV; Pad Mount, Kiosk Type or Packaged Substation.

About The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) wound core oil immersed transformer is the latest development in energy-efficient products. The functionality and reliability has been comprehensively type tested. The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) core overcomes the structural and technical defects of traditional stacked cores.

Benefits Substantially lower no-load losses and magnetising current, lower noise level, better impulse over voltage withstand capability and reduced weight

Application Suitable for application in industrial/commercial plants, oil & gas, power plants, substations, solar and wind power generation.

Availability Rating - 50kVA ~ 3000kVA; System Voltages up to 36kV; Ground Mount, Kiosk Type or Packaged Substation.



Selection Guide Overview

Discount Code L3


4

4. Digital Displays & Controllers

seCtion 4

4-163

4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4-162selection guide overview 4-1644.1. Counter Displays 4-178


4.2. rate Displays 4-1824.2.1. Without Outputs 4-1824.2.2. With Outputs 4-183

4.3. Counter & rate Displays 4-1844.3.1. With Outputs 4-184

4.4. process Displays 4-1874.4.1. Without Outputs 4-1874.4.2. With Outputs 4-189

4.5. piD Controllers 4-1934.6. DC Current Displays 4-201


4.7. aC Current Displays 4-2064.7.1. Without Outputs 4-2064.7.2. With Outputs 4-207

4.8. DC Voltage Displays 4-2084.8.1. Without Outputs 4-2084.8.2. With Outputs 4-210

4.9. aC Voltage Displays 4-2134.9.1. Without Outputs 4-2134.9.2. With Outputs 4-214

4.10. temperature Displays 4-2154.10.1. Without Outputs 4-2154.10.2. With Outputs 4-216

4.11. load Cell Displays 4-2194.11.1. Without Outputs 4-2194.11.2. With Outputs 4-220

4.12. large graphic & leD Displays 4-2224.12.1. ProducTVity Display 4-222

4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits 4-2264.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4-2274.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays 4-2274.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4-2284.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays 4-2284.12.6. Timer Displays 4-2294.12.7. Load Cell Displays 4-2294.12.8. Universal Input Displays 4-230

Digital Displays & Controllers



4


Counter Displays

series CUB7 lC2H CUB4 paXlC

product picture

Dimensions 28mm (H) x 51mm (W) 28mm (H) x 51mm (W) 28mm (H) x 51mm (W) 28mm (H) x 51mm (W)

Display 8 Digit, 9mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

8 Digit, 8.7mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

6 & 8 Digit, 12mmReflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

6 Digit, 14mm8 Digit 10mm

Red LED

Counting Capability Uni-Directional Uni-Directional Uni-Directional Uni-Directional Up/Down

InhibitStore

Max. input Frequency 10,000 Counts/Sec 2,000 Counts/Sec 5,000 Counts/Sec 25,000 Counts/Sec

input scaling & Decimal points No No No Yes

reset Capability Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote

sensor power No No No 9 to 17.5VDC @ 100mA

setpoint Capability No No No No

Communications No No No No

power supply 3V Lithium BatteryBacklighting 9-28VDC @ 35mA

3V Lithium BatteryBacklighting 24VDC

3V Lithium BatteryBacklighting 9-28VDC @ 35mA

115/240VAC or 10 to 16VDC

page number Page 4-178 Page 4-178 Page 4-179 Page 4-179

4-165


4

Counter Displays

series C48C lC4H paXC

product picture

Dimensions 48mm (H) x 48mm (W) 48mm (H) x 48mm (W) 48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

Display 2 x 6 DigitMain Display 7mmSec. Display 5mm

Reflective & Backlight LCD

2 x 4 or 6 DigitReflective & Backlight LCD

6 Digit , 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Counting Capability Uni-Directional Up/Down

InhibitAdd/Subtract

Add/AddQuadrature

Batch

Addition Subtraction

Direction Individuality

Phase 5 modes selectable by DIP switch

Uni-Directional Up/Down

Inhibit Add/Subtract

Add/Add Quadrature

Batch

Max. input Frequency 12,000 Counts/Sec 5,000 Counts/Sec 34,000 Counts/Sec

input scaling & Decimal points Yes Yes (LC4H-S Only) Yes

reset Capability Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote

sensor power 12VDC @ 100mA No 12VDC @ 100mA

sensor power 12VDC @ 100mA No 12VDC @ 100mA

setpoint Capability Single RelayDual Relay

NPN Transistor

Single or Dual RelaySingle or Dual Transistor

Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP Transistor

Communications RS485 No No

power supply 85 to 250VAC18 to 36VDC

24VAC

100 to 240VAC12 to 24VDC

24VAC


24VAC

page number Page 4-180 Page 4-180 Page 4-181


4. Digital Displays & ControllersSelection Guide Overview

4

rate Displays

series Dt8 paXlr paXr paXDr

product picture



6 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable RED LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable RED LED

Measurement Format Selectable Time Base Range 4msec to 32sec

Adjustable Time Interval Adjustable Time Interval Dual independent inputAdjustable Time Interval

Ratio (A/B)Difference (A-B)

Sum (A+B)% of Total (A/A+B)

Draw (A-B/B)Dual Rate

Max. input Frequency 10,000 Counts/Sec 25,000 Counts/Sec 34,000 Counts/Sec 44,000 Counts/Sec (Single Rate)19,000 Counts/Sec (Dual Rate)

Decimal points No Yes Yes Yes

sensor power No 9 to 17.5VDC @ 100mA 12VDC @ 100mA 12VDC @ 100mA

setpoint Capability No No Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Communications No No No RS232RS485

ModbusDeviceNetProfibus

Ethernet w/ ICM8

power supply 3 Volt Lithium Battery Backlighting 9 to 28VDC @ 35mA

115/240VAC10 to 16VDC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

24VAC


24VAC


4-167


4

Counter & rate Displays

series CUB5 paXlCr paXi paX2D

product picture




6 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

top line - 6 digit, 18 mm

with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange)

Bottom line - 9 digit, 8.9 mm

with green backlight

Counting Capability Uni-DirectionalUp/Down

InhibitAdd/Subtract

Add/Add Quadrature

Batch

Uni-DirectionalUp/Down


Add/Add Quadrature

Batch



Add/Add Quadrature

Batch



Add/AddQuadrature

Batch

rate Measurement Format Adjustable Time Interval Adjustable Time Interval Adjustable Time Interval Dual independent input Adjustable Time Interval

Ratio (A/B)Difference (A-B)

Sum (A+B) % of Total (A/A+B)

Draw (A-B/B)Dual Rate

Max. input Frequency 20,000 Counts/Sec 20,000 Counts/Sec 34,000 Counts/Sec 34,000 Counts/Sec50,000 Counts/Sec (Rate Only)

input scaling & Decimal points Yes Yes Yes Yes

reset Capability Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote Front Panel & Remote

sensor power No 24VDC @ 50mA 12VDC @ 100mA 18VDC @ 60mA

setpoint Capability Single RelayDual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP Transistor


Communications RS232 or RS485 No RS232 RS485

ModbusDeviceNet Profibus

Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485

Modbus DeviceNet Profibus

Ethernet w/ ICM8

power supply 9 to 28VDC 50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC


24VAC

40 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC




4

process Displays

series CUB4Cl / lp paXlCl paXlpV Dp5p

product picture






input ranges 4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC

4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC

1 to 5VDC 0/4 to 20mA DC0 to 10VDC

setpoint Capability No No No No

Communications No No No No

sensor power No 24VDC @ 50mA 24VDC @ 50mA 24VDC @ 50mA

other Features / options No Engineering Units Overlay Engineering Units Overlay Analog OutputTare

Min/Max MemoryTotalizer

Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

power supply 9 to 28VDC (CUB4CL) Current Loop Powered (CUBLP)

85 to 250VDC 85 to 250VDC 85 to 250VAC11 to 36VDC


4-169


4

process Displays

series CUB5p paXla paXp paX2a paXDp

product picture

Dimensions 39mm (H) x 75mm (W) 48mm (H) x 96mm (W) 48mm (H) x 96mm (W) 48mm (H) x 96mm (W) 48mm (H) x 96mm (W)



5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable

Red LED






Red LED

input ranges 0 to 10VDC4 to 20mA DC

10 to 50mA DC

4 to 20mA DC0 to 10VDC

0/4 to 20mA DC0 to 10VDC

0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC

Voltage - Up to 200VDCTemperature – RTD & TC

Resistance – Up to 10Kohm

Dual independent inputs0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

setpoint Capability Single RelayDual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or

PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or

PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or

PNP Transistor

Communications RS232 or RS485 No RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

sensor power No 24VDC @ 50mA 24VDC @ 50mA 18VDC @ 50mA 18VDC @ 70mA per channel

other Features / options User InputMin/Max Memory

Engineering Units Indicator

User InputMin/Max Memory

Engineering Units Overlay

Analog OutputTare



Analog OutputTare


Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator

Math Functions on both signals

Analog OutputTare



power supply 9 to 28VDC 50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC


50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC


page number Page 4-189 Page 4-189 Page 4-190 Page 4-191 Page 4-192



4

piD Controllers

series t16 p16 t48 p48 paX2C

product picture

Dimensions 48mm(H) x 48mm(W) 48mm(H) x 48mm(W) 48mm (H) x 48mm (W) 48mm (H) x 48mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W)

Display 2 x 4 Digit Main Display

7mm Red sec. Display

5mm Green LCD

2 x 4 Digit Main Display


5mm Green LCD



7mm Green LED


10mm Redsec. Display

7mm Green LED

top line - 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight

(red, green or orange) Bottom line -

9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight

Bargraph display

input ranges thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C

rtDType 385, 392, 672

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C

rtDType 385, 392, 672

0/4 to 20mA0 to 10VDC


Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD &

ThermocoupleResistance – Up to 10Kohm

Control type ON/Off PID

ON/Off PID

ON/OffPID

ON/OffPID

PID or On/Off

outputs Main Control (Heat/Cool), Cooling Output,

Dual Alarms (Relay, SSR Drive)

Main Control (Direct/Reverse), Secondary

Output, Dual Alarms

Main Control (Heat/Cool), Cooling Output,

Dual Alarms (Relay, SSR Drive, Triac)

Field Replaceable

Main Control (Direct/Reverse), Secondary

Output, Dual Alarms

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP

Transistor

Communications No No RS485 RS485 RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

other Features / options Analog Output Analog Output Heater Current MonitorAnalog Output

Remote Setpoint

Dual Setpoint Remote Setpoint Analog Output

Analog Output, Up To 16 Alarms with

Boolean Logic Functionality

power supply 85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC

24VAC


24VAC


24VAC


24VAC

40 to 250VAC // 21.6 to 250VDC


4-171


4

piD Controllers

series Kt2 Kt4 Kt4H Kt7 Kt8 Kt9

product picture

Dimensions 24mm(H) x 48mm(W) 48mm(H) x 48mm(W) 48mm(H) x 48mm(W) 22.5mm(H) x 75mm(W) 48mm(H) x 96mm(W) 96mm(H) x 96mm(W)

Display 4 Digit, Main Display

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 10.2mm Redsec. Display 8.8mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 10.2mm Redsec. Display 8.8mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 7.4mm Red

sec. Display 7.4mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 11.2mm Redsec. Display

11.2mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display

18mm Redsec. Display

13.2mm Green

input ranges thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N,

rtDPt100, JPt100DC Current

0-20mA, 4-20mADC Voltage

0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N,




















Control PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

outputs RelayDC VoltageDC Current

Alarm Output 1 – RelayAlarm Output 2 – Open

Collector

Relay DC Voltage DC Current

Alarm Output 1 – Relay

Relay DC VoltageDC Current








Communications No No RS 485Modbus RTU

Mewtocol

No No No

other Features / options

Heating/Cooling Heating/CoolingHeater Burnout AlarmSecond Alarm Output

Configuration SoftwareHeating/Cooling

Heater Burnout AlarmSecond Alarm Output

Heater Burnout Alarm Heating/CoolingHeater Burnout AlarmSecond Alarm Output

Heating/CoolingHeater Burnout AlarmSecond Alarm Output

power supply 100-240VAC24V AC

100-240VAC24V AC

100-240VAC24V AC

100-240VAC24V AC

100-240VAC24V AC

100-240VAC24V AC

page number Page 4-198 Page 4-198 Page 4-199 Page 4-199 Page 4-200 Page 4-200



4

Current Displays

series CUB4i paXliD Dp5D CUB5i paXla

product picture

Dimensions 39mm (H) x 75mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 39mm (H) x 75mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W)




5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

3 ½ Digit, 14mm Red LED

input ranges 0 to 199.9uA DC to 199.9mA DC

0 to 199.9uA DC to 199.9A DC

+/-200uA DC to 2A DC 0 to 200uA DC to 200mA DC

0 to 200uA DC to 200mA DC

setpoint Capability No No No Single RelayDual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay

Communications No No No RS232RS485

No

other Features / options No Engineering Units Overlay Tare, Min/Max MemoryTotalizer


User Input Min/Max Memory


User Input Min/Max Memory /


power supply 9 to 28VDC 115/240VAC 85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

9 to 28VDC 50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC


series paXD paXlia paXlit paXH paX2a

product picture

Dimensions 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W)

Display 5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable

Red LED




Red LED

top line -6 digit, 18 mm




input ranges +/-200uA DC to 2A DC 0 to 199.9uA AC to 199.9A AC

0 to 5A AC 200uA to 5A AC 0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC

Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & TC

Resistance – Up to 10Kohm

setpoint Capability Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP

Transistor

No No Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP

Transistor

Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP

Transistor

Communications RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

No No RS232RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

other Features / options Analog OutputTare



Engineering Units Overlay Engineering Units Overlay Analog OutputTare



Analog OutputTare



power supply 85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

115/240VAC 115/240VAC 85 to 250VAC11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC


4-173


4

Voltage Displays

series CUB4V paXlVD Dp5D CUB5V paXla

product picture

Dimensions 39mm (H) x 75mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 39mm (H) x 75mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W)




5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD


input ranges 0 to 199.9mV DC to 199.9V DC

0 to 199.9mV DC to 300V DC

+/-200mV DC to +/- 300V DC

0 to 200mV DC to 200VDC

0 to 200mV DC to 200V DC

setpoint Capability No No No Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay

Communications No No No RS232 RS485

No

other Features / options No Engineering Units Overlay Tare, Min/Max MemoryTotalizer




User Input Min/Max Memory /


power supply 9 to 28VDC 115/240VAC 85 to 250VAC11 to 36VDC

9 to 28VDC 50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC


series paXD paXlVa paXlHV paXH paX2a

product picture

Dimensions 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W)

Display 5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable

Red LED




Red LED





input ranges +/-200mV DC to +/- 300V DC

0 to 199.9mV AC to 300V AC

0 to 600 VAC +/-200mV to 300V AC


Voltage - Up to 200VDCTemperature – RTD &

Thermocouple Resistance – Up to 10Kohm

setpoint Capability Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP

Transistor

No No Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP

Transistor

Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP

Transistor

Communications RS232RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

No No RS232RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

other Features / options Analog Output, Tare,

Min/Max Memory, Totalizer,


Engineering Units Overlay Engineering Units Overlay Analog OutputTare



Analog OutputTare




115/240VAC 115/240VAC 85 to 250VAC11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC




4

temperature Displays

series CUB5r/t paXlr/t Dp5t paXlt paXt paX2a

product picture

Dimensions 39mm (H) x 75mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W)






Red LED



Bottom line - 9 digit, 8.9 mm with

green backlight

input ranges thermocouple (CUB5TC)

T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV rtD

(CUB5RT) Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 & Cu427

thermocouple (PAXLTC)

T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV rtD

(PAXLRT) Pt385 & Pt392

thermocouple T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV

rtD Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 &

Cu427 Direct

10 Ohm, 100 Ohm & mV

thermocoupleT,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV

rtD Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 &

Cu427

thermocouple T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N,C & mV

rtD 2 or 3 Wire 100 Ohm

(ALPHA = .00385, .00391 & .00672

Universal input0/4 - 20mA / 0 - 10VDC Current - Up to 2A DC

Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature -RTD & TC

Resistance - Up to 10Kohm

setpoint Capability Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor

No No Dual Relay Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP

Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP

Transistor

Communications RS232 or RS485 No No No RS232RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

other Features / options

User Input Min/Max MemoryEngineering Units

Indicator


Min/Max Memory Totalizer



Custom Units Overlay

Analog OutputTare


Linearizer & Engineering

Units Overlay

Analog OutputMin/Max Memory

TotalizerLinearizer & Engineering

Units Indicator

power supply 9 to 28VDC 115/240VAC 85 to 250VAC11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC


50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC

page number Page 4-216 Page 4-215 Page 4-215 Page 4-216 Page 4-217 Page 4-218

4-175


4

load Cell Displays

series paXlsg paXs paX2s

product picture

Dimensions 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W) 48mm (H) x96mm (W)

Display 4 Digit, 14mm Red LED


Red LED

top line - 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange)



input ranges Single-ended or Differential Input 0 to 10mV through 1.999A

+/-24mV DC +/-240mV DC

+/-24mV DC+/-240mV DC

setpoint Capability No Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Communications No RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

sensor power 5VDC @ 60mA 10VDC @ 120mA

5VDC @ 65mA 10VDC @ 125mA



Units Indicator

other Features / options Engineering Units Overlay Analog OutputTare





Units Indicator

power supply 115/240VAC 85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC

page number Page 4-219 Page 4-220 Page 4-221



4

large graphic & leD Displays

series lDa lDss lD lDt lDs

product picture

Dimensions lD2a101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm W)

lD4a200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

lD2ss 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W)

lD4ss200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

lD2101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W)

lD4200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

lD2t101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W)

lD4t200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

lD2sg – 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W)

lD4sg – 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

Display lD2a5 Digit, 57mm High Red

LEDlD4a

5 Digit, 101mm High Red LED

lD2ss 6 Digit, 57mm High Red

LEDlD4ss


lD26 Digit, 57mm High Red

LEDlD4


lD2t6 Digit, 57mm High Red

LEDlD4t


5 Digit, 57mm (LD2SG) or 101mm (LD4SG)

Red LED

input ranges process4 to 20mA1 to 5VDC

1 to 10VDC DC Voltages

0 to 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V & 10V

DC Currents 0 to 200uA, 2mA, 20mA &

200mA

Serial RS232 or RS485 ASCII Input

Counter Counter & rate input

Dip-switch selectable Switch Contacts

NPN PNP

Max. 30VDC

timer & Cycle Counter input

Dip-switch selectable Switch Contacts

NPN PNP

Max. 30VDC

load Cell +/- 24 mVDC

+/- 240 mVDC

setpoint Capability Dual Relay Output No Dual Relay Output Single Relay Output Dual Relay Output

Communications RS485 or RS232 Refer Input Ranges RS485 or RS232 RS232 or RS485 RS485 or RS232

other Features / options IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure

IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure




power supply 50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC21.6 to 250VDC


4-177


4

large graphic & leD Displays

series lpaX epaX pFM ptV

product picture

Dimensions 121mm (H) x 254mm (W) 183mm (H) x 630mm (W) PFM1608: 660 x 168 x 61 mm PFM2412: 978 x 224 x 86 mm PFM3212: 986 x 277 x 86 mmPFM6412: 998 x 572 x 86 mm

Any TV size selected

Display 5 Digit, 38mm Red LED(Analog Input Models)

6 Digit, 38mm Red LED(Digital Input Models)

5 Digit, 101mm Red LED (Analog Input Models)

6 Digit, 101mm Red LED(Digital Input Models)

LED (Red/Amber/Green)

Resolutions: PFM1608: 16H x 80W

PFM2412: 24H x 120W PFM3212: 32H x 120W PFM6412: 64H x 120W

Connect any size TV (LCD or Plasma) via HDMI

input ranges Via a plug-in personality Module

analog inputsProcess, Voltage, Current, Temperature & Load Cell

Digital inputsCount, Rate, Counter/Rate, Timer

& Real Time Clock

Via a plug-in personality Module

analog inputs Process, Voltage, Current, Temperature & Load Cell

Digital inputs Count, Rate, Counter/Rate, Timer

& Real Time Clock

All inputs are via the Red Lion Data Station Plus or Modular

Controller Series

Serial (RS232 & RS485) EthernetAnalog

Digital I/OThermocouple

RTDLoad Cell

setpoint Capability Dual or Quad RelayQuad NPN or PNP Transistor


Programmable Programmable

Communications RS232 RS485

Modbus DeviceNetProfibus

Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232RS485


Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232RS485

Modbus DeviceNetProfibus

CANEthernet via Data Station Plus or Modular Controller Series

RS232 RS485


CAN Ethernet

other Features / options Optional IP65 Enclosure & Mounting Brackets

Optional IP65 Enclosure & Mounting Brackets

200+ Comms Drivers Data Logging Web Server

Email & SMS Alerts Expandable I/O

200+ Comms Drivers Data LoggingWeb Server

Email & SMS Alerts Expandable I/O


24VAC

85 to 250VAC 240VAC 24VDC



4. Digital Displays & Controllersstock status:normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

Discount Code l3

4.1. Counter Displays

Discount Code C8

CUB7 - Miniature 8 Digit Counter

lC2H - Miniature 8 Digit Counter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

• 8 Digit, 9mm High Digits LCD Display• Count Speeds up to 10 KHz• Standard Wire Connections or Optional Plug-in Terminal Block• IP65 Rated

• 8 Digit, 8.7 mm High Digits LCD Display• Counting Speed Switchable between 2 kHz and 30 Hz• Screw Terminals • IP66 Rated

Display input type Counting Capability power supply Code

Green Backlight No Voltage / Contact Closure or up to 28VDC

Uni-Directional 9 – 28VDC CUB7CCg0

Red Backlight CUB7CCr0

Reflective Battery CUB7CCs0

Green Backlight 50 - 250V AD/DC 9 – 28VDC CUB7CVg0

Red Backlight CUB7CVr0

Reflective Battery CUB7CVs0

Display input type Counting Capability power supply Code

Reflective No Voltage / Contact Closure

Uni-Directional Battery lC2H-F-2KK

4.5 – 30VDC lC2H-F-Dl-2KK

24 – 240V AC/DC LC2H-F-FV-30

Green/ Red Backlight 4.5 – 30VDC 9 – 28VDC LC2H-F-DL-2KK-B

type Description Used With Code

Plug-in Terminal Block 3 Position Terminal Block CUB7CCS0 tB100003

4 Position Terminal Block CUB7CCG0 CUB7CCR0 CUB7CVS0

tB100004

5 Position Terminal Block CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0 tB100005

Enclosure CUB7 Enclosure ALL ENC13000

Base Mount CUB7 Base Mount ALL BMK80000

4.1.1. Without Outputs

4-179

4.1. Counter Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

Discount Code l3

CUB4 - Miniature 6 & 8 Digit Counter

paXlC – paX lite 6 & 8 Digit Counter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• 6 Digit, 12.2 mm LCD (CUB4L) • 8 Digit, 11.7 mm LCD (CUB4L8) • 3 V Lithium Battery (9 - 28 VDC Required for Backlit Models) • Front Panel, Remote Reset • 5 KHz Max Input Frequency• IP65 Rated

• 6 & 8 Digit Counter • 6 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • 8 Digit, 10.1 mm Red LED Display • Accepts Input Count Rates up to 25 KHz • Remote Reset Capability • Count Inhibit Function• Programmable Scale Factor • IP65 Rated

Display input type Counting Capability no. Digits power supply Code

Reflective Up to 28VDC Uni-Directional 6 Battery CUB4l000

Yel-Grn Backlight 9 – 28VDC CUB4l010

Red Backlight CUB4l020

Reflective 8 Battery CUB4l800

Yel-Grn Backlight 9 – 28VDC CUB4L810

Red Backlight CUB4L820

Display input type Counting Capability no. Digits power supply Code

Red LED No VoltageContact Closure PNP or NPN (Max. 30VDC)

Bi Directional Inhibit Store

6 115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC

paXlC600

8 PAXLC800

Description Code

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC Mlps1000

Base Mount Kit BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units enC8a000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached enC8B000

Description Code

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit enC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units enC5C000



4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.1. Counter Displays Stock Status:


4

Discount Code l3

C48C – single, Dual & three preset Batch Counter

lC4H – single & Dual preset Counter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Single, Dual, or Three Preset Version • 2 Line, 6 Character LCD Display w/Backlighting • Bi-Directional and Quadrature Counting • IP65 Rated

• 2 Colour / 2 Line Preset Counter• 4 & 6 Digit Models• Panel or Din-Rail Mount• Easy operation via “thumbwheel pushbuttons

Display input type outputs power supply Code

Reflective No Voltage Contact Closure PNP NPN (Max. 30VDC)

1 x Relay 1 x NPN

18-36VDC / 24VAC C48Cs013

85 to 250VAC C48Cs003

Red / Green Backlight 18-36VDC / 24VAC C48Cs113

85 to 250VAC C48Cs103

Reflective 2 x Relay 18-36VDC / 24VAC C48CD012

85 to 250VAC C48CD002

Red / Green Backlight 18-36VDC / 24VAC C48CD112

85 to 250VAC C48CD102

Reflective 2 x Relay 1 x NPN

18-36VDC / 24VAC C48CB003

Red / Green Backlight 85 to 250VAC C48CB103

Display input type outputs style power supply Code

4 Digit Red / Green Backlight

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP NPN (Max. 30VDC)

1 x Relay 11 Pin 12–24VDC lC4H-r4-DC24V

100-240VAC lC4H-r4-aC240V

Screw Terminals 12–24VDC LC4H-R4-DC24VS

100-240VAC LC4H-R4-AC240VS

6 Digit Red / Green Backlight

11 Pin 12–24VDC lC4H-r6-DC24V

100-240VAC lC4H-r6-aC240V

Screw Terminals 12–24VDC LC4H-R6-DC24VS

100-240VAC lC4H-r6-aC240Vs

2 x Relay 11 Pin 24VAC LC4HW-R6-AC24V

12–24VDC LC4HW-R6-DC24V

100-240VAC LC4HW-R6-AC240V

Screw Terminals 24VAC LC4HW-R6-AC24VS

12–24VDC LC4HW-R6-DC24VS

100-240VAC LC4HW-R6-AC240VS

Description Code

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit ENC11A00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units ENC11B00

Description Code

8 Pin Socket for Din Rail Mounting at8-DF11K

8 Pin Socket for Panel Mounting (Rear Connect) at8-r11K

Discount Code C8

4.1.2. With Outputs

4-181

Discount Code L3

4.1. Counter Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

paXC – Multi-Function Dual / Quad preset Counter

order Codes

accessories

• 6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display • Up to 3 Count Displays • Programmable Scale Factors • Up to Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Plug-in Card)• IP65 Rated

Display input types outputs power supply Code

Red LED Dip-switch selectable Switch Contacts NPNPNP(Max. 30VDC)


85-250VAC paXC0020

11-36VDC24VAC

paXC0030

Description Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card paXCDs10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card paXCDs20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card paXCDs30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card paXCDs40




4.1.2. With Outputs

Cut to lengh tape and label roll application

A tape and label company needs a method of cutting to length material on a roll to the nearest millimeter. Since the machine moves from roll to roll very quickly, the machine must enter a “reduced speed” mode 5 cm before the cut. Additionally, management would like to know the total number of meters of material ran.

When the counter reaches preset 1 value, output 1 will latch sending a slow down signal. When preset 2 value is obtained, a timed output 2 will signal the cutter to cut, the counter will auto reset and output 1 will turn off. For various size rolls, the

typical application

PAXC counter can be programmed to allow easy operator access to preset 2 cut value. Preset 1 value (reduce speed) can be programmed to auto track preset 2, by 5 cm less, eliminating the need for the operator to change it.

The PAXC counter has another count register (Counter C), which can be programmed to follow the main Counter A. This Counter C can totalize the running number of meters and can be reset with the RST button.



Discount Code l3


4

4.2. Rate Displays

Dt8 – economical rate Meter

paXlr – paX lite rate Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Adjustable Time Base Tachometer • 5 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD • Lithium Battery - Over 7 years continuous operation • Up to 10 KHz Input Frequency• IP65 Rated

• 6 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • Input Rates up to 25 KHz • Programmable Scaling, Update Time + Decimal Points• IP65 Rated

Display input type power supply Code

Reflective Magnetic Pick-upBi-Polar (50% Duty Cycle)(Max. 28VDC)

Battery Dt800000

Yel-Grn Backlight 9-28VDC DT800010

Red Backlight Dt800020


Red LED Dip-switch selectable NPN PNPMagnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC paXlr000

Description Code




Description Code






4-183

Discount Code L3

4.2. Rate Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

paXr – Multi-Function Dual / Quad preset rate Meter

paXDr – intelligent Dual rate Meter / totalizer

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display • Up to Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Plug-in Card)• IP65 Rated

• Six Displays - One Each For: Rate A & B; Totalizer A & B; Display C Rate Calculation & Totalizer Calculation • Calculations: Sum (A+B), Difference (A-B), Ratio (A/B), % Of Total (A/A+B) Or Draw (A-B/B) • 14mm Red LED Sunlight Readable Display • Separate Input Scaling For A & B Totalizers • Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) • Retransmitted Analog Output (W/Option Card) • Communication and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) • IP65 Rated


Red LED Dip-switch selectable NPN, PNPMagnetic Pickups(Max. 30VDC)


85-250VAC paXr0020

11-36VDC 24VAC

paXr0030


Red LED Dip-switch selectable NPN, PNPMagnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)


85-250VAC paXDr000

11-36VDC24VAC

paXDr010

Description Code








Description Code





RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block paXCDC10




DeviceNet Communications Card paXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card paXCDC40


Profibus-DP Communications Card paXCDC50

Analog Output Card paXCDl10

Ethernet Communications Gateway iCM80000



4.2.2. With Outputs



Discount Code l3


4

4.3. Counter & Rate Displays

CUB5 – Miniature Dual Counter & rate Meter

paXlCr – Dual Counter & rate Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Dual Counter or Counter/Rate Indicator • 8 Digit, 12 mm LCD Display• LCD, Reflective, or User-Selectable Green/Red LED Backlighting • Preset Capability with Optional Output Card • Optional Serial Communication Modules • Optional Setpoint Cards • Optional USB Programming Card • Change Display Colour at Preset • Decimal Points and Scaling • IP65 Rated

• 6 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display • Programmable Scaling for Count and Rate • Bi-directional Counting, Up/down Control • Built-in Batch Counting Capability • Universally Powered • IP65 Rated


Reflective Dip-switch selectable Switch ContactsNPN, PNPMagnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)


9-28VDC CUB5r000

Red/Green Backlight CUB5B000


Red LED Dip-switch selectable Switch ContactsNPN, PNPMagnetic Pickups(Max. 30VDC)

2 x Relay (5A Rated) 50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

paXlCr00

Description Code




Description Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card CUB5rly0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card CUB5snK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card CUB5CoM1


USB Programming Option Card CUB5UsB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B CBlUsB01





4.3.1. With Outputs

4-185

Discount Code L3

4.3. Counter & Rate Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

paXi – intelligent Dual Counter & rate Meter / totalizer

order Codes

accessories

• 6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display • Dual Count Quad Inputs • Rate Indication • Up to 3 Count Displays or a Serial Slave • Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card)• Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card)• Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card)• PC Software Available for Meter Configuration • IP65 Rated


Red LED Dip-switch selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)


85-250VAC paXi0020

11-36VDC24VAC

paXi0030

Description Code


















4.3.1. With Outputs

Monitoring Motor speed With analog output application

A recent application required monitoring the speed of a motor. The customer, a motor testing facility, needed a device to display the motor’s speed in RPM, as well as provide a 4-20 output to chart the speed over a long period. An alarm was required to keep the operator from inadvertently running the motor too fast.

The PAXI0020 was selected to display the rate, the PAXCDL10 optional analog output card used to drive a chart recorder, and the dual alarm relay card for the over speed condition. To sense the motor’s speed, an LMPC0000 was selected to look at a keyway on the turning motor shaft.

typical application


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.3. Counter & Rate Displays

Discount Code L3


4

4.3.1. With Outputs

paX2D – Universal Dual Counter & Dual rate Meter / totalizer

order Codes

accessories

• Count, Dual Counter with Math Functions • Rate, Dual Rate with Math Functions • 6 / 9 Digit Dual Line/Tri-Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm Digits • 10 Point Rate Scaling for Non-Linear Processes • Programmable Units Display • Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card)• Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card)• Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card)• Built-in USB Programming Port Enabling Unit Configuration with Crimson Programming Software • IP65 Rated


Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)

Dip-switch selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNPMagnetic PickupsMax. 30VDC


40-250VAC21.6-250VDC

paX2D000

Description Code



















4-187

Discount Code L3


4

4.4. Process Displays4.4.1. Without Outputs

CUB4Cl/lp – Current loop powered Meter

paXlCl – paX lite Current loop Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Current Loop Meter (CUB4CL)• Current Loop Powered Meter (CUB4LP)• 4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display• IP65 Rated

• 4 Digit, 14 mm LED Display • 24 VDC Sensor Excitation Supply • IP65 Sealed Front Bezel • Optional Custom Units Overlay w/backlight

Description Code

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC (CUB4 Models) Mlps1000




Description Code

Engineering Units Label Kit paXlBK30





Reflective 4 to 20mA 10 to 50mA

Loop Powered CUB4lp00

Red Backlight (Backlight intensity varies depending on input signal level)

CUB4lp40

Yel / Grn Backlight 9-28VDC CUB4Cl10

Red Backlight CUB4Cl20


Red LED 4 to 20mA 10 to 50mA 0 to 50mA 0 to 20mA 0 to 10mA 1 to 5mA

85-250VAC paXlCl00


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.4. Process Displays

Discount Code L3


4

paXlpV – paX lite process Volt Meter

Dp5p – process Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• 4 Digit, 14 mm LED Display• 24 VDC Excitation Supply • Wide Span & Offset Scaling Range (covers 1 to 5 VDC process input) • Selectable Decimal Points • IP65 Rated• Optional Custom Units Overlay w/backlight

• 5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display • 20 mA or 10VDC Input • Linear Scaling• 9 Digit Totalizer • IP65 Rated

Description Code





Description Code






Red LED +/-25VDC 85-250VAC paXlpV00


Red LED 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC Dp5p0000

11-36VDC24VAC

Dp5p0010


4-189

Discount Code L3

4.4. Process Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

CUB5p – Miniature intelligent process Meter

paXla – paX lite process Meter with Built-in outputs

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Three Selectable D.C. Ranges • Minimum and Maximum Display Capture • LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting Display • 12.2 mm High Digits • Optional Serial Communication Modules • Optional Setpoint Cards available • Optional USB Programming Card available • Front Panel or Crimson Programmable • Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output • IP65 Rated

• 5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display • Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points • Programmable User Input • Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay • IP65 Rated• Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight • Minimum and Maximum Display Capture


Reflective 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 50mA 0 to 10VDC


9-28VDC CUB5pr00

Red/Green Backlight CUB5pB00

Description Code











Description Code






Red LED 4 to 20mA1 to 5VDC 0 to 10VDC

50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

paXla000

4.4.2. With Outputs



Discount Code L3


4

4.4.2. With Outputs

paXp – intelligent process Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes • 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching• Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs • Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card)• Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card)• Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card)• IP65 Rated

Description Code




















Red LED 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC


85-250VAC paXp0000

11-36VDC24VAC

paXp0010

asphalt Manufacturing amps Monitoring

A company that produces various liquids has a need for an indicator that could display, in litres, the amount of liquid solvent in a tank. They also want an output to turn on a pump when the level falls to 250 litres and stops filling at 1900 litres. Because the liquid is corrosive, an ultrasonic level sensor is used. This sensor outputs a 0-20 mA signal based on the top level of the tank. However, because this tank is round and horizontal to the ground, the level signal measured will not be linear to litres of

typical application

liquid in the tank. (There is more volume per cm of depth in the middle of the tank, compared to the top and bottom.)

The PAXP0000 Process Input Panel Meter with the PAXCDS10 Dual Relay Setpoint Card is best suited to fit this customer’s needs. With this meter, up to 16 scaling points can be used to greatly reduce the error induced by the shape of the tank. (Without this feature, the error could be as high as 200 litres.)

4-191

Discount Code L3

4.4. Process Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

paX2a – Universal intelligent process Meter

order Codes

• Universal Process Inputs • 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm digits • Variable Contrast and Intensity Display • Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second • Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) • Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card)



process signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDCDC Current+/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/-2.5mA, +/-2ADC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, CrtD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) resistance100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm


50-250VAC21.6-250VDC

paX2a000

4.4.2. With Outputs

accessories

Description Code


















IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units ENC5C000



Discount Code L3


4

paXDp – intelligent Dual process input Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • Dual Process Input • 5 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display• Accepts 2 x 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input Signals • Linearization/Square Root Extraction Input Range • 9 Digit Totalizer (integrator) with batching • IP65 Rated• Software available for Meter Configuration

Description Code



















Red LED +/- 0/4 to 20mA+/- 0 to 10VDC


85-250VAC paXDp000

11-36VDC24VAC

paXDp010

4.4.2. With Outputs

4-193

Discount Code L3


4

4.5. PID Controllers

t16 – temperature Controller

order Codes

accessories

• PID Control with Reduced Overshoot • Accepts TC and RTD Inputs • On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings • DC Analog Output (T164xxxx Models) • Heat and Optional Cooling Outputs (Alarm Models Only)

Description Code

Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out pMK70000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit enC11a00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units enC11B00

Display input types Control outputs power supply Code

2 Line x 4 Digittop line 7mm RedBottom line 5mm Green LCD

thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, CrtDType 385, 392, 672

PIDOn/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay

85-250VAC t1610000

18-36VDC 24VAC

t1610010

Main Control1 x Relay alarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC t1611100

18-36VDC 24VAC

t1611110

Main Control1 x Solid State

85-250VAC t1620000

18-36VDC24VAC

t1620010

Main Control1 x Relayalarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC t1621100

18-36VDC 24VAC

t1621110

Main ControlAnalog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC t1641100

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC alarms2 x Relay

18-36VD24VAC

t1641110


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.5. PID Controllers

Discount Code L3


4

p16 – process Controller

order Codes

accessories

• PID Control with Reduced Overshoot • Accepts 0 to 10VDC and 0/4 to 20mA Input Signals • On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings • DC Analog Output (P164xxxx Models)

Description Code





2 Line x 4 Digit top line7mm Red Bottom line 5mm Green LCD

0/4 to 20mA0 to 10VDC

PID On/Off


85-250VAC p1610000

18-36VDC24VAC

p1610010


85-250VAC p1611100

18-36VDC24VAC

p1611110

Main Control 1 x Solid State

85-250VAC P1620000

18-36VDC24VAC

P1620010

Main Control 1 x Relayalarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC P1621100

18-36VDC24VAC

P1621110

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC p1641100

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC alarms 2 x Relay

18-36VDC24VAC

p1641110

4-195

Discount Code L3

4.5. PID Controllers Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

t48 – advanced temperature Controller

order Codes

accessories

• Dual 4 Digit Display, 10 mm Red and 7.6 mm Green LED • Relay, SSR Drive, Triac, Analog Outputs • PID Control with Reduced Overshoot• Accepts TC and RTD Inputs • On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings• IP65 Rated• Heat and Optional Cooling Outputs• Selectable manual and automatic control modes• Optional RS485, communications• Optional remote setpoint input (0/4 to 20mA)

Description Code





2 Line x 4 Digittop line 10mm Red Bottom line 7mm Green LED

thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C rtD Type 385, 392, 672

PIDOn/Off

Main Control1 x Relay

85-250VAC t4810000


18-36VDC 24VAC

t4811110

85-250VAC t4811100

Main Control1 x Solid State alarms 2 x Relay

18-36VDC24VAC

t4821110

85-250VAC t4821100

Main Control1 x Relay alarms 1 x Relay otherAnalog Output

18-36VDC24VAC

T4810111

85-250VAC t4810101

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 1 x Relay otherRemote Setpoint Input Analog Output

18-36VDC24VAC

T4810115

85-250VAC T4810105

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 1 x Relay otherRS485Analog Output

18-36VDC24VAC

t4810117

85-250VAC t4810107

Main Control1 x Solid Statealarms 1 x Solid State otherAnalog Output

18-36VDC24VAC

T4820211

Main Control1 x Solid State alarms 1 x Solid State otherRemote Setpoint Input RS485 Analog Output

18-36VDC 24VAC

T4820215

85-250VAC T4820205

Main Control 1 x Solid Statealarms1 x Solid StateotherRemote Setpoint Input RS485

18-36VDC24VAC

T4820218

85-250VAC T4820208


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.5. PID Controllers

Discount Code L3


4

p48 – advanced process Controller

order Codes

accessories

• Dual 4 Digit Display, 10 mm Red and 7.6 mm Green LED • PID Control with Reduced Overshoot• On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings• Accepts 0 to 10VDC or 0/4 to 20mA Inputs• Optional two Linear DC Outputs • Optional Dual Alarm Outputs• Optional Remote Setpoint Input • IP65 Rated• Second Setpoint Setting• Selectable manual and automatic control modes• Programmable user input for added flexibility• Setpoint ramping for process start-up

Description Code





2 Line x 4 Digittop line 10mm Red Bottom line 7mm Green LED


PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Analog Output

85-250VAC P4800001

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4800011


85-250VAC P4810000

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4810010

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 1 x RelayotherAnalog Output

85-250VAC p4810101

18-36VDC24VAC

p4810111

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 1 x RelayotherRemote Setpoint Input Analog Output

85-250VAC P4810105

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4810115

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 1 x RelayotherRS485 Analog Output

85-250VAC P4810107

18-36VDC24VAC

P4810117

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 1 x Relay otherAnalog Output 2nd Analog Output

85-250VAC P481010A

18-36VDC24VAC

P481011A


85-250VAC p4811100

18-36VDC24VAC

p4811110

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 2 x RelayotherRS485

85-250VAC P4811102

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4811112

4-197

Discount Code L3


4

paX2C – advanced Universal process Controller

order Codes

• PID Control With Reduced Overshoot • Universal Process, Temperature, Voltage, Current And Resistance Input • Programmable Dual Line Display With Units And Bar Graph • Four Programmable Universal Annunciators • Tri-Colour Display, With 7 Programmable Colour Zones • Up To 16 Alarms With Boolean Logic Functionality • Built-In USB Programming Port Enabling Unit Configuration With Crimson Programming Software • IP65 Rated

Display input types Control outputs power supply Mounting Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange) Programmable Dual Line Display with Units Indication & Bar Graph

process signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/-2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, CrtD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm

PID On/Off


50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

Horizontal pX2C8H00

Vertical pX2C8V00

pX2C8V00

pX2C8H00

accessories

Description Code




















4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.5. PID Controllers Stock Status:


4

Discount Code C8

Kt2 – Miniature temperature / process Controller

Kt4 – temperature / process Controller

order Codes

order Codes

• Accepts Temperature or Process Signals• 9-step pattern control (ramp function)• Auto Tune Function• IP66 Rated

• Accepts Temperature or Process Signals• 9-step pattern control (ramp function)• Auto Tune Function• IP66 Rated


1 Line x 4 Digit 10.2mm Red LED

thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, rtDPt100, JPt100DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mADC Voltage0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms2 x Relays

100-240VAC aKt2111200


2 Line x 4 Digittop line 10.2mm Red Bottom line 8.8mm Green LED


PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relayalarms 1 x Relay

100-240VAC aKt4111100

Main ControlHeat & Cool Solid Statealarms1 x Relay

aKt4111140


aKt4111200

Main Control1 x DC Voltage for SSR Controlalarms 1 x Relay

aKt4112100

Main Control1 x Analog 4 to 20mA alarms 1 x Relay

aKt4113100


24V AC/DC aKt4211100

4-199


4

Discount Code C8

Kt4H – advanced temperature / process Controller

Kt7 – Din-rail Mount temperature / process Controller

order Codes

order Codes

• Accepts Temperature or Process Signals• 9-step pattern control (ramp function)• Auto Tune Function• MEWTOCOL, Modbus RTU / ASCII communications• IP66 Rated

• Accepts Temperature or Process Signals• Din-Rail Mount• 9-step pattern control (ramp function)• Auto Tune Function• IP66 Rated


2 Line x 4 Digit top line 7.4mm Red Bottom line 7.4mm GreenLED


PIDOn/Off


100-240VAC aKt7111100

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control alarms 1 x Relay

AKT7112100

Main ControlAnalog 4 to 20mA alarms 1 x Relay

AKT7113100


24VAC/DC aKt7211100




PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms1 x RelayotherRS485

100-240VAC AKT4H111100

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms2 x RelaysotherRS485

AKT4H111200

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Controlalarms 1 x Relayother RS485

AKT4H112100

Main Control1 x Analog 4 to 20mA alarms 1 x Relay otherRS485

AKT4H113100

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms 1 x RelayotherRS485

24V AC/DC AKT4H211100


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.5. PID Controllers Stock Status:


4

Discount Code C8



order Codes

order Codes

• Accepts Temperature or Process Signals• 9-step Pattern Control (ramp function)• Auto Tune Function• IP66 Rated

• Accepts Temperature or Process Signals• 9-step Pattern Control (ramp function)• Auto Tune Function• IP66 Rated



thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, PL-II, C(W/Re5-26)rtDPt100, JPt100DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mADC Voltage0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay alarms1 x Relay

100-240VAC aKt8111100

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Controlalarms1 x Relay

AKT8112100

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA alarms1 x Relay

AKT8113100



thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, PL-II, C(W/Re5-26)rtDPt100, JPt100DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mADC Voltage0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relayalarms1 x Relay

100-240VAC aKt9111100

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control alarms 1 x Relay

AKT9112100

Main Control1 x Analog 4 to 20mAalarms 1 x Relay

AKT9113100

4-201

Discount Code L3


4

4.6. DC Current Displays4.6.1. Without Outputs

CUB4i – Miniature DC Current Meter

paXliD – paX lite DC Current Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• 4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display• Reflective, Red or Green w/Backlighting • 0-199.9 uA through 199.9 mA DC Input Range • IP65 Rated• Built-in Scaling• Selectable Decimal Points

• Selectable DC current ranges• 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED • Built-in Scaling Provisions • Selectable Decimal Point Location • IP65 Rated• Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight

Description Code





Description Code


10 Amp DC Current Shunt apsCM010


DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit for PAX BMK90000



Display input range power supply Code

Reflective 0-199.9uA DC1.999mA DC19.99mA DC199.9mA DC

9-28VDC CUB4I000

Yel / Grn Backlight CUB4I010

Red Backlight CUB4i020


Red LED +/- 199.9uA DC+/- 1.999mA DC+/- 19.99mA DC+/- 199.9mA DC+/- 1.999 A* DC*Accessory shunts available for higher current ranges

115/240VAC paXliD00


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.6. DC Current Displays

Discount Code L3


4


Dp5D – DC Current Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display • +/-200uA to 2A DC• Linear Scaling• 9 Digit Totalizer• AC & DC Powered Versions • IP65 Rated

Description Code




DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit f BMK90000




Red LED +/-200uA DC+/-2mA DC+/-20mA DC +/-200mA DC+/-2A DC

85-250VAC Dp5D0000

11-36VDC24VAC

Dp5D0010

4-203

Discount Code L3

4.6. DC Current Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

4.6.2. With Outputs

CUB5i – Miniature intelligent DC Current Meter

paXla – paX lite DC Current Meter with Built-in outputs

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Four Selectable D.C. Ranges• Minimum and Maximum Display Capture • LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting • 12.2 mm High Digits • Optional Serial Communication Modules • Optional Setpoint Cards available • Optional USB Programming Card available • Operates from 9 to 28 VDC Power Source • Front Panel or Crimson Programmable • Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output • IP65 Rated

• 5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display • Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points • Programmable User Input • Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay • Universally Powered • IP65 Rated• Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight • Minimum and Maximum Display Capture

Description Code













Description Code







Display input range outputs power supply Code

Red LED 200uA 2mA20mA200mA DC

2x Relay (5A) 50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

paXla000

Display input ranges outputs power supply Code

Reflective 200uA DC2mA DC20mA DC200mA DC


9-28VDC CUB5IR00

Red/Green Backlight CUB5iB00


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.6. DC Current Displays

Discount Code L3


4

4.6.2. With Outputs

paXD – intelligent DC Current Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes • 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching• Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs • Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card)• Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card)• Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card)• PC Software Available for Meter Configuration • IP65 Rated

Description Code






















Red LED +/-200uA DC+/-2mA DC +/-20mA DC +/-200mA DC+/-2A DC


85-250VAC paXD0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

paXD0010

4-205

Discount Code L3

4.6. DC Current Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

4.6.2. With Outputs

paX2a – Universal intelligent DC Current Meter

order Codes

accessories

• Universal Process Inputs• 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits • Variable Contrast and Intensity Display • Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second • Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) • Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card)

Description Code























process signals0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/-2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage+/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200Vthermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C rtD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) resistance100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm


50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

paX2a000



Discount Code l3


4

4.7. AC Current Displays4.7.1. Without Outputs

paXlia – paX lite aC Current Meter

paXlit – paX lite 5a aC Current Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Selectable AC current ranges• 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED • Built-in Scaling Provisions • Selectable Decimal Point Location • Auto Zeroing Circuits • Over-Range Indication • IP65 Rated • Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight

• 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • Selectable Decimal Point Location • Built-in Scaling Provisions • Auto Zeroing Circuits • Over-Range Indication • IP65 Rated• Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight

Description Code





Description Code


50:5 Amp Current Transformer CT005050

200:5 Amp Current Transformer CT020050





Red LED +/- 199.9uA AC+/- 1.999mA AC+/- 19.99mA AC+/- 199.9mA AC+/- 1.999 A AC

115/240VAC paXlia00


Red LED 0-5A AC 115/240VAC paXlit00

4-207

Discount Code L3

4.7. AC Current Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

4.7.2. With Outputs

paXH – intelligent aC Current Meter

order Codes

accessories


Description Code




















Red LED 200uA AC2mA AC20mA AC200mA AC5A AC

Field Upgradable(See option cards below)

85-250VAC paXH0000



Discount Code l3


4

4.8. DC Voltage Displays4.8.1. Without Outputs

CUB4V – Miniature DC Volt Meter

paXlVD – paX lite DC Volt Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• 4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display• IP65 Rated• Built-in Scaling• Selectable Decimal Points

• Selectable DC voltage ranges• 4 Digit, 14.2 mm LED w/Polarity • Built-in Scaling Provisions • Selectable Decimal Point Location • Auto Zeroing Circuits • Over-Range Indication • IP65 Rated

Description Code





Description Code






Reflective 0-199.9mV DC1.999V DC19.99V DC199.9V DC

9-28VDC CUB4V000

Yel / Grn Backlight CUB4V010

Red Backlight CUB4V020


Red LED +/- 1.999 V DC+/- 19.99 V DC+/- 199.9 V DC+/- 300V DC

115/240VAC paXlVD00

4-209

Discount Code L3

4.8. DC Voltage Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4


Dp5D – DC Volt Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display • Linear Scaling• 9 Digit Totalizer• AC and DC Powered Versions • IP65 Rated

Description Code






Red LED +/-200mV DC+/-2V DC+/-20V DC+/-300V DC

85-250VAC Dp5D0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

Dp5D0010


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.8. DC Voltage Displays

Discount Code L3


4

4.8.2. With Outputs

CUB5V – Miniature intelligent DC Volt Meter

paXla – paX lite DC Volt Meter with Built-in outputs

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• Four Selectable D.C. Ranges• Minimum and Maximum Display Capture • LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting • 12.2 mm High Digits • Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) • Optional Setpoint Cards available (NPN or Relay) • Optional USB Programming Card available • Front Panel or Crimson Programmable • Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output • IP65 Rated

• 5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display • Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points • Programmable User Input • Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay • IP65 Rated• Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight • Minimum and Maximum Display Capture

Description Code











Description Code





Display input range output power supply Code

Red LED 200mV DC2V DC10V DC20V DC200V DC

2x Relay (5A) 50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

paXla000


Reflective 200mV DC2V DC20V DC200V DC


9-28VDC CUB5Vr00

Red/Green Backlight CUB5VB00

4-211

Discount Code L3

4.8. DC Voltage Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

4.8.2. With Outputs

paXD – intelligent DC Volt Meter

order Codes

accessories


Description Code






















Red LED +/-200mV DC+/-2V DC+/-20V DC+/-200V DC


85-250VAC paXD0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

paXD0010


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.8. DC Voltage Displays

Discount Code L3


4

4.8.2. With Outputs

paX2a – Universal intelligent DC Volt Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display • Universal Process Inputs • 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits • Variable Contrast and Intensity Display • Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second • Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) • Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card) • IP65 Rated

Description Code





















process signals0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/-2.5mA, +/-2ADC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, CrtD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) resistance100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm


50-250VAC21.6-250VDC

paX2a000

4-213

Discount Code L3


4

4.9. AC Voltage Displays4.9.1. Without Outputs

paXlVa – paX lite aC Volt Meter

order Codes

accessories

• Selectable AC voltage ranges• 4 Digit, 14.2 mm LED w/Polarity • Built-in Scaling Provisions • Selectable Decimal Point Location • Auto Zeroing Circuits • Over-Range Indication • IP65 Rated

Description Code






Red LED +/- 1.999 V AC +/- 19.99 V AC +/- 199.9 V AC +/- 300V AC

115/240VAC paXlVa00

paXlHV – paX lite aC Voltage Monitor

order Codes

accessories

• Up to 600 VAC max • Auto Zero Circuit • IP65 Sealed Front Bezel

Description Code






Red LED 0 to 600VAC 115/240VAC paXlHV00


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.9. AC Voltage Displays

Discount Code L3


4

4.9.2. With Outputs

paXH – intelligent aC Current Meter

order Codes

accessories


Description Code




















Red LED +/-200mV AC+/-2V AC+/-20V AC+/-300V AC


85-250VAC paXH0000

4-215

Discount Code L3


4

4.10. Temperature Displays4.10.1. Without Outputs

paXlrt / ltC – paX lite temperature Meter

Dp5t – paX temperature Meter

order Codes

order Codes

accessories

accessories

• 4 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display • Programmable Temperature Offset • Programmable Digital Filtering • Peak/Valley (HI/LO Reading) Memory • IP65 Rated• Custom Units Overlay with Backlight

• 5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display • Thermocouple & RTD Inputs• Linear Scaling• 9 Digit Totalizer• AC and DC Powered Versions • IP65 Rated

Description Code




Description Code





Red LED rtD3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)

85 to 250VAC paXlrt00

thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV

paXltC00


Red LED rtD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV

85-250VAC Dp5t0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

Dp5t0010


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.10. Temperature Displays

Discount Code L3


4

4.10.2. With Outputs

CUB5rt/tC – Miniature intelligent temperature Meter

order Codes

accessories

• Thermocouple or RTD inputs• Programmable Temperature Offset • Minimum and Maximum Display Capture • 12.2 mm High Digits, LCD, Reflective or Green/Red LED Backlighting • Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) • Optional Setpoint Cards available (Dual Sink or Relay) • Optional USB Programming Card available • Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output • IP65 Rated

Description Code











Display input types rtD outputs power supply Code

Reflective 3-wire 100 OHM Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)


9-28VDC CUB5rtr0

Red/Green Backlight CUB5rtB0

Reflective thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV

CUB5tCr0

Red/Green Backlight CUB5tCB0

paXlt – paX lite temperature Meter with Built-in outputs

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14.2mm High Red LED Display • Backlight Overlays Included (°C and °F) • Max and Min Reading Memory • Programmable Temperature Offset • Dual 5 Amp Form C Relays • Universally Powered • IP65 Rated• Thermocouple and RTD Inputs

Description Code




Display input range power source outputs Code

Red LED rtD3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N

50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

2 x Relay (5A) paXlt000

4-217

Discount Code L3

4.10. Temperature Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4


paXt – intelligent temperature Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • Backlight Overlays Included (°C and °F)• Thermocouple & RTD Inputs• Time – Temperature Integrator• Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs • Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card)• Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card)• Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card)• PC Software Available for Meter Configuration • IP65 Rated

Description Code


















Red LED rtD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV Scale


85-250VAC paXt0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

paXt0010

Monitoring Ceramic tile temperature

The process for the manufacturing of ceramic tile requires the tile to be maintained at a certain glazing temperature. Presently, the operator views the temperature display to determine if the temperature is within the desired temperature range for the specific project. Defective product would sometimes be produced because the operators were performing other tasks and not watching closely.

The solution to this application is the PAXT0000 Thermocouple Panel Meter. By inserting the PAXCDS10 setpoint card, a low alarm setpoint and high alarm setpoint may be configured as warnings.

typical application


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.10. Temperature Displays

Discount Code L3


4


paX2a – Universal intelligent temperature Meter

order Codes

• Universal Process Inputs• 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm digits • Variable Contrast and Intensity Display • Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second • Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) • Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card) • IP65 Rated



process signals0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/-2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage+/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200VthermocouplesT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, CrtD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392)resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm


50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

paX2a000

accessories

Description Code



















4-219

Discount Code L3


4

4.11. Load Cell Displays4.11.1. Without Outputs

paXlsg – paX lite load Cell Meter

order Codes

accessories

• 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display • High Sensitivity, 10mV full scale • Built-in Excitation 5 or 10 VDC • Selectable Decimal Points • Over-Range Indication • Custom Units Overlay with Backlight • IP65 Rated

Description Code






Red LED Single-ended or differential input, ±2.0 V max. 85 to 250VAC paXlsg00


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.11. Load Cell Displays

Discount Code L3


4


paXs – intelligent load Cell Meter

order Codes

• 5 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display • 5 or 10 VDC Bridge Excitation • Programmable Auto-Zero Tracking• Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs • Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card)• Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card)• Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card)• PC Software Available for Meter Configuration • IP65 Rated


Red LED +/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs


85-250VAC paXs0000

11-36VDC24VAC

paXs0010

accessories

Description Code











Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector paXCDC4C







4-221

Discount Code L3

4.11. Load Cell Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4


paX2s – Universal intelligent load Cell Meter

order Codes

accessories

• Load cells, Strain Gage, and Pressure Sensors• 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits • Variable Contrast and Intensity Display • Built-in USB Port for programming• Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second • Built-in Modbus Communications (With Serial Option Card Installed) • Setpoints: Dual and Quad Relay; Quad Sinking and Sourcing • Retransmitted Analog Output • Communications: RS232, RS485, DeviceNet, and Profibus • IP65 Rated

Description Code





















+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs


50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

paX2s000



4

4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays4.12.1. ProducTVity Display

productVity stationContinuous improvement driven by continuous information.

The principles of Lean manufacturing are now widely acknowledged as the most effective method for continuous improvement of factory productivity, flow, quality, uptime and waste reduction. Whether Kaizen, Six Sigma, Total Quality Management or another initiative, these operational excellence programs rely heavily on the measurement and display of Key performance indicators (Kpis).

KPIs are top level metrics that illustrate the utilization of facilities, time, material and personnel for manufacturing and process operations. Linked to target values that indicate gaps between actual and ideal performance, KPIs communicate success or failure of processes or operations, as well as measure the positive or negative effect of changes.

To make this data actionable, KPIs are communicated in an understandable and meaningful way to those responsible for it – production floor personnel and their supervisors. In the past, this was done with a chalkboard. Today, large electronic scoreboards can automate communication to the entire plant floor in real time. Studies have shown how measuring and displaying KPIs produce immediate gains in operator performance, if for no other reasons than monitoring awareness, pride or employee competitiveness.

In the most efficient manufacturing or process environment, every operator on the plant floor has visual acuity to current production rates and targets in real time. In many cases, a single percent improvement in productivity can cost-justify a production scoreboard in a single day.

Collect and display KPIs on any TV. In just minutes!

Red Lion’s ProducTVity Station lets you create your own sophisticated production scoreboard using standard, consumer-grade LCD, LED or plasma TVs you can purchase for less than $500.

• Built-in communications drivers and protocol conversion let you interface to most PLCs, drives and other automation equipment• Requires no dedicated PCs, SCADA or OPC Server• Automatically page between multiple screens of KPI, trends, Andon, messaging and more• Powerful programming capabilities with included Crimson software lets you customize solutions to your exact requirements or as needs change• Works with any brand or size of modern TV, monitor or projector• Easily duplicate information on multiple TVs with common signal splitters• Completely internet-ready with built in Web and FTP servers for remote access and control• Create the versatile system you want at a fraction of the cost of inflexible industrial scoreboard solutions

4-223

4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

4

productVity station

4.12.1. ProducTVity Display

The ready-to-deploy scoreboard solution that links performance to any TV.

ProducTVity Station lets you create your own interactive, real-time productivity scoreboard in minutes, using any consumer model LED/LCD or plasma TV. Save thousands over packaged industrial displays and get unprecedented capabilities, fast and easy connectivity to your machines with unlimited possibilities including:

• Complete performance metrics: KPI, Takt, OEE/TEEP• Flow monitoring: line status, calls, maintenance • andon: events, alerts, downtime timers• production smoothing: Heijunka, Kanban• safety: scorecards, messaging, reminders• Communications & Web: messaging, news, break timers• operator guidance: picking, assembly

...and much more


4. Digital Displays & Controllers4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

4


productVity stationFeatures: Communication, connectivity, conversion and collection, all-in-one.

• 720p DVI output to leverage affordable consumer TVs with no compatibility issues• USB and CompactFlash® ports let you track and log data directly to IT-friendly CSV Files• Three built-in independent serial ports plus one 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet port capable of communicating 10 protocols simultaneously• Built-in protocol conversion with over 200 communications drivers• Integrated Ethernet gateway to network-enable serial or fieldbus machines onto a common communications backbone in minutes• Expansion port to add additional serial or Ethernet ports, as well as various fieldbuses such as DeviceNet and Profibus• Processor with 32-bit floating-point math to calculate complex and time-based metrics • Built-in Web and FTP servers provide worldwide access to data logs and status

ProducTVity Station is driven by Red Lion’s powerful programming platform – Crimson.

A full version of the Crimson 3.0 software suite is included at no extra charge, including free lifetime support and upgrades. With unprecedented ease to collect, analyze and display KPI and Andon information, Crimson is unlike any other productivity visualization tool:

• Collect data directly from devices such as PLCs, drives, bar code scanners and more• Drag-and-drop data mapping to PLCs, PCs, and SCADA systems; lets a Siemens® PLC to talk to an Allen Bradley® drive in just seconds• Built in graphics library featuring over 5,000 of drag-and-drop elements• Synchronize with FTP servers and MS SQL Server• Mail Manager allows notifications to be sent to one or several defined recipients via text message and e-mail; report or logged data files can be attached to e-mail

Display a host of production metrics, trends, alerts, scheduling, guidance and more.

Warn of line down conditions immediately, to reduce overall downtime.

Create screens that provide KPIs and Andon information at a glance.

Inform personnel of the problem, as well as whose attention is required, to minimize disruptions to production.

Inform operators of current run and upcoming requirements to reduce changeover time.

Compare each shift’s production against the others to spot potential issues, and to drive a competitive spirit.

Calculate advanced KPIs such as OEE to drive continuous improvement initiatives.

supported Manufactures

ABB SiemensOmronEatonFatekJohnson ControlsSchneiderUnitronicsYaskawaYokogawaSquare DMatsushita / PanasonicMicroMod AutomationMitsubishi ElectricModbus AC Tech Adam Allen Bradley Alpha Gear Alstom Animatics Applied Motion BACnetBaldorBannerBeckhoff ADSBristol BabcockCANEZ AutomationFestoFlowComGarmin GPSGEGiddings & LewisHardy InstrumentsHBMHitachiIntelligent ActuatorIrconHoneywellIDECIFMIMOIndramatCaterpillarContrexControl TecniquesCruisair CTCDanfossDelta CDeviceNetDometicDuplineElmoEMCOEmersonEthernet IPCAN J1939KEBKeyenceKingKlockner MoellerKollMorgen AC DrivesKoyoKrohneLenzeLG/LSMaguireMicroMod AutomationMitsubishi ElectricMotronaMTS

4-225

Discount Code L3

4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

4



Features and Specifications:poWer: 24 VDC ± 10%450 mA min. (1 module)3.4 Amps max. (16 modules + Expansion Card) Must use NEC Class 2 rated power supply.

CoMMUniCations:UsB/pg port: Adheres to USB 2.0 specification full speed only via Type B connection.UsB Host port: Complies with USB specification Rev 2.0. Hardware over current protected (0.5A max).DVi port: Digital Visual Interface version 1.3, single link, provides a digital video feed, with a resolution of 1280 horizontal x 720 vertical pixels, progressive scan, adhering to CEA-861-E (720p). DDC support, HDCP is not supported.Colour depth is 32K.

order Codes

option Cards

accessories

Description CodeProducTVity Station Also includes…2GB CompactFlash Card 3M DVI to HDMI Cable HDMI to DVI Adaptor (for DVI to DVI connections)

ptV00000

type Description CodeCommunications Option Cards for the PTV (1 only per PTV)

Ethernet Option Card (Adds independent, secondary port) XCenet00CANopen/J1939 Card XCCn0000RS232/485 Card XCrs0000Profibus-DP (Slave) Card XCpBDp00DeviceNet (Slave) Card XCDn0000GSM/GPRS Cellular Modem Card XCgsM000

I/O Option Cards for the PTV (16 Max. I/O Cards per PTV)

Eight Inputs, Six Relay Outputs CsDio14rEight Inputs, Six Solid State Outputs CSDIO14S8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module Csini8008 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module c/w 100 Linearizer CSINI8L08 Channel ±10 V Input Module CsinV8008 Channel ±10 V Input Module c/w 100 Linearizer CSINV8L04 Channel Analog Output Module CsoUt400Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs CspiD1r0Single Loop Module, Relay & Analog Outputs CspiD1raSingle Loop Module, Solid State Outputs CSPID1S0Single Loop Module, Solid State & Analog Outputs CSPID1SASingle Loop Module, Triac & Analog Outputs CspiD1taDual Loop Module, Relay Outputs CspiD2r0Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs CspiD2s0Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs CSPID2T06 Channel Input, RTD CsrtD600Single Loop, 1 Load Cell Input, Relay & Analog Outputs Cssg10raSingle Loop, 1 Load Cell Input, Solid State & Analog Output Cssg10saSingle Loop, 2 SG Inputs, Relay & Analog Outputs Cssg11raSingle Loop, 2 SG Inputs, Solid State & Analog Outputs Cssg11sa8 Channel Thermocouple Module CstC8000

serial ports: Serial ports are individually isolated.rs232/pg port: RS232 port via RJ12 COMMS Ports: RS422/485 port via RJ45, and RS232 port via RJ12 Ethernet Port: 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX

MeMory:On-board User Memory: 128Mbytes of non-volatile Flash memory.On-board RAM: 64Mbytes.Memory Card: CompactFlash Typ II slot for Type I and Type II cards – 2GB CompactFlash card included.

Description CodeUSB Programming Cable (3m) CBlUsB00Communications Cables to Serial 3rd Party Devices (3m) CBlxxxxx*DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DrrJ45t8DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DrrJ11t61Gb Compact Flash Card g3CF001g2Gb Compact Flash Card g3CF002g5dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card ant5DB5M7dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card ant7DB5M

* Contact Customer Service



4

4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits4.12.1. ProducTVity Displays

Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits

Kit 1 - Wallmount

Kit 2 - single Display Ceiling Mount

Kit 3 - Dual Display Ceiling Mount

Description Qty Code42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display 1 BDL4245EWall Mount Display Bracket 1 BT8432SHDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60M) 1 ATHD4V40SRSHDMI high speed cable (1M) 1 DKH101UP

Description Qty Code42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display 1 BDL4245ECeiling Bracket 1 BT7822S50mm Diameter 2m extension pole 1 BT7850-20S50mm collar for pole mounting TV 2 BT7052SPole mount Display Bracket 1 BT8432SHDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60m) 1 ATHD4V40SRSHDMI high speed cable (1m) 1 DKH101UP

Description Qty Code42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display 2 BDL4245ECeiling Bracket 1 BT7822S50mm Diameter 2m extension pole 1 BT7850-20S50mm collar for pole mounting TV 2 BT7052SPole mount Display Bracket 2 BT8432SHDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60m) 1 ATHD4V40SRS1x Input / 2x Output HDMI Splitter 1 ATHDV12

HDMI high speed cable (1m) 3 DKH101UP

21

21

Ceiling Mount - 50mm polesBt7822s silverCable managementCoverplate includedSafety bolt for secure installationCeiling plate dia: 150mm Ceiling drop: 120mm

50mm Dia extension poleBt7850-200s - 2 metersCable ManagementSafety bolt holes at top & bottom

50mm accessory CollarBt7052sCollar for use with 50mm poles Includes silver coverplate

Quick release Mountingadaptor - Bt8432s silverWall or pole mounting display bracket. Torsion tilt mechanism for +/-15 ̊ tilt Includes locking bar for secure installation Simple hook-on installation with all mounting hardware included

4-227

Discount Code L3

4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

4

4.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays4.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee

lDa – large DC Volt/Current/process Display

order Codes

• Wide Input Range of Analog Signals• 57mm & 101mm High Red LED Digits • Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points • Dual 5 Amp Form C Relay • Aluminium IP65 Case Construction • RS232/RS485 Serial Communications

pFM – plant Floor Marquee

order Codes

• Tri-colour Display Provides Instant Notice of Important Information • Displays Information from any SX/GT Models of the Data Station and Modular Controller • Graphical Design Allows Bargraphs, Custom Symbols and Graphics • Four Sizes for a Wide Range of Applications

Display (leD tri-Colour red/amber/green) resolution

Dimensions Max. Viewing Distance

power supply Code

16H x 80W 660x168x61mm 45m 240VAC PFM1608B

24H x 120W 978x224x86mm 60m PFM2412B


5 Digit 57mm Red LED

process 4 to 20mA, 1 to 5VDC, 0 to 10VDCDC Voltages200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V, 10V DC Currents200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA

2 x RelayRS232 or RS485

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

lD2a05p0

5 Digit101mm Red LED

lD4a05p0

accessories

Description Code

Cable from Data Station Plus or Modular Controller to PFM CBLPFM00



Discount Code L3


4

4.12.4. Serial Slave Displays4.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays

lD – large Display Counter and rate indicator

order Codes

• 57mm & 101mm High Red LED Digits • Available in 4 or 6 Digit Versions • Single or Dual Counter with Rate Indicator* • Built-in Batch Counting Capability* • Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points* • Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay* • RS232/RS485 Serial Communications*• Aluminium IP65 Rated 4X Case Construction *LD2006P0 & LD4006P0 Models Only


4 Digit 57mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)

Dip-switch selectable Switch ContactsNPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)

N/A 50-250VAC21.6-250VDC

LD200400

6 Digit57mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)

LD200600

4 Digit 101mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)

LD400400

6 Digit 101mm Red LED(No Front Panel Buttons)

LD400600

6 Digit 101mm Red LED (With Front Panel Buttons)

Dip-switch selectable Switch ContactsNPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)


lD2006p0

6 Digit 101mm Red LED (With Front Panel Buttons)

lD4006p0

lDss – large serial slave Display

order Codes

• 57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits • Displays up to 6 Digits of Serial ASCII Data • Dual Display Buffer Allows Alternating Displays • Selectable RS232 or RS485 Serial Interface • Connects Directly to Red Lion Products with Serial communications• Aluminium IP65 Case Construction



RS485 or RS232 Serial Communications

N/A 50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

lD2ss6p0


lD4ss6p0

4-229

Discount Code L3


4

4.12.6. Timer Displays4.12.7. Load Cell Displays

lDt – large Display timer & Cycle Counter

lDs – large Display load Cell/ stain gauge

order Codes

order Codes

• 57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits • 6-Digit Bi-directional Timing Capability • 5-Digit Cycle Counting Capability • Selectable Timer Ranges and Operating Modes • Elapsed Timer and Preset Timer Functionality • Serial Communications (Selectable RS232 or RS485) • 5 AMP Form C Relay Output • Aluminium IP65 Case Construction

• 5 Digit, 57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits • Load Cell or Strain Gauge Input• Serial Communications (Selectable RS232 or RS485) • Universally Powered • 5 AMP Form C Relay Output • Aluminium IP65 Case Construction


6 Digit57mm Red LED



50-250VAC21.6-250VDC

LD2T06P0


LD4T06P0


6 Digit57mm Red LED

+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs


50-250VAC21.6-250VDC

lD2sg5p0


lD4sg5p0



Discount Code L3


4

4.12.8. Universal Input Displays

lpaX & epaX – Universal large Displays

lpaX order Codes (Display only)

epaX order Codes (Display only)

• Large PAX Displays • 38 mm High Red LED Display (LPAX)• 101 mm High Red LED Display (EPAX)• Various Input Modules Available (via Plug-in MPAX Modules)• Alarms, Analog Outputs, and Communications • Custom Units Label with Backlight for LPAX5 and LPAXDA Analog Units only • IP65 Rated• Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately



Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered SeparatelySee table below.


Based on MPAX Module Selection. (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.

lpaX0500


lpaX0600



LPAXDA00



LPAXCK00


5 Digit101mm Red LED

Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.


Based on MPAX Module Selection. (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.

epaX0500


epaX0600

MpaX order Codes (input Module for lpaX or epaX Display)

Used With input ranges outputs power supply Code

LPAX0500 EPAX0500

DC Voltage 200mV, 2V, 20V, 300V DC Current 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 2Aresistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10kohm


85-250VAC MPAXD000

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXD010


85-250VAC MpaXp000

11-36VDC/24VAC MpaXp010

rtD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)thermocoupleT, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV Scale

85-250VAC MPAXT000

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXT010

load Cell input+/-24mV or +/-240mV

85-250VAC MpaXs000

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXS010

aC Voltage 200mV, 2V, 20V, 300V aC Current 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 5A

85-250VAC MPAXH000

lpaX Dimensions

4-231

Discount Code L3


4

epaX Dimensions

4.12.8. Universal Input Displays

Used With input ranges outputs power supply Code

LPAX0600 EPAX0600



85-250VAC MpaXi020

11-36VDC/24VAC MpaXi030

Dip-switch selectable Switch ContactsNPN PNP(Max. 30VDC)

85-250VAC MPAXC020

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXC030


85-250VAC MPAXR020

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXR030

Dual rate inputDip-switch selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNPMagnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

85-250VAC MPAXDR00

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXDR10

LPAXCK00 EPAX0600

Dip-switch selectable Switch ContactsNPN PNP(Max. 30VDC)

85-250VAC MpaXCK00

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXCK10

LPAXDP00 EPAX0500

two of any below+/- 0/4 to 20mA +/- 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC MPAXDP00

11-36VDC/24VAC MPAXDP10

accessories

Description Code













LPAX IP65 Aluminium Enclosure enC90000

LPAX Shroud SHRLPAX0

LPAX Mounting Brackets MBlpaX00

EPAX IP65 Aluminium Enclosure with Shroud epaXensH

EPAX Programming Remote with 3m Cable epaXpgM0

MpaX order Codes (input Module for lpaX or epaX Display)




Discount Code L5


5

5. Process sensors

section 5

5-233

5. Process sensors 5-232section Guide overview 5-2345.1. Level 5-238

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5-2385.1.1.1. Industrial 5-2385.1.1.2. Precision 5-246

5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5-2495.1.2.1. Industrial 5-249

5.2. Pressure 5-2525.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5-252


5.2.2. Plug-on Display 5-2695.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5-270

5.2.3.1. Industrial 5-2705.2.3.2. Precision 5-273

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5-2745.2.4.1. Industrial 5-2745.2.4.2. Precision 5-2765.2.4.3. OEM 5-277

5.3. switches 5-2785.3.1. Pressure Switches 5-278


Process sensors


5. Process sensors

5


LevelA submersible / hydrostatic level sensor is used to measure the pressure created by a liquid. The greater the height of the liquid, the greater the pressure. The sensor needs to be close to the bottom of the tank and either fitted on the outside via a thread or a flange, or entering into the top of the tank and then attached to the bottom.

As a hydrostatic sensor needs to be in contact with the product then we need to ensure that the materials are compatible, and any aggressive medium doesn’t eat away at the instrument. Our range of sensors are made from a variety of stainless steel which is usually fine, but for aggressive media such as acids, we can provide sensors made from engineered ceramics that will suit the conditions.Special versions with IECEx hazardous area approvals , integrated temperature sensor, communications such as Modbus RS485, or HART Protocol are all available.

Level Housing Material

ø [m

m]

stai

nles

s st

eel

sens

or

cer

amic

sen

sor

Pressure range / Level [mH2o]

Preferred areas of use cable-sensor

Certificates Page

stai

nles

s st

eel

Plas

tic

Wat

er

sew

age

Fuel

and

oil

Aggr

essi

ve

Med

ia

not

se

para

ble

sepa

rabl

e

Precision

LMP 308i • 35 • 0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 200 • • ATEX, IECEX 5-246

LMK 382H • 39.5 • 0 ... 0.6 up to 0 ... 100 • • • • ATEX, HART® 5-248

LMK 358H • 39.5 • 0 ... 0.6 up to 0 ... 100 • • • • ATEX, HART® 5-247

industry

LMP 305 • 19 • 0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250 • • 5-238

LMP 307 • 27 • 0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250 • • • ATEX, SIL, IECEX 5-240

LMP 307t • 27 • 0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250 • • • 5-242

LMK 306 • 17 • 0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 200 • • 5-239

LMK 307 • 27 • 0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 250 • • • • ATEX, SIL, IECEX 5-241

LMK 382 • 39.5 • 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 100 • • • • ATEX 5-243

LMK 807 • 35 • 0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 100 • • • SIL 5-244

LMK 809 • 45 • 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 100 • • • 5-245

screw-in transmitter

LMP 331 • • • 0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 400 • • ATEX, SIL, IECEX 5-249

LMK 331 • • • 0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 600 • • • • ATEX, SIL 5-250

LMK 351 • • • 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 200 • • • • ATEX 5-251

5-235


5

PressureA comprehensive family of products that include vacuum, gauge, absolute and differential pressure transmitters. Based on different sensor technologies, combined with housing materials such as stainless steel and various plastics, our industrial pressure transmitters are suitable for almost all industrial gasses and fluids. Many different types of mechanical and electrical connections, ensures you will find the correct sensor for nearly any application.

Special versions with IECEx hazardous area approvals, integrated temperature sensor, communications such as Modbus RS485, or HART Protocol are all available.

Pressure

stai

nles

s st

eel

sens

or

cer

amic

sen

sor

Accu

racy

(fso

) (1)

nominal Pressure [bar]

options /special characteristics

Preferred areas of use

Certificates Page

inch

and

nPt

th

raed

Inch

thre

ad fl

ush

Dai

ry P

ipe

cla

mp

(3A-

cert

ifica

tion)

Variv

ent®

(3

A-ce

rtifi

catio

n)

Flan

ge

DR

D fl

ange

Precision

XMP i • 0.1 % 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600 lameproof enclosure, cooling element up to

300°C

• • • • ATEX, HART® 5-264

XMP ci • 0.1 % 0 ... 0.06 up to 0 ... 20 flameproof enclosure • • • • ATEX, HART® 5-265

x|act i • 0.1 % 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 40 hygienic version, cooling element up to 300°C

• • • • • ATEX, HART®, 3A 5-266

x|act ci • 0.1 % 0 ... 0.06 up to 0 ... 20 hygienic version • • • • • • ATEX, HART® 5-267

industry

DMP 343 • 0.35 % 0 ... 0.01 up to 0 ... 1 for non-aggressive gases • ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX 5-252

DMP 331 • 0.35 % 0 ... 0.01 up to 0 ... 1 universal applications • • ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX 5-253

DMP 333 • 0.35 % 0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 600 universal applications • ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX 5-254

DMP 339 • 0.35 % 0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 600 G 1/2“ flush • ATEX, IECEX 5-256

DMP 335 • 0.5 % 0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 600 welded version • ATEX, UL, IECEX 5-255

DMP 334 • 0.35 % 0 ... 600 up to 0 ... 2.200 adjustability of span and offset

• ATEX, UL 5-257

DMK 351 • 0.35 % 0 ... 0.04 up to 0 ... 20 diaphragm 99.9% Al2O3, pressure port PVDF

• ATEX 5-260

DMK 331 • 0.5 % 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600 pressure port PVDF for agressive media

• ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX 5-259

DMP 457 • 0.35 % 0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 600 • • ATEX, DNV, GL, CCS, IECEX

5-258

DMP 331P • 0.35 % 0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 40 hygienic version, cooling element up to 300°C

• • • ATEX, SIL, UL, 3A, IECEX

5-261

DMK 331P • 0.5 % 0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 400 illing fluid with FDA approval, cooling element

up to 300°C

• ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX 5-262

DMK 351P • 0.35 % 0 ... 0.04 up to 0 ... 20 diaphragm 99.9% Al2O3 • • • • • ATEX 5-263

oeM

26.600 G • 0.5 % 0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 400 oil and grease free version • 5-268

(1) according to Iec 60770


5. Process sensorsSection Guide Overview

5

switches Housing Material

Accu

racy

(Fso

) (1)

contacts

nominal Pressure [bar]

Pressure Port

Certificates Page

stai

nles

s st

eel

ball

hous

ing

Plas

tic

1/2

1/2/

4

inch

and

nPt

th

raed

inch

thre

ad

flush

Dai

ry P

ipe

cla

mp

Precision

Ds 400 • 0.35 % • 0 ... 100 up to 0 ... 600 • ATEX 5-280

Ds 401 • 0.5 % • 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600 • ATEX 5-281

Ds 200 • 0.35 % • 0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 600 • ATEX 5-278

Ds 201 • 0.5 % • 0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600 • ATEX 5-279

Ds 400P • 0.35 % • 0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 40 • • • ATEX, 3A 5-283

Ds 217 • 0.5 % • 0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 600 • 5-282

Ds 230 • 1.5 % • 0 ... 2 up to 0 ... 400 • 5-284

(1) according to Iec 60770

switchesPressure switches with up to 4 output contacts and with a digital display. Depending on the application, the universal pressure measuring devices with display and switching contacts can be used as a pressure transmitter, electronic pressure switch or digital pressure gauge.

Due to the simple handling as well as the variety of software features , switching points and hysteresis values are easily configurable with added functions such as on-delay, min/max value data storage, display and analogue output signal also scalable. Our comprehensive range is suitable as an intelligent pressure switch for general plant and machine construction and the food processing industry.

5-237


5

IECEx Certification : The Way to Safety Compliance in Hazardous Areas Modern day industrial automation has increased the need for electric equipment in hazardous areas. These are places where flammable liquids, vapours, gases or combustible dusts could present a fire or explosion hazard. They are also called “Hazardous Locations” or “Explosive Atmospheres” or Ex Areas. The use of equipment, especially electrical, in these areas is generally highly regulated. It is in the interest of industry and governments to ensure that Ex Areas and the personnel working in them are as safe as possible.

The IECEx scheme is the first international certification scheme in the world and certificates issued under this scheme will be accepted by all member countries which include UK, France, Germany, Australia, Canada and USA. Australian Standards are following IEC Standards with Australia being a member country of the IECEx certification scheme.


5. Process sensors

Discount code L5


5

5.1. Level

5.1.1.1. Industrial5.1.1. Submersible Probes

LMP 305 – slimline Probe with stainless steal sensor

The slimline probe LMP 305 with silicon stainless steel sensor is designed for continuous level measurement in confined space conditions. Permissible media are clean or waste water and thin fluids. A stainless steel sensor with low thermal error, excellent linearity and long term stability, is basis of LMP 305.

nominal pressurefrom 0 ... 1 mH2Oup to 0 ... 250 mH2O

special characteristicsDiameter 19 mm for cramped areasSmall thermal effectExcellent long term stability & linearity

Preferred areas of use are:WaterLevel measurement in confined space conditionsGround water monitoringDepth or level measurement in wells and open watersDrinking water systemLevel measurement in container

5-239

5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5

5.1.1. Submersible Probes5.1.1.1. Industrial

LMK 306 – slimline Probe with ceramic sensor

The slimline probe LMK 306 with ceramic sensor has been especially designed for the continuous level measurement at confined space conditions. Permissible media are clean or slightly contaminated water and thin fluids. Different cable sheath materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 6 mH2Oup to 0 ... 200 mH2O

special characteristicsCeramic SensorDiameter 17 mmSuitable for hydrostatic level measurement Good linearity & long term stability

Preferred areas of use are: WaterLevel measurement in confined space conditionsGround water monitoringDepth or level measurement in wellsDrinking waterLevel measurement in open tanks


5. Process sensors5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5


LMP 307 – industry standard Probe with stainless steal sensor

The stainless steel probe LMP 307 is designed for continuous level measurement in water and clean or waste fluids. Basic element is a high quality stainless steel sensor with high requirements for exact measurement with excellent long term stability.


special characteristicsStainless Steel SensorDiameter 27 mmSmall thermal effectExcellent accuracy & long term stability

Preferred areas of use are:WaterDrinking water systemGround water level measurementRain spillway basinPump and booster stationsLevel measurement in container

sewageWater treatment plantsWaste water treatmentWater recycling

Fuel / oilFuel storageTank farm

5-241

5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5


LMK 307 – industry standard Probe with ceramic sensorThe level transmitter LMK 307 is designed for continuous level measurement in water or waste water applications. Basic element is a flush mounted ceramic sensor. Suitable for all fluids which are compatible with media wetted materials. Different cable and elastomer materials can be offered according to the customer-specific operating conditions.


special characteristicsCeramic SensorDiameter 27 mmGood linearity & long term stability

Preferred areas of use are:WaterDrinking water systemGround water monitoringStorm water reservoir

sewageWaste water treatmentWater recyclingDumpsite

Fuel / oilFuel storageTank farmBiogas plants

Protection cap removable



Discount Code L5


5


LMP 307t – stainless steel sensor and temperature sensor

The LMP 307T stainless steel submersible probe is designed for continuous level and temperature measurement in water or clean to lightly-soiled liquids. The advantage: simultaneous recording of level and temperature with separate independent signal amplification. The maintenance and wiring costs are considerably reduced. In addition to classical signal processing of the level, an additional signal circuit independent of the level which converts the temperature signal into a 4 … 20 mA analogue signal in 2-wire technology is provided.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 … 1mH20up to 0 … 250mH20

special characteristicsSeparate output signals for pressure and temperature rangesDiameter only 27mm

Preferred areas of use:

Fuel / oilTank farm

WaterFiltrated sewage

5-243

5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5


LMK 382 – Probe with ceramic sensor for Viscous and Pasty Media

The stainless steel probe LMK 382 has been designed for continuous level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity mediums. Basic element is a robust and high overpressure capable capacitive ceramic sensor e.g. for low levels.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 40 cmH2Oup to 0 ... 100 mH2O

special characteristicsCeramic SensorDiameter 39.5 mmEspecially designed for sewage, viscous and pasty media

Preferred areas of use are:sewageWaste water treatmentWater recycling

Fuel / oilLevel monitoring in open tanks with low filling heightsFuel storageTank farmsBiogas plants

Aggressive MediaLevel measurement for most acids



Discount Code L5


5


LMK 807 – Plastic submersible Probe for Aggressive Media

The plastic submersible probe LMK 807 is designed for continuous level measurement for waste water or and different aggressive media. Basic element of the plastic submersible probe is the flush mounted ceramic sensor, which makes cleaning easier when solid parts of the medium deposit on it. Different cable and elastomer materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility.


special characteristicsCeramic SensorDiameter 35 mmExcellent long term stability

Preferred areas of use are:sewageWaste water treatmentWater recyclingDumpsite

Aggressive MediaLevel measurement in most of acids

5-245

5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5


LMK 809 – Plastic submersible Probe for Aggressive Media

The plastic submersible probe LMK 809 is designed for continuous level measurement in waste water or in most of aggressive media. Basic element is a capacitive ceramic sensor. Basic element of the plastic probe is the flush mounted ceramic sensor, which makes cleaning easier when solid parts of the medium deposit on it. Different cable and seal materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 0.4 mH2Oup to 0 ... 100 mH2O

special characteristicsDiameter 45 mmCeramic Sensor with High Chemical ResistanceHigh overpressure resistanceEspecially for tank level measurement of viscous and aggressive mediaDiaphragm 99.9 % AI2O3Housing material PP (Polypropylene) or PVDF

Preferred areas of use are:sewageWaste water treatmentWater recyclingDumpsite

Aggressive MediaLevel measurement in most of acids



Discount Code L5


5

5.1.1.2. Precision5.1.1. Submersible Probes

LMP 308i – separable Precision stainless steel Probe

The separable precision stainless steel probe LMP 308i is designed for continuous fill level and level measurement of water and liquid mediums. The signal processing of sensor signal is done by digital electronics with 16-bit analog digital converter. Consequently it is possible to conduct an active compensation of sensor intrinsic deviations from normal conditions like nonlinearity and thermal error.In order to facilitate stock-keeping and maintenance the transmitter body is plugged to the cable assembly with a connector and can be changed easily.


special characteristicsStainless Steel SensorDiameter 35 mmCable and sensor section separableExcellent accuracyCommunication connector for adjustment of offset, span and damping

Preferred areas of use are:WaterGround water level measurementDepth or level measurement in wells and open watersRain spillway basinLevel measurement in container

Fuel / oilLevel monitoring in open tanks with low filling heightsFuel storageTank farmsBiogas plants

5-247

5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5


LMK 358H – separable stainless steel Probe with HArt®-communication

The separable stainless steel probe LMK 358H has been designed for level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity media. Basic element is a capacitive ceramic sensor.In order to facilitate stock-keeping and maintenance the transmitter head is plugged to the cable assembly with a connector and can be changed easily.


special characteristicsDiameter 39.5 mmCable and sensor section separableHART® communication (setting of offset, span and damping)Permissible temperatures up to 85 °CCeramic sensor with high chemical resistance

Preferred areas of use are :sewageWater treatment plantsWaste water treatmentWater recyclingActivated return sludgePump station

Aggressive MediaLevel measurement for most acids and lyes



Discount Code L5


5


LMK 382H – stainless steel Probe with HArt®-communication

The stainless steel probe LMK 382H has been designed for continuous level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity mediums. Basic element is a robust and high overpressure capable capacitive ceramic sensor e.g. for low levels.


special characteristicsDiameter 39.5 mmCable and sensor section separableHART® communication (setting of offset, span and damping)Permissible temperatures up to 85 °CCeramic sensor with high chemical resistance

Preferred areas of use are :

Aggressive MediaLevel measurement for most acids and lyes

sewageWater treatment plantsWaste water treatmentWater recyclingActivated return sludgePump station

5-249

5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5

5.1.2.1. Industrial5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter

LMP 331 – screw-in transmitter with stainless steel sensor

The screw-in transmitter LMP 331 has been designed for continuous level measurement and is characterized by an excellent performance and a robust construction. The modular construction allows the user the highest possible flexibility in the adaption of LMP 331.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 100 mbarup to 0 ... 40 bar

special characteristicsPressure port G 3/4” flushExcellent accuracySmall thermal effectExcellent long term stability

Preferred areas of use are :Plant and Machine EngineeringEnergy IndustryEnvironmental Engineering (water – sewage – recycling)G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with

iso 4400

standard Version

G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with iso 4400

siL + siL eX Version

compact Field Housing Version



Discount Code L5


5

LMK 331 – screw-in transmitter with ceramic sensor

The screw-in transmitter LMK 331 has been especially designed for level and process measurement and is suitable for pressure measurement of liquids, oils and gases. Usage in more viscous or polluted media is possible because of the semi-flush pressure sensor. For the usage in aggressive media we recommended the version with PVDF pressure port.


special characteristicsPressure port G 3/4” flush for pasty mediaPressure port PVDF for aggressive media

Preferred areas of use are :Plant and Machine EngineeringEnergy IndustryEnvironmental Engineering (water, sewage, recycling)Medical Technology



standard Version




5-251

5.1. Level

Discount Code L5


5


LMK 351 – screw-in transmitter with ceramic sensor

The screw-in transmitter LMK 351 has been designed for measuring small system pressure and level measurement in container. The LMK 351 is based on an own-developed capacitive ceramic sensor element. Usage in viscous and pasty media is possible because of the flush mounted sensor. For the usage in aggressive media a pressure port in PVDF and the diaphragm in AI2O3 99.9 % is available.


Product characteristicsPressure port PVDF-version for aggressive mediaPressure port G 1 ½“ for pasty and polluted media

Preferred areas of use are :Plant and Machine EngineeringEnvironmental Engineering (water – sewage – recycling)

Preferred used for:Fuel and OilViscous and Pasty Media

G1 1/2” flush (DIN 3852) stainless steel

G1 1/2” flush (DIN 3852) PVDF

stainless steel Pressure Port Version

PVDF Pressure Port Version



5. Process sensors

Discount code L5


5

5.2. Pressure

DMP 343 – industrial Very Low Pressure transmitter with a stainless steel sensor

The pressure transmitter DMP 343 has been especially designed for the measurement of very low gauge pressure and for vacuum applications. Permissible media are gases, pressurized air and non-aggressive low viscos oils.

Nominal pressure:from 0 ... 10 mbarup to 0 ... 1000 mbar

Product characteristicsExcellent linearitySmall thermal effectExcellent long term stability

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringHeating and Air Conditioning

5.2.1.1. Industrial5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters


5-253

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

5.2.1.1. Industrial5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter

DMP 331 – industrial Low Pressure transmitter with a stainless steel sensor

The pressure transmitter DMP 331 can be used in all industrial areas when the medium is compatible with stainless steel.


special characteristicsPerfect thermal behaviourExcellent long term stability

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringEnvironmental Engineering (water - sewage - recycling)Energy Industry

G1/2” Din 3852 with iso 4400

G1/2” Din 3852 with iso 4400

standard Version

Accuracy 0.1%; siL + siL is Version



5. Process sensors5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

DMP 333 – industrial High Pressure transmitter with a stainless steel sensor

The pressure transmitter type DMP 333 has been especially designed for use in hydraulic applications with high static and dynamic pressure. The transmitter is characterised by an excellent long term stability, also under fast changing pressure as well as positive and negative pressure peaks.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 60 barup to 0 ... 600 bar

special characteristicsExcellent long-term stability, also with high dynamic pressure loadsInsensitive to pressure peaksHigh overpressure capability

Preferred areas of use are:Mobile HydraulicsPlant and Machine EngineeringMachine toolsHydraulic pressesInjection moulding machineHandling equipmentElevated platformsTest benches


standard Version

G1/2” Din 3852 with iso 4400

G1/2” Din 3852 with iso 4400

Accuracy 0.1%; siL + siL is Version


5-255

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5


DMP 335 – industrial Welded, Dry stainless steel sensor

The industrial pressure transmitter DMP 335 is based on a stainless steel welded pressure sensor without fluid. This characteristic has a special advantage with applications where silicon oil or elastomere seals cannot be used.


special characteristicsSuitable for oxygen applicationsInsensitive to pressure peaksHigh overpressure capability

Preferred areas of use are:Medical TechnologyPlant and Machine EngineeringMobile HydraulicsRefrigerationOxygen application

G1/2” en 837




Discount Code L5


5

DMP 339 – industrial Pressure transmitter with G ¼” Flush Diaphragm

The industrial pressure transmitter type DMP 339 with flush diaphragm has been especially designed for use in dosing systems. The transmitter is suited for pressure measuring of adhesive, highly viscous oils, colours and pastes, which stringently need the G1/4” flush pressure port.

nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar

special characteristics Mechanical connection: G1/4” flush Suitable for viscous and pasty media

Preferred areas of use are:HydraulicsPlant and Machine Engineering

Preferred using in:Fuels / OilsPasty media


G1/4” flush DIN 3852


5-257

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5


DMP 334 – industrial Pressure transmitter for very high Pressure

The industrial pressure transmitter DMP 334 has been especially designed for use in hydraulic systems up to 2200 bar. The base element of DMP334 is a thin-film sensor that’s welded with the pressure port that meets the high demands of industry.

nominal Pressure rangesfrom 0 ... 600 barup to 0 ... 2200 bar

special characteristicsExtremely robust and excellent long-term stabilityPressure sensor welded

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringCommercial Vehicles and Mobile Hydraulics

G1/2” en 8375




Discount Code L5


5

DMP 457 – Pressure Transmitter for Shipbuilding and Offshore

The pressure transmitter DMP 457 has been especially designed for rough conditions occurring especially in shipbuilding and offshore applications. All gaseous and liquid media, which are compatible with stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) respectively can be used.Sensor element is a piezoresistive stainless steel sensor with high accuracy and excellent long-term stability.


special characteristicsShipping approvals - GL (Germanischer Lloyd), DNV (Det Norske Veritas) and CCS (China Classification Society)

Preferred areas of use are:Shipbuilding and Offshore BoilerDiesel Engines CompressorsDrives Pumps


G1/2” Din 3852

Field Housing Version

5-259

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5


DMK 331 – industrial Pressure transmitter with a ceramic sensor

The industrial pressure transmitter DMK 331 with ceramic sensor has been especially designed for pasty, polluted or aggressive media and for oxygen applications at low pressure range.

Nominal Pressure: from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar

Special Characteristics: Pressure port G 1/2” flush for pasty and polluted media Pressure port G 1/2” open port PVDF for aggressive media Oxygen application

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringEnergy IndustryMedical TechnologyEnvironmental Engineering (water - sewage - recycling)

G1/2” Din 3852 with iso 4400

standard Version

G1/2” Din 3852 with iso 4400





Discount Code L5


5

DMK 351 – industrial Very Low Pressure transmitter with a ceramic sensor

The pressure transmitter DMK 351 has been specially designed for applications in plant and machine engineering as well as laboratory techniques and is suitable for measuring small system pressure and filling heights. By using a specially developed capacitive sensor, optionally available as AI2O3 99.9 %, the DMK 351 offers a high overpressure resistance and a high temperature and media resistance.

nominal pressurefrom 0 ... 40 mbarup to 0 ... 20 bar

Product characteristicsHigh media resistance

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringLaboratory Applications

Preferred used for:Fuel and OilWater


G1/2” Din 3852


5-261

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5


DMP 331P – industrial Low Pressure transmitter with Flush Welded stainless steel Diaphragm

The pressure transmitter DMP 331P was designed for use in the food and pharmaceutical industry. The compact design with hygienic process connections makes it possible to achieve an outstanding performance in terms of accuracy, temperature behaviour and long term stability. The modular construction concept allows a combination of various process connections with different filling fluids and a cooling element. Several electrical connections complete the profile of DMP 331P. This transmitter fulfils nearly all requirements in hygienic / food and beverage industrial processes.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar

special characteristicsHygienic process connectionsCIP / SIP cleaning up to 150 °CVacuum resistant

Preferred areas of use are:Food & Beverage IndustryPharmaceutical Industry

G1/2” flush with ISO 44008

standard Version



Discount Code L5


5

DMK 331P – industrial High Pressure transmitter with Flush Welded stainless steel Diaphragm

The pressure transmitter DMK 331P is suitable for measuring the pressure of viscous and pasty media, where a totally flush pressure port is required.


special characteristicsSuited for viscous and pasty media

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringFood & Beverage Industry

Preferred used for:Viscous and Pasty Media

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters5.2.1.1. Industrial


G1/2” flush with ISO 44008

5-263

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter

DMK 351P – Pressure transmitter for the Process industry with ceramic Diaphragm

The pressure transmitter DMK 351P has been designed for measuring small system pressure in the food and beverage industry. The DMK 351P is based on a specially developed capacitive ceramic sensor element. It features high over pressure resistance and high resistance against the most aggressive media.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 … 40 mbarup to 0 … 20 bar

special characteristicsHygienic VersionDifferent process connections (G1 1/2”, diary pipe, clamp, etc. )High overpressure capability

Preferred areas of use are:Food IndustryChemical and petrochemical industry

Preferred used for:Paint and VarnishViscous and Pasty Media

5.2.1.1. Industrial


G1/2” EN 837 with field housing



Discount Code L5


5

XMP i – Process transmitter with HArt®-communication with a stainless steel sensor

The process pressure transmitter XMP i has been especially designed for the process industry and measures vacuum, gauge and absolute pressure ranges of gases, steam, fluids and dust up to 600 bar. Different process connections with an internal or flush welded diaphragm are available and can be combined with a cooling element for media temperatures up to 300°C. The transmitter is equipped with HART®-communication; with a choice between a two chamber aluminium die cast case or a stainless field housing.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar special characteristicsTurn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case or stainless field housing Internal or flush welded diaphragm HART®-communication

Preferred areas of use are:Oil and gas industryChemical and petrochemical industryEnergy IndustryHeavy Industry

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters5.2.1.2. Precision

Aluminium case Version

stainless steel Field Housing Version

5-265

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5


XMP ci – Process transmitter with HArt®-communication with a ceramic sensor

The process pressure transmitter XMP ci measures the pressure of gases, steam, dust and fluids. The special-developed capacitive ceramic sensor for this transmitter has a high overpressure capability and excellent media stability. The transmitter is equipped with HART®-communication, the customer can choose between a two chamber aluminium die cast case or a stainless field housing.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 60 mbarup to 0... 20 bar

special characteristicsTurn-down 1:10Two chamber aluminium die cast case or stainless field housingInternal or flush mounted capacitive ceramic sensorHART®-communication

Preferred areas of use are:Oil and gas industryChemical and petrochemical industry

Preferred using in:Fuel and OilAggressive Media

5.2.1.2. Precision

Aluminium case Version

stainless steel Field Housing Version



Discount Code L5


5

x|act i – transmitter for Food and Beverage industry with a stainless steel sensor

The precise pressure transmitter x|act i has been especially designed for the food and beverage industry that measures vacuum, gauge and absolute pressure of gases, steams and fluids up to 40 bar. Several process connections e.g. thread or hygienic versions like dairy pipe and clamp with a flush welded diaphragm are available, which can be combined with a cooling element for media temperatures up to 300 °C. The robust stainless steel globe housing has a high ingress protection IP 67 and all characteristics for a residue-free and antibacterial cleaning.


special characteristicsTurn-down 1:10Hygienic versionFlush welded diaphragmSeveral process connections (G1“ cone, Clamp, dairy pipe, etc.)Integrated display and operating module

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters5.2.1.2. Precision

G1” cone Version

5-267

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5


x|act ci – transmitter for Food and Beverage industry with a ceramic sensor

The precise pressure transmitter x|act ci measures the pressure of gases, steam and fluids. The special-developed capacitive ceramic sensor for this transmitter, which can optionally be delivered in pure ceramic, has a high overpressure capability and excellent media stability. Several process connections e.g. inch thread or hygienic versions like dairy pipe or clamp are available. The robust stainless steel globe housing has a high ingress protection IP 67 and all characteristics for a residue-free and antibacterial cleaning.

nominal pressurefrom 0 ... 60 mbarup to 0... 20 bar

special characteristicsTurn-Down 1:10Hygienic versionFlush mounted, capacitive ceramic sensorSeveral process connections (inch thread, Clamp, etc.)With integrated display and operating moduleDiaphragm Al2O3 99.9 %

Preferred areas of use are:Food IndustryChemical and petrochemical industry

Preferred using in:Viscous and pasty media

5.2.1.2. Precision

Din 3852 Version

G1 1/2” FLUsH Din 3852



Discount Code L5


5

26.600 G – Universal oeM Pressure transmitter

ApplicationsMechanical and plant engineeringGeneral industrial applications

characteristicsCeramic sensorAccuracy 0.5 % FSO according to IEC 60770Nominal pressure ranges from 0 … 1 bar up to 0 … 400 barOption: oil and grease free version

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters5.2.1.3. OEM

iso 4400 Version

5-269

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

5.2.2. Plug-on Display

PA 430 – Plug-on Display for Pressure transmitters

Product characteristicsPlug-on display for pressure transmitter with output signal: 4 … 20 mA / 2-wire or 0 … 10 V / 3-wire4-digit LED displayScalable displayDisplay 330 ° rotatableConnector 300 ° rotatableNo external power supply necessary (Loop powered)Optional 1 or 2 programmable contacts

iso 4400 Version



Discount Code L5


5

DMD 331 – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Liquids and Gases with a stainless steel sensor

The DMD 331 is a differential pressure transmitter for industrial applications and is based on a piezoresistive stainless steel sensor, which can be pressurized on both sides with fluids or gases compatible with SST 1.4404 and 1.4435. The compact design allows an integration of the DMD 331 in machines and applications with limited space. The DMD 331 calculates the difference between the pressure on the positive and the negative side and converts it into a proportional electrical signal.

Differential Pressurefrom 0 ... 20 mbarup to 0 ... 16 bar

special characteristicsDifferential pressure wet / wetPermissible static pressure –one sided- up to 30 times of differential pressure rangeCompact designMechanical robust and reliable at dynamic pressures as well as shock and vibration

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringEnergy Industry

Preferred used for:Water

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters5.2.3.1. Industrial

G1/2” en 837

5-271

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters

DMD 831 – Differential Pressure Transmitter with Display and Contact’s for Fluids and Gases

special characteristics2 piezoresistive stainless steel sensorsDifferential pressure from 0 ... 80 mbar up to 0 ... 70 barDisplay and pressure port rotatable

5.2.3.1. Industrial

G1/2” Din 3852



Discount Code L5


5

DPS 300 – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Gas and Compressed Air

The pressure transmitter DPS 300 was developed for the differential pressure measuring for dry, non aggressive gases and compressed air and can be used for several HVAC applications. The DPS 300 is a multi range transmitter with up to three adjustable measuring ranges. The device is equipped with a two-line LC display and can simply parameterised about this. The result, status of the contact and the unit are clear shown on the display.

Differential Pressurefrom 0 ... 1,6 mbar up to 0 ... 1000 mbar

special characteristics LC-display, two-lineAdjustable measuring rangesHigh overpressure capabilityAdjustable dampingCompact form

Preferred applications are:HVAC Medical

Preferred areas of use are:GasCompressed air

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters5.2.3.1. Industrial

DPs 300 with Display

5-273

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters

XMD – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Process Industry with HArt®-communication

The differential pressure transmitter XMD has been especially designed for the process industry and can be used for level measurement of closed, pressurized tanks, pump or filter controlling, etc. Another attribute is the possibility to switch the output signal from linear to square root extraction by what the flow rate of the medium can be issued.

nominal Pressurefrom 75 mbarup to 2 bar

special characteristics Static over pressure 130 bar Turn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case HART communication Output signal: linear or square root extraction IS-version Ex ia = intrinsically safe version

Preferred areas of use are:Oil and gas industryChemical and petrochemical industryEnergy IndustryFood IndustryPaper Industry

5.2.3.2. Precision



Discount Code L5


5

5.2.4.1. Industrial5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges

BAroLi 02 – class 0.1 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with a stainless steel sensor

The battery-powered digital pressure gauge BAROLI 02 enables a local displaying of values, satisfying the highest demands for accuracy and long-term stability. The pressure gauge may be applied in all media compatible with the stainless steel use; it shows an excellent robustness and a high overpressure protection.

The BAROLI 02 display housing is rotatable, thus ensuring an easy reading even under unfavourable mounting conditions. Additional functions are available like changing the unit of measure, displaying min / max values, calibrating of offset and the span, as well as configuring the automatic switching off.


characteristicsRotatable housing2-Line Digital Display

G1/2” en 837

5-275

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

BAroLi 05 – class 0.25 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with a ceramic sensor

The battery-powered digital pressure gauge BAROLI 05 has been designed for measuring the pressure (absolute or gauge) of fluids, oils and gases. The display housing is rotatable, thus ensuring an easy reading even under unfavourable mounting conditions. Additional functions are available like changing the unit of measure, displaying min / max values, calibrating the offset and of span, as well as configuring the automatic switching off.


characteristicsRotatable housing2-Line Digital Display

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges5.2.4.1. Industrial

G1/2” en 837



Discount Code L5


5

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges5.2.4.2. Precision

DM01 – class 0.05 Battery Powered Precision Digital Gauge with stainless steel sensor

The precision digital gauge DM01 has been designed for extremely high demands in the sector of calibration and test technology. Extraordinary measurement characteristics, easy handling as well as the innovative, modular sensor concept are the heart of our DM01. The user can exchange pressure sensor without tools or parameterization on-site; and continue or re-start the measurement. The graphic LC display with background illumination ensures clear visualization and supports operation the device.


special characteristicsModular sensor conceptData logger incl. software Graphic displayStainless steel housing Ø 100 mmCommunication interface USB 2.0

G1/2” en 837

5-277

5.2. Pressure

Discount Code L5


5

DM 10 – oeM class 0.5 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with ceramic sensor

The compact low-cost digital pressure gauge DM 10 is battery powered and has an adjustable housing; it is therefore suitable for mobile pressure monitoring. The 4.5-digit LC-display indicates the battery status, the measurement value as well as the unit, this enables a fast and precise reading. It is possible to switch between the most common units (bar, psi, Pa, MPa). Additional functions such as auto zero, min / max values and an automatic switching off complete the DM 10 profile.

nominal Pressurefrom 0 ... 1.6 bar up to 0 ... 250 bar

special characteristicsAdjustable housingLC display (4.5-digit 7-segment display)Standard lithium battery CR 2450 (operation period > 1.800 h)

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges5.2.4.3. OEM

G1/4” Din 3852


5. Process sensors

Discount code L5


5

5.3. Switches

Ds 200 – electronic Pressure switch with a stainless steel sensor

The DS 200 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display which has been specially designed for numerous applications in various industrial sectors. As standard the DS 200 offers a PNP contact and a rotatable display module with 4-digit LED display. Additionally the DS 200 could be equipped with a up to 4 contacts and an analog output.


special characteristicsIndication of measured values on a 4-digit LED displayRotatable and configurable display module

Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringHeating and Air ConditioningEnvironmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)

5.3.1. Pressure Switches5.3.1.1. Industrial

G1/2” Din 3852

5-279

5.3. Switches

Discount Code L5


5

5.3.1. Pressure Switches

Ds 201 – electronic Pressure switch with a ceramic sensor

The DS 201 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display and has been specially designed for universal usage in industry applications. The DS 201 is available with flush pressure ports for viscous, pasty and highly contaminated media. As standard the DS 201 offers a PNP contact and a rotatable display module with 4-digit LED display. Additionally the DS 201 could be equipped with a up to 4 contacts and an analog output.



Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringEnvironmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)

5.3.1.1. Industrial

G1/2” Din 3852


5. Process sensors5.3. Switches

Discount Code L5


5

Ds 400 – stainless steel Pressure switch with a stainless steel sensor

The DS 400 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and has been specially designed for numerous applications in various industrial sectors. As standard the DS 400 offers a PNP contact and a display module, which is mounted and rotatable in the ball housing. Additionally the DS 400 could be equipped with a second contact and analog output.



Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringHeating and Air ConditioningEnvironmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)


For nominal pressure PN > 400 barincreases the length of devices with IS-vesion by 19 mm and of devices without IS-version by 39 mm

G1/2” Din 3852

5-281

5.3. Switches

Discount Code L5


5


Ds 401 – stainless steel Pressure switch with a ceramic sensor

The DS 401 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display and has been specially designed for universal usage in industry applications; with flush diaphragm the DS 401 is suitable for the usage in viscous, pasty or highly contaminated media. The rotatable stainless steel housing is suitable for rough conditions and difficult installing conditions, due to it’s robustness. As standard the DS 401 offers a PNP contact and is optionally available with a second, independent contact. Additionally the DS 401 could be equipped with an analog output.



Preferred areas of use are:Plant and Machine EngineeringEnvironmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)Hydraulic Oil

5.3.1.1. Industrial

G1/2” Din 3852



Discount Code L5


5

Ds 217 – Pressure switch with welded stainless steel sensor


special characteristics1 analogue output and up to 2 contactsDisplay and housing rotatableSuitable for oxygen applications


G1/2” en 837

5-283

5.3. Switches

Discount Code L5


5


Ds 400P – Food & Beverage electronic Pressure switch with a stainless steel sensor

The electronic pressure switch DS400P is the successful combination of Intelligent pressure switch & digital display that has been developed for the process industry; especially for food and pharmaceutical industries.


special characteristicsIndication of measured values on a 4-digit LED displayRotatable and configurable display moduleConfigurable contacts (switch on / switch off points, hysteresis / window mode, switch on / switch off delay)Hygienic version

5.3.1.2. Precision

G1/2” fluah only for Pn ≤ 40 bar



Discount Code L5


5

Ds 230 – electronic oeM Pressure switch

nominal Pressurefrom 0 … 2 barup to 0 … 400 bar

characteristicsDisplay and housing rotatableUp to 2 contact outputsConfigurable via displayOptional: analogue output

ApplicationsPneumaticsPumps and hydraulic machines

5.3.1. Pressure Switches5.3.1.3. OEM

G1/4” Din 3852

5-285

5


6.1.1.1. XXX6.1.1. XXX


Discount Code C6


6

6. Machine safety

section 6

6-287

MAchine SAfety

6. Machine safety 6-2866.1. Machine Guard interlocks 6-288

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type 6-2886.1.2. Non-Contact Type 6-2946.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type 6-3016.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type 6-310

6.2. safety Relays 6-3126.2.1. Selection Guide 6-3126.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type 6-3146.2.3. 2NC Input Type 6-3156.2.4. Output Expanders 6-3186.2.5. Input Expanders 6-3196.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays 6-3206.2.7. Safety Mat Relays 6-3216.2.8. Stand Still Monitors 6-3226.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6-3236.2.10. Muting Relay 6-3236.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays 6-3246.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type 6-325

6.3. safety Light curtains 6-3266.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection 6-3266.3.2. Body Protection 6-3286.3.3. IP69K Version 6-329

6.4. safety Pull-Wire switches 6-3316.5. two hand control stations 6-3346.6. enabling switches 6-3356.7. safety Mats 6-3366.8. safety edge sensors 6-3376.9. safety foot switches 6-3386.10. safety PLc 6-339


6. Machine safety

Discount code c6


6

6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

aZ 17 series

order codes

accessories

• Thermoplastic enclosure• IP67• Small body• 8 actuating planes• Multiple coding• Double-insulated • High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents• Not sensitive to dirty conditions by virtue of patented roller system

actuator action output operation code

5N Latching Force 2NC aZ 17-02ZK

1NO + 1NC aZ 17-11ZK

image Description code

Straight Actuator aZ 17/170-B1

Straight Actuator Rubber Mount aZ 17/170-B1-2245

Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount aZ 17/170-B5

Flexible Actuator aZ 17-B6

Long Straight Actuator AZ 17/170-B11

Long Straight Actuator 90⁰ mount AZ 17/170-B15

6-289

6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Discount Code C6


6

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

aZ 16 series

order codes aZ 16 series

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Double-insulated • Large wiring compartment• Multiple coding• High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents• Slotted holes for adjustment, circular holes for location• 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• LED version available• IP67


Ejection 1NO + 1NC aZ 16ZVK-M20

1NO + 2NC aZ 16-12ZVK-M20

2NC AZ 16-02ZVK-M20

3NC AZ 16-03ZVK-M20

1NO + 1NC EX-AZ 16ZVK-3D*

30N Latching Force 1NO + 1NC aZ 16ZVRK-M20

1NO + 2NC aZ 16-12ZVRK-M20

2NC AZ 16-02ZVRK-M20

3NC AZ 16-03ZVRK-M20

* EX-VersionNote: Accessories on next page.

aZ 15 series

order codes aZ 15 series

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Double-insulated • Long life• Multiple coding• Large wiring compartment• High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents• Slotted holes for adjustment, circular holes for location• Not sensitive to dirty conditions by virtue of patented roller system• 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• IP67


Ejection 1NC aZ 15-ZVK-M20

30N Latching Force 1NC aZ 15-ZVRK-M20

Note: Accessories on next page.


6. Machine safety6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Discount Code C6


6


aZ 15 & aZ 16-series accessories


Straight Actuator aZ 15/16-B1

Straight Actuator - Magnetic Latch aZ 15/16-B1 – 1747

Straight Actuator – Slot Lip-Seal aZ 15/16-B1 – 2024

Straight Actuator – Ball Latch aZ 15/16-B1 – 2053

Straight Actuator – Centring Guide aZ 15/16-B1 – 2177

Straight Actuator – Flexible for small actuating Radii in line with the plane of the actuator

aZ 15/16-B2

Straight Actuator – Flexible Magnetic Latch for small actuating Radii in line with the plane of the actuator

aZ 15/16-B2 – 1747

Straight Actuator - Flexible for small actuating Radii at 90˚ to the plane of the actuator

aZ 15/16-B3

Straight Actuator – Flexible Magnetic Latch for small actuating Radii at 90˚ to the plane of the actuator

AZ 15/16-B3 – 1747

Straight Actuator – Flexible for small actuating Radii in Line with or 90˚ to the plane of the actuator

aZ 15/16-B6

6-291


Discount Code C6


6


aZ 3350 series

order codes

• Metal enclosure• Heavy Duty• Latching handle• High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents• 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5• IP67


5N Latching Force 3NC aZ 3350-03ZK

1NO + 2NC aZ 3350-12ZUeK

accessories


Straight Actuator aZ 3350-B1

Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount aZ 3350-B5

Flexible Actuator aZ 3350-B6



Discount Code C6


6


aZ 415 series

• Metal enclosure• Heavy Duty• Spring-loaded actuators• High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents• Adjustable ball latch to 400 N• 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• 2 switches with different actuating functions in one enclosure• IP67

order codes

accessories


Adjustable Latching Force to 400N 1NO + 1NC1NO + 1NC

aZ 415-11/11ZPK-M20

2NC2NC

aZ 415-02/02ZPK-M20


Straight Actuator aZ/aZM 415-B1

Flexible Actuator - In line with actuator

aZ/aZM 415-B2

Flexible Actuator - 90º to plane of actuator

aZ/aZM 415-B3

Sliding Actuator w/ Locking Bolt & Ball Latch aZ/aZM 415-B4Ps

6-293


Discount Code C6


6


aZ 200 series

• Screw connection• Thermoplastic enclosure• Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors• Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m• 3 LEDs to show operating conditions• Permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally• Intelligent diagnosis• IP67

order codes

accessories


30N Latching Force 1 Diagnostic O/P + 2 Safety PNP O/P aZ 200sK-t-1P2P


Straight Actuator Left(Door hinges on left)

AZ/AZM 200-B1-LT

Straight Actuator Right(Door hinges on right)

AZ/AZM 200-B1-RT

Door Handle Actuator Left(Door hinges on left)

AZ/AZM 200-B30-LTAG1

Door Handle Actuator Right(Door hinges on right)

AZ/AZM 200-B30-RTAG1

Door Handle Actuator with Emergency Exit Left(Door hinges on left)

aZ/aZM 200-B30-LtaG1P1

Door Handle Actuator with Emergency Exit Right(Door hinges on right)

aZ/aZM 200-B30-RtaG1P1



Discount Code C6


6

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Bns 16 series - coded Magnetic

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Suitable for food processing industry• Concealed mounting possible• IP67• Insensitive to transverse misalignment• No mechanical wear• 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5

order codes

accessories


Axial 1NO + 2NC Bns 16-12ZV

Rear Bns 16-12ZU

Front Bns 16-12ZD

Left BNS 16-12ZL

Right BNS 16-12ZR

Left & Right* BNS 16-12ZLR

*2 Actuators - suitable for double guards


Actuator BPs 16

6-295


Discount Code C6


6


Bns 33 series - coded Magnetic

• Thermoplastic enclosure• LED version• Concealed mounting possible• Insensitive to transverse misalignment• IP67• No mechanical wear

order codes

accessories

actuator type output operation LeD indication code

Non-Contact Coded Magnetic 1NO + 1NC No Bns 33-11Z

Bns 33-11Z 5M

BNS 33-11Z 10M

Yes Bns 33-11ZG

Bns 33-11ZG 5M

BNS 33-11ZG 10M

1NO + 2NC Bns 33-12ZG

Bns 33-12ZG 5M

BNS 33-12ZG 10M

2NC No BNS 33-02Z-2187*

BNS 33-02Z-2187 5M*

BNS 33-02Z-2187 10M*

Yes Bns 33-02ZG-2187*

Bns 33-02ZG-2187 5M*

1NO + 2NC No Bns 33-12Z-2187*

Bns 33-12Z-2187 5M*

Bns 33-12Z-2187 10M*

Yes BNS 33-12ZG-2187*

BNS 33-12ZG-2187 5M*

BNS 33-12ZG-2187 10M*

* Independent Channels


Actuator Switching distance 5mm ON15mm OFF

BPs 33

Actuator Switching distance 8mm ON18mm OFF

BPs 33-2326

Mounting Spacer spacer Bn 31/ spacer Bn 33

8,5

73,5

10

25

88

78

18,5

13

ø 5



Discount Code C6


6


Bns 250 series - coded Magnetic• LED version• Thermoplastic enclosure• Small body• Concealed mounting possible• IP67• No mechanical wear• Insensitive to transverse misalignment

order codes

accessories



Bns 250-11Z 5M

BNS 250-11Z 10M

Yes Bns 250-11ZG

Bns 250-11ZG 5M

BNS 250-11ZG 10M

1NO + 2NC No Bns 250-12Z

Bns 250-12Z 5M

BNS 250-12Z 10M

Bns 250-12Z-2187*

Bns 250-12Z-2187 5M*

Yes Bns 250-12ZG

Bns 250-12ZG 5M

BNS 250-12ZG 10M



Actuator BPs 250

Mounting Spacer Spacer BNS 250

6-297


Discount Code C6


6


Bns 260 series - coded Magnetic• Thermoplastic enclosure• Small body• Concealed mounting possible• IP67• No mechanical wear• Insensitive to transverse misalignment• Connector 8 mm, 6-pole, Latching interlocking

order codes

accessories


Non-Contact Coded Magnetic 2NC Safety, 1NC Signal No BNS 260-02/01Z-L 5M

Bns 260-02/01Z-R 5M

Bns 260-02/01Z-st-L

Bns 260-02/01Z-st-R

Yes Bns 260-02/01ZG-st-L

Bns 260-02/01ZG-st-R

L - door hinge on left hand sideR - door hinge on right hand side


Actuator BPs 260-1

Actuator 90º to sensor plane BPs 260-2

Mounting Spacer Spacer BNS 260

Cable a-K6P-M8-R-G-5M-Gy-1-X-a-4



Discount Code C6


6


Bns 303 series - coded Magnetic• Thermoplastic enclosure• IP67• No mechanical wear• Ø M30• Suitable for food processing industry• Insensitive to transverse misalignment

order codes

accessories



Bns 303-11Z 5M

BNS 303-11Z 10M

BNS 303-12Z

Bns 303-12Z 5M

BNS 303-12Z 10M

Bns 303-12Z-2187 5M*

Yes BNS 303-11ZG

BNS 303-11ZG 5M

BNS 303-11ZG 10M

1NO + 2NC Bns 303-12ZG

Bns 303-12ZG 5M

BNS 303-12ZG 10M

BNS 303-12ZG-2187*

BNS 303-12ZG-2187 5M*



Actuator - Thermoplastic BPs 300

Actuator - ThermoplasticSuitable for Food Processing Industry

BPs 303

Actuator - Stainless Steel BPs 303 ss

2

3015

90°

14

ø2

ø4,5

2

1,5

13,8

15 M4

ø30

ø37

15

2

14

Ø2

ø37

ø30

6-299


Discount Code C6


6


Bns 40s series - coded Magnetic

order codes

accessories


Actuator BPs 40s-1

Actuator 90⁰ to Sensor BPs 40s-2

Actuator Concealed Mounting BPs 40s-1-c

Actuator 90⁰ to Sensor Concealed Mounting

BPs 40s-2-c

• Stainless steel enclosure• Suitable for food processing industry• Concealed mounting possible• IP69K• No mechanical wear• Insensitive to transverse misalignment


Non-Contact Coded Magnetic 1NO + 2NC No BNS 40S-12Z

BNS 40S-12Z 5M

BNS 40S-12Z 10M

Yes Bns 40s-12ZG

Bns 40s-12ZG 5M

Bns 40s-12ZG 10M

No BNS 40S-12Z-C*

BNS 40S-12Z-C 5M*

BNS 40S-12Z-C 10M*

Yes Bns 40s-12ZG-c*

Bns 40s-12ZG-c 5M*

Bns 40s-12ZG-c 10M*

* Concealed Mounting

concealed Mounting

standard Mounting



Discount Code C6


6


accessories Rss 36


Actuator Rst 36-1

Actuator with Latching Magnet Rst 36-1-R

Sealing Kit acc Rss 36-sK

91

78

2522

106.3

91

74

78

25 18.5

22 M12

Rss 36 series - RfiD coded Magnetic

order codes

actuator type output operation LeD indication Description code

Non-Contact RFID 2 PNP Yes Cable Rss 36-D

Plug-in Rss 36-D-st

Latching Magnet Rss 36-D-R

Plug-in, Latching Magnet Rss 36-D-R-st

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics RSS 36-SD-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, Latching Magnet

RSS 36-SD-R-ST

Non-Contact RFID Unique Coding

2 PNP Yes Cable RSS 36-I1-D

Plug-in RSS 36-I1-D-ST

Latching Magnet RSS 36-I1-D-R

Plug-in, Latching Magnet RSS 36-I1-D-R-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, RSS 36-I1-SD-ST


RSS 36-I1-SD-R-ST

Non-Contact RFID Individual Coding

2 PNP Yes Cable Rss 36-i2-D

Plug-in Rss 36-i2-D-st

Latching Magnet RSS 36-I2-D-R

Plug-in, Latching Magnet, Rss 36-i2-D-R-st

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, RSS 36-I2-SD-ST


RSS 36-I2-SD-R-ST

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Electronic contact-free, coded system• Misaligned actuation possible• 27 mm x 108.2 mm x 35 mm• High repeat accuracy of the switching points• 2 short-circuit proof PNP safety outputs• Integral cross-short, wire-breakage and external voltage monitoring of the safety cables up to the control cabinet

6-301


Discount Code C6


6

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

aZM 170 series

order codes

accessories


Power to Unlock 1NO + 1NC aZM 170sK-11ZRK-2197 24VacDc

aZM 170sK-11ZRK-2197 230Vac

2NC aZM 170sK-02ZRK-2197 24VacDc

Power to Lock 1NO + 1NC aZM 170sK-11ZRKa 24VacDc

aZM 170sK-11ZRKa 240Vac

2NC aZM 170sK-02ZRKa 24VacDc


Straight Actuator AZ 17/170-B1

Straight Actuator with Rubber Mount AZ 17/170-B1-2245

Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount AZ 17/170-B5

Long Straight Actuator AZ 17/170-B11

Long Straight Actuator 90⁰ mount AZ 17/170-B15

Flexible Actuator aZM 170-B6

Unlock Key M5 tK-M5

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Double-insulated • Compact design• 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5• IP67• High holding force 1000N• Manual release from side• Screw connection



Discount Code C6


6


aZM 161 series• Thermoplastic enclosure• Double-insulated • IP67• High holding force 2000N• 6 Contacts• Large wiring compartment• Manual release• Cable entries 4 M16 x 1.5

order codes

accessories


Power to Unlock 1NO + 2NC (Actuator)1NO + 2NC (Solenoid)

aZM 161sK-12/12RK 24VacDc

aZM 161sK-12/12RK 110/230Vac

Power to Lock aZM 161sK-12/12RKa 24VacDc

AZM 161SK-12/12RKA 110/230VAC


Actuator aZM 161-B1

Actuator Flexible aZM 161-B6

Actuator with Centring Guide

aZM 161-B1-2177

Actuator Flexible with Centring Guide

aZM 161-B6 -2177

6-303


Discount Code C6


6


aZM 190 series

order codes

accessories


Power to Unlock 1NC (Actuator)1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)

aZM 190-11/01RK-M20 24VacDc

1NO (Actuator)2NC (Solenoid)

aZM 190-02/10RK-M20 24VacDc

Power to Lock aZM 190-02/10RKa-M20 24VacDc

1NC (Actuator)1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)

AZM 190-11/01RKA-M20 24VACDC


Actuator aZM 190 - B1

Actuator Flexible aZM 190 - B3/2x15

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Interlock with protection against incorrect locking• Holding force 1950N• IP67• Actuating head can be repositioned by 4 x 90°• 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• Manual release• Wiring compartment• Slim design, particularly suitable for fitting on hinged doors, aluminium profiles and fencing• Sealing mechanism to prevent the ingress of dirt



Discount Code C6


6


aZM 300 series• Suitable for mounting to profile systems• Thermoplastic enclosure• 3 different directions of actuation• Compact design• Electronic contact-free, coded system• 3 LEDs to show operating conditions• Resistant to cleaning agents• Suitable for hinged and sliding guards• Series-wiring• Manual release• Connector M12, 8-pole• Power to unlock / Power to lock• Actuator monitored / Guard locking monitored• Diagnostic output / Serial output• Protection class IP66, IP67 to IEC/EN 60529, IP69K to DIN 40050-9• Holding force 1000N

order codes

accessories

actuator action output operation coding Diagnostic/serial output code

Power to LockGuard locking monitored

2 PNP Universal Diagnostic aZM300Z-st-1P2P-a

Serial AZM300Z-ST-SD2P-A

Individual Diagnostic aZM300Z-i2-st-1P2P-a

Serial AZM300Z-I2-ST-SD2P-A

Unique Diagnostic aZM300Z-i1-st-1P2P-a

Serial AZM300Z-I1-ST-SD2P-A

Power to LockActuator monitored

2 PNP Universal Diagnostic AZM300B-ST-1P2P-A

Serial AZM300B-ST-SD2P-A

Individual Diagnostic AZM300B-I2-ST-1P2P-A

Serial AZM300B-I2-ST-SD2P-A

Unique Diagnostic AZM300B-I1-ST-1P2P-A

Serial AZM300B-I1-ST-SD2P-A

Power to UnlockGuard locking monitored

2 PNP Universal Diagnostic aZM300Z-st-1P2P

Serial AZM300Z-ST-SD2P

Individual Diagnostic aZM300Z-i2-st-1P2P

Serial AZM300Z-I2-ST-SD2P

Unique Diagnostic aZM300Z-i1-st-1P2P

Serial AZM300Z-I1-ST-SD2P

Power to UnlockActuator monitored

2 PNP Universal Diagnostic AZM300B-ST-1P2P

Serial AZM300B-ST-SD2P

Individual Diagnostic AZM300B-I2-ST-1P2P

Serial AZM300B-I2-ST-SD2P

Unique Diagnostic AZM300B-I1-ST-1P2P

Serial AZM300B-I1-ST-SD2P


Actuator aZ/aZM 300-B1

Mounting Plate MP-AZ/AZM 300-1

6-305


6


24 VDC

GND

12 35 46 8

X1

Y1

X2

SD IN

SD OUT

12 35 46 8

X1

Y1

X2

7

Y2

7

Y2

SD IN

SD OUT

X1 Y1X2 Y2

SD INSD OUTY1Y2

SD IN

24V

GND

24V

GND

aZM 300 series Wireing

aZM300 series components

switch

aZM 300

actuator

Mounting Plate

Mounting Plate actuator



Discount Code C6


6


aZM 200 series• Thermoplastic enclosure• Guard locking monitored• Electronic contact-free, coded system• Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors• Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m• 3 LEDs to show operating conditions• Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally• Intelligent diagnosis• Manual release• Holding force 2000N• IP65

order codes

accessories


Power to Unlock 1 Diagnostic PNP 2 Safety PNP

aZM 200sK-t-1P2PW

Power to Lock aZM 200sK-t-1P2PWa


Actuator Left AZ/AZM 200 - B1-LT

Actuator Right AZ/AZM 200 - B1-RT

Actuator with Door Handle Left aZ/aZM 200 - B30-LtaG1

Actuator with Door Handle Right AZ/AZM 200 - B30-RTAG1

Actuator with Door Handle Left with Emergency Exit aZ/aZM 200 - B30-LtaG1P1

Actuator with Door Handle Right with Emergency Exit aZ/aZM 200 - B30-RtaG1P1

6-307


Discount Code C6


6


aZM 415 series

order codes

accessories


Power to Unlock 1NO + 1NC (Actuator)1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)

aZM 415-11/11ZPK 24VacDc

aZM 415-11/11ZPK 230Vac

Power to Lock aZM 415-11/11ZPKa 24VacDc

aZM 415-11/11ZPKa 230Vac

Power to Unlock aZM 415-11/11ZPKf 24VacDc


Actuator aZ/aZM 415 B1

Actuator Flexible with small actuating Radii in line with plane off actuator

aZ/aZM 415 B2

Actuator Flexible with small actuating Radii 90˚ to plane of actuator

aZ/aZM 415 B3

Actuator Flexible with Centring Guide aZ/aZM 415 B4Ps

Unlock Key M5 tK-M5

• Metal enclosure• Interlock with protection against incorrect locking.• Robust design• IP67• 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• Cut clamp termination• Adjustable ball latch to 400 N• 2 switches in one enclosure• Problem-free opening of stressed doors by means of bell-crank system• High holding force 3500N



Discount Code C6


6


MZM 100 series• Guard locking monitored• Automatic latching• Electronic contact-free, coded system• Thermoplastic enclosure• Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m• 3 LEDs to show operating conditions• Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally• Intelligent diagnosis• Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors• Connector M12, 8-pole• Power to lock• IP67

order codes

accessories


Power to Lock 1 Diagnostic PNP2 Safety PNP

MZM 100 st2-1P2PW-a

Description code

Actuator MZM 100 - B1.1

Mounting Kit MS MZM 100-W

Cable 5M a-K8P-M12-s-G-5M-BK-1-X-a-2


MZM 100st2- 1P2PW-a MZM 100st2- 1P2PW-a

6-309


Discount Code C6


6


MZM 120 series

order codes

accessories


Power to Lock 1 Diagnostic PNP2 Safety PNP

MZM 120B st2- 1P2PW2Re-a*

MZM 120BM st2- 1P2PW2Re-a**

* B - Enabling Signal when Safety Guard is closed.** BM - Enabling Signal when Safety Guard is closed and locked.

Description code

Actuator MZM 120 - B1.1

Mounting Kit MS MZM 100-W



Cable 5m IP69K a-K8P-M12-s-G-5M-BK-1-X-a-4-69

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Metal components with hygiene-compliant NEDOX® SF-2 coating• Safety switches must be used as end stop• Electronic contact-free, coded system• Variably adjustable latching• 3 LEDs to show operating conditions• Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator & interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally• Intelligent diagnosis• Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors• Protection class IP67 / IP69K

MZM 120B st2- 1P2PW2Re-a MZM 120B st2- 1P2PW2Re-a



Discount Code C6


6

6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type

tVs 335 series

order codes


10mm Shaft 1NO + 1NC tV10s 335-11Z-M20

2NC tV10s 335-02Z-M20

• Metal enclosure• Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit• Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°• Actuator shaft can be turned 360°• 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5• IP67

tc series

• Flap Hinge Switch• IP67• Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit• Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°• 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5

order codes

Body Material actuator action output operation code

Metal Left Hand Door 1NO + 1NC t3c 235-11Z-M20

Swing Door t4c 235-11Z-M20

Right Hand Door t5c 235-11Z-M20

Thermoplastic Left Hand Door 1NO + 1NC t3c 236-11Z-M20

Swing Door t4c 236-11Z-M20

Right Hand Door T5C 236-11Z-M20

t5c 236-11Z-M20

t5c 235-11Z-M20

6-311


Discount Code C6


6

6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type

tesZ series

• Thermoplastic enclosure• Double-insulated • Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit• Simple fitting, especially on 40 mm profiles• Universal fitting on guards hinged on left or right-hand side• Fixing holes for M6 countersunk screws to DIN 965• 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• IP65

order codes


Left or Right Hand Doors 1NO + 2NC tesZ1102/s

Additional Hinge tes/s

Left or Right Hand Doors (Including additional hinge)

1NO + 2NC tesZ1102

tesf series

order codes


Left or Right Hand Doors (Including additional hinge)

2NO + 2NC tesf/U

Additional Hinge tesf/s

Adjustment Tool tesf-14

• Metal enclosure• Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit• For left or right hinged doors• Simple mounting, suitable for all conventional profile systems ( 30 ... 60mm)• Adjustable switching angle• IP67

tesZ1102/s

tesZ1102/s

tes/s

tesf/s


6. Machine safety

6

6.2. Safety Relays6.2.1. Selection Guide

safety Relay selection Guide

categoryinput type

e-stops electromechanical safety switches

coded Magnetic Light curtain safety Mats

3

3

3/4 •4

4

4

4 • •4 • • • •4 • • • •4 • • • •4

4 • • •4 • • •

NO/NC Input

2NC Input•

6-313

6.2. Safety Relays

6

6.2.1. Selection Giude

input typeReset safety Relay Page referencetwo hand control failsafe time Delay standstill Monitor

• Auto AZS 2305 6-323

• Auto/Manual FWS 1205C 6-322

Auto/Manual SRB 201 LC 6-315

• Manual Monitored SRB 201 ZH 6-320

Auto/Manual Monitored SRB 207 AN 6-314

Auto/Manual Monitored SRB 301 AN 6-314

Auto/Manual SRB 301 LC 6-315

Manual Monitored SRB 301 MA 6-316

Auto/Manual SRB 301 MC 6-316

Auto/Manual Monitored SRB 301 ST V.2 6-317

• Auto/Manual AZR 31 S1 6-322

Auto SRB 301 HC/T 6-321

• Manual Monitored SRB 301 HC/R 6-320, 6-321

NO/NC Input

2NC Input•


6. Machine safety6.2. Safety Relays

Discount Code C6


6

6.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type

sRB 207an series

sRB 301an series

order codes

order codes

input Devices input type safety category safety outputs auxiliary outputs

Reset code

E-StopPosition SwitchSolenoid InterlockMagnetic SwitchMulti Evaluation of up to 6 Safety Guards

NO/NC 3 2 (STOP 0) 6 Auto/Manual Monitored

sRB 207 an-24VDc

sRB 207 an-230VDc


Reset code

E-StopPosition SwitchSolenoid InterlockMagnetic Switch

NO/NC 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Auto/Manual Monitored

sRB 301 an 24Vac/Dc

sRB 207 an-24VDc

sRB 207 an-24VDc

sRB 301 an

sRB 301 an

6-315

6.2. Safety Relays

Discount Code C6


6

6.2.3. 2NC Input Type

sRB 201Lc series

sRB 301Lc series

order codes

order codes


Reset code

E-StopPosition SwitchSolenoid Interlock

2NC 3/4 2 (STOP 0) 1 Auto/Manual sRB 201 Lc 24Vac/Dc


Reset code

E-StopPosition SwitchSolenoid Interlock

2NC 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Auto/Manual sRB 301 Lc 24Vac/Dc

sRB 201 Lc

sRB 201 Lc

sRB 301 Lc

sRB 301 Lc

KA

KB

N

K2

K1

14Y1 24

K2

a)

K1Ui

F1

KB

KA

A2

A1 S12 S11

J

S22 X1 X2 13 23

L1

S

KB

KA



Discount Code C6


6


sRB 301Ma series

sRB 301Mc series

order codes

order codes

sRB 301 Ma

sRB 301 Ma

sRB 301 Mc

sRB 301 Mc


Reset code


2NC 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Manual Monitored

sRB 301 Ma 24Vac/Dc


Reset code

Position SwitchMagnetic SwitchE-StopSolenoid Interlock Light Curtain

2NC or 2PNP 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Auto/Manual sRB 301 Mc 24 Vac/Dc

6-317

6.2. Safety Relays

Discount Code C6


6


sRB 301st V.2 series

order codes

sRB 301 st V.2

sRB 301 st V.2

sRB 301 st V.2

input Devices input type

safety category

safety outputs

auxiliary outputs

Reset code

E-StopPosition SwitchSolenoid InterlockLight CurtainMagnetic Switch

2NC or 2 PNP

4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Auto/Manual Monitored

sRB 301 st V.2 24 Vac/Dc



Discount Code C6


6

6.2.4. Output Expanders

sRB 401eM series

sRB 402eM series

order codes

order codes

sRB 401eM-230V

sRB 402eM-24V

24V

0V

SRB... SRB 402EM

Ansteuerlogik/

Control circuit

A1

A2

6113 23 33 43 51

14 24 34 44 52 62

K3

K1

K2

K1

F1

K4

K3

K4K2

X1

X2

13 23

14 24

K1

K2

X1

X2

K1

K2

X1 13 23

Ansteuerlogik/

Control circuit

X2 14 24

K2

K1

K2

F1

A1 X1

N

K1

K2

A2

13 23 33 43 51

K1

X2 14 24 34 44 52

L1

SRB... SRB 401EM

Description input type safety category safety outputs auxiliary outputs

Reset code

Output Expander Module

Safety Relay Up to 4 4 (STOP 0) 1 Automatic sRB 401eM-230V


Reset code

Output Expander Module

Safety Relay Up to 4 4 (STOP 0) 2 Automatic sRB 402eM 24Vac/Dc

6-319

6.2. Safety Relays

Discount Code C6


6

6.2.5. Input Expanders

PRotect – Pe series

• Input Expander• Cascading possible for up to 80 sensors.• Protection class IP20

Emergency stop circuit to

EN ISO 13850 andEN 60947-5-5;

a) Signalling outputs

Guard doormonitoring to

EN 1088;a) Signalling outputs

Dual-channel antivalent control

order codes

PRotect – Pe-11

PRotect – Pe-02

Magnetic safetyswitch to

IEC 60947-5-3;a) Signalling outputs

input Devices input type safety category auxiliary outputs

signaling outputs

Reset code

Up to 4 sensors E-StopPosition SwitchSolenoid InterlockMagnetic Switch

1NO + 1NC Up to 3 2 (STOP 0) 5 Automatic PRotect – Pe-11

Up to 4 sensors E-StopPosition SwitchSolenoid InterlockMagnetic SwitchLight Curtains

2NC or 2 PNP

Up to 3 2 (STOP 0) 5 Automatic PRotect – Pe-02


6. Machine safety6.2. Safety Relays Stock Status:


6

Discount code c6

6.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays

sRB 201Zh-24VDc

sRB 201Zh-24VDc

sRB 301hc/R-24V

sRB 201Zh series

sRB 301hc/R series

order codes

order codes

A1 A1.1

A2

A2.1 S11 S12 S21 S22 X1 X2 13

14

KB

KA

N

Control logic

23

24

31

L1

32

K1

K1

F3 F1 F2

K2

K2

SRB 201ZH

3M

A1

A2

S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X3 13

14

KB

KA

N

23

24

33 41

L1

34 42

K1

K1

F1

ONK2

K2

SRB 301HC/R

3M

A

S

OUTIN A IN B

Ansteuerlogik/Control circuit


Reset code

2 Hand Control Station

NO/NC + NO/NC

Up to 4 2 (STOP 0) 1 Automatic sRB 201Zh 24VDc


Reset code

2 Hand Control Station

2 NC Up to 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Automatic/Manual Monitored

sRB 301 hc/R 24Vac/Dc

sRB 301hc/R-24V

6-321

6.2. Safety Relays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

6

Discount code c6

6.2.7. Safety Mat Relays

sRB 301hc/R series

sRB 301hc/t series

order codes

order codes

sRB 301hc/R-24V

sRB 301hc/R

sRB 301hc/t

A1

A2

S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X3 13

14

KB

KA

N

23

24

33 41

L1

34 42

K1

K1

F1

ONK2

K2

SRB 301HC/R

3M

A

S

OUTIN A IN B


A1

A2

S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X1 13

14

KB

KA

N

23

24

33 41

L1

34 42

K1

K1

F1

ONK2

K2

SRB 301HC/T

3M

A

S

OUTIN A IN B



Reset code

Safety Mat 2 NC Up to 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Automatic/Manual Monitored

sRB 301hc/R 24Vac/Dc


Reset code

Safety Mat 2 N/C Up to 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Automatic/Manual

sRB 301hc/t 24Vac/Dc

sRB 301hc/t



Discount Code C6


6

6.2.8. Stand Still Monitors

aZR 31 s1 series

fWs 1205 c series

order codes

order codes

aZR 31 s1

aZR 31 s1

fWs 1205 c

fWs 1205 c

A1 A21413 21 22 33 34 41 42 51 52 63 64

FWS 1205

L1 L1

100mA

K1

K3

max.

K4

3

K2

+24 VDC

+24 VDC

+24 VDC

0 V

0 V

N

M

R

E

AES 1235

14

A1

100mA

S13

K1

A2

max.

Y1 X1

K2

S14 S21 S22 13 23

24

A1

A2 Y2 X2

K3

K4V0

N

14

A1

A2 Y1 X3

X1 X2 13 23

24

A1

A2 Y2

AZM 161


Reset code

Sensor-free detection of standstill by monitoring E.M.F.

3-Phase Motor Up to 4 3 (STOP 0) 1 Automatic AZR 31 S1 24 VDC

AZR 31 S1 24 VAC

aZR 31 s1 230 Vac

Description input type safety category safety outputs signal outputs Reset code

Detects standstill using 2 impulse sensors

2 x PNP Proximity Sensors

Up to 3 2 (STOP 0) 2 Automatic fWs 1205 c 24VDc

6-323

6.2. Safety Relays

Discount Code C6


6

6.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer6.2.10. Muting Relay

aZs 2305 series - fail-safe Delay timer

order codes

aZs 2305

aZs 2305

AZS 2305

L1

A1

100mA

S13

K1

14 24 34A2

max.

Y1 Y2

3

K2

S14 S21 S22

13 23 33

+24 VDC

0 V

0 V

M

E

S

H2

L1

K3

K4

+24 VDC

N

N

0

H1

AES 1235

14

A1

100mA

S13

K1

A2

max.

Y1 X1

K2

S14 S21 S22 13 23

24

A1

A2 Y2 X2

0 V

A1 A21413 21 22 33 34 41 42 51 52 63 64

AZM 161

sRB 202 MsL series - Muting Relay

order codes

sRB 202 MsLA1

S1S

J

S2 S4S3

L54 LA1 LA2 X13 13 23 X23

Master-Reset

S11 S12 S13 S21 S22 S23 L84MR X1 X2

L

KA

KB

K1

K2

K3

K4

K5

F3

F2

N

A2 14 24

K4K1 K2 K3 K5

F1Ansteuerlogik und Lampenüberwachung/

Control circuit

KA

KA

KB

KB


Fail-Safe Delay Timer0.1s to 99 min

Stop Signal Up to 3 3 (STOP 0) 2 Automatic aZs 2305 24VDc


MutingSignalingDevice Monitoring

2 NC Up to 4 2 (STOP 0) 2 Automatic sRB 202 MsL 24VDc

6.2.8.. 6.2.9.



Discount Code C6


6

6.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays

sRB 200 eXi-1R / sRB 200 eXi-1a series

order codes

sRB 200 eXi-1R

sRB 200 eXi-1R

sRB 200 eXi-1a

sRB 200 eXi-1a

0V S12

J

S11 S21 S22

KB

KA

KA

KB

KA

KB

K2

K1

A2 PA PA

N

14 24

S

c)

b)

a)

K1 K2Ui

UEXi

F1

F2

UB

13

L1

23A1 X1 X2

nQS

QS

input Devices input type safety category safety outputs auxiliary outputs Reset code


2 NC Up to 4 2 (STOP 0) 0 Manual Monitored Reset with Trailing Edge

sRB 200 eXi-1R 24VDc

Automatic sRB 200 eXi-1a 24VDc

6-325

6.2. Safety Relays Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

6

6.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type

sfs series

order codes

Description for use with code

DIN Rail Base 4 Pole Relays sfs4-sfD

6 Pole Relays sfs6-sfD

contact no. of Poles contact Rating LeD indication coil type code

2 N/O, 2N/C 4 6A Yes 24VDC sfs2-L-Dc24V

3 N/O, 1N/C sfs3-L-Dc24V

4 N/O, 2N/C 6 sfs4-L-Dc24V



accessories

• Forcibly guided contact structure (EN50205 ClassA TÜV recognized)

sfs 4 Pole Base Dimensions & schematic

sfs 4 Pole Relay terminals

sfs 6 Pole Base Dimensions & schematic

sfs 6 Pole Relay terminals

Discount code c8


6. Machine safetystock status:normally stocked /Not normally stocked

6

6.3. Safety Light Curtains6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection

sLc 440 series

• Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1• User-friendly parameter setting, no tools required• Reliable safety concept in case of interferences (EMC, welding sparks)• Integrated set-up tool• IP67• Integrated fixed & floating blanking

order codes

Resolution Protected height code

14mm Finger Protection 170mm SLC 440-E/R0170-14-01

250mm SLC 440-E/R0250-14-01

330mm sLc 440-e/R0330-14-01

410mm SLC 440-E/R0410-14-01

490mm sLc 440-e/R0490-14-01

570mm SLC 440-E/R0570-14-01

650mm sLc 440-e/R0650-14-01

730mm SLC 440-E/R0730-14-01

810mm SLC 440-E/R0810-14-01

890mm sLc 440-e/R0890-14-01

970mm SLC 440-E/R0970-14-01

1050mm sLc 440-e/R1050-14-01

1130mm SLC 440-E/R1130-14-01

1210mm sLc 440-e/R1210-14-01

order codes


30mm Hand Protection 170mm SLC 440-E/R0170-30-01

250mm SLC 440-E/R0250-30-01

330mm sLc 440-e/R0330-30-01

410mm SLC 440-E/R0410-30-01

490mm SLC 440-E/R0490-30-01

570mm SLC 440-E/R0570-30-01

650mm sLc 440-e/R0650-30-01

730mm SLC 440-E/R0730-30-01

810mm SLC 440-E/R0810-30-01

890mm SLC 440-E/R0890-30-01

970mm sLc 440-e/R0970-30-01

1050mm SLC 440-E/R1050-30-01

1130mm SLC 440-E/R1130-30-01

1210mm sLc 440-e/R1210-30-01

6-327

6.3. Safety Light Curtains Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

6

6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection

accessories sLc 440

Description cable Lengh type code

Emitter Cable 5m M12 Ka 0804

Receiver Cable Ka 0904





type (a) Protected

height

(B) Mounting Dimension

(c) total

Length

SLC440-ER-0170-XX 170 264 283

SLC440-ER-0250-XX 250 344 363

SLC440-ER-0330-XX 330 424 443

SLC440-ER-0410-XX 410 504 523

SLC440-ER-0490-XX 490 584 603

SLC440-ER-0570-XX 570 664 683

SLC440-ER-0650-XX 650 744 763

SLC440-ER-0730-XX 730 824 843

SLC440-ER-0810-XX 810 904 923

SLC440-ER-0890-XX 890 984 1003

SLC440-ER-0970-XX 970 1064 1083

SLC440-ER-1050-XX 1050 1144 1163

SLC440-ER-1130-XX 1130 1224 1243

SLC440-ER-1210-XX 1210 1304 1323

SLC440-ER-1290-XX 1290 1384 1403

SLC440-ER-1370-XX 1370 1464 1483

SLC440-ER-1450-XX 1450 1544 1563

SLC440-ER-1530-XX 1530 1624 1643

SLC440-ER-1610-XX 1610 1704 1723

SLC440-ER-1690-XX 1690 1784 1803

SLC440-ER-1770-XX 1770 1864 1883

Dimensions


6. Machine safety6.3. Safety Light Curtains Stock Status:


6

6.3.2. Body Protection

sLG 440 series

order codes


500mm – 2 Beam 500mm SLG 440-E/R0500-02-01

800mm – 3 Beam 800mm SLC 440-E/R0800-03-01

900mm – 4 Beam 900mm sLc 440-e/R0900-04-01

• Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1• User-friendly parameter setting, no tools required• Reliable safety concept in case of interferences (EMC, welding sparks)• Integrated set-up tool• IP67

accessories

Dimensions

type (a) Beam

Distance

(B) Mounting Dimension

(c) total

LengthL1 L2

SLG440-ER-0500-02-01 500 624 643 358.5 317.5

SLG440-ER-0800-03-01 400 924 943 258.5 217.5

SLG440-ER-0900-04-01 300 1024 1043 258.5 217.5








6-329

6.3. Safety Light Curtains Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

6

6.3.3. IP69K Version

sLc 420 iP69K series

• Protection class IP69K• Designed for Food & Beverage Industry• Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1• Resolution 14 mm & 30 mm• Protection field height from 170 mm … 1450 mm

order codes

order codes


14mm Finger Protection 170mm SLC 420-E/R0170-14-69-RFB

250mm SLC 420-E/R0250-14-69-RFB

330mm SLC 420-E/R0330-14-69-RFB

410mm SLC 420-E/R0410-14-69-RFB

490mm SLC 420-E/R0490-14-69-RFB

570mm SLC 420-E/R0570-14-69-RFB

650mm SLC 420-E/R0650-14-69-RFB

730mm SLC 420-E/R0730-14-69-RFB

810mm SLC 420-E/R0810-14-69-RFB

890mm SLC 420-E/R0890-14-69-RFB

970mm SLC 420-E/R0970-14-69-RFB

1050mm SLC 420-E/R1050-14-69-RFB

1130mm SLC 420-E/R1130-14-69-RFB

1210mm SLC 420-E/R1210-14-69-RFB

1290mm SLC 420-E/R12910-14-69-RFB

1370mm SLC 420-E/R1370-14-69-RFB

1450mm SLC 420-E/R1450-14-69-RFB


30mm Hand Protection 170mm SLC 420-E/R0170-30-69-RFB

250mm SLC 420-E/R0250-30-69-RFB

330mm SLC 420-E/R0330-30-69-RFB

410mm SLC 420-E/R0410-30-69-RFB

490mm SLC 420-E/R0490-30-69-RFB

570mm SLC 420-E/R0570-30-69-RFB

650mm SLC 420-E/R0650-30-69-RFB

730mm SLC 420-E/R0730-30-69-RFB

810mm SLC 420-E/R0810-30-69-RFB

890mm SLC 420-E/R0890-30-69-RFB

970mm SLC 420-E/R0970-30-69-RFB

1050mm SLC 420-E/R1050-30-69-RFB

1130mm SLC 420-E/R1130-30-69-RFB

1210mm SLC 420-E/R1210-30-69-RFB

1290mm SLC 420-E/R1290-30-69-RFB

1370mm SLC 420-E/R1370-30-69-RFB

1450mm SLC 420-E/R1450-30-69-RFB


6. Machine safety6.3. Safety Light Curtains Stock Status:


6

6.3.3. IP69K Version

accessories - sLc 420

type (a)Protection

field height

(B)sensor Length

(c)Mounting Dimension

(D)total

Lengthd

SLC 420-E/R0170-xx-69-RFB 170 267 315 351

SLC 420-E/R0250-xx-69-RFB 250 347 395 431

SLC 420-E/R0330-xx-69-RFB 330 427 475 511

SLC 420-E/R0410-xx-69-RFB 410 507 555 591

SLC 420-E/R0490-xx-69-RFB 490 587 635 671

SLC 420-E/R0570-xx-69-RFB 570 667 715 751

SLC 420-E/R0650-xx-69-RFB 650 747 795 831

SLC 420-E/R0730-xx-69-RFB 730 827 875 911

SLC 420-E/R0810-xx-69-RFB 810 907 955 991

SLC 420-E/R0890-xx-69-RFB 890 987 1035 1071

SLC 420-E/R0970-xx-69-RFB 970 1067 1115 1151

SLC 420-E/R1050-xx-69-RFB 1050 1147 1195 1231

SLC 420-E/R1130-xx-69-RFB 1130 1227 1275 1311

SLC 420-E/R1210-xx-69-RFB 1210 1307 1355 1391

SLC 420-E/R1290-xx-69-RFB 1290 1387 1435 1471

SLC 420-E/R1370-xx-69-RFB 1370 1467 1515 1551

SLC 420-E/R1450-xx-69-RFB 1450 1547 1595 1631

Dimensions - sLc 420 series








6-331

Discount Code C6


6

6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches

ZQ 700 series

order codes

Wire Rope Length output operation code

1-10m 1NO + 1NC ZQ 700-11

2NC ZQ 700-02

• Thermoplastic enclosure• One-side operation / wire up to 10 m long• Release push button• Position indicator• Large wiring compartment• Twisting of towing eye not possible• Wire pull and breakage detection• One tension force for cable lengths up to 10 m• IP67 Rated

accessories









order codes

operation code





6. Machine safety6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches

Discount Code C6


6

accessories



Eyebolt 8 x 100 mm (ea) 1192471






ZQ 900 series• Metal enclosure• One-side operation / wire up to 50 m long• Release push button• Position indicator• Robust design• Large wiring compartment• Twisting of towing eye not possible• Wire pull and breakage detection• 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5• IP65/IP67 (suffix N IP65)

order codes


5-50m 1NO + 1NC ZQ 900-11

2NC ZQ 900-02

2NO + 2NC ZQ 900-22

1NO + 1NC ZQ 900-11N*

2NC ZQ 900-02n*

2NO + 2NC ZQ 900-22n*

*Integrated E-Stop Button

order codes

operation code






6-333

6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches

Discount Code C6


6

t3Z series

order codes


2 x 50m 1NO + 1NC t3Z 068-11yR

2NC + 2NC t3Z 068-22yR

• Metal enclosure• Two-side operation / wire up to 2 x 50 m long• Robust design• Low actuating force• IP65

accessories



Eyebolt 8 x 100 mm (ea) 1192471







order codes

operation code




6. Machine safety

Discount code c6


6

6.5. Two Hand Control Stations

sePK series - thermoplastic enclosure

order codes

Description output operation code

Two Hand Control Station 1NO + 1NC1NO + 1NCE-Stop 1NO + 1NC

sePK 02.0.4.0.22/95

Enclosure Only SEPK 02.0.L.22

• 2 black operating buttons• 1 Emergency Stop button• Stand and wall mounting possible• 2 part enclosure• IP65

seP series - Metal enclosure• Stand and wall mounting possible• Emergency Stop button• 2 black operating buttons • IP54

order codes


Two Hand Control Station 1NO + 1NC1NO + 1NCE-Stop 1NO + 1NC

seP 01.0.1.0.22/95

Enclosure Only seP 01.0.L.22

6-335

Discount Code C6


6

6.6. Enabling Switches

ZsD 5 / ZsD 6

• Thermoplastic enclosure• 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5• Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit• Particularly fit for robot applications in accordance with the ANSI Robotics Standard• The redundant contact configuration enable signal evaluation with common safety relay modules according to control category 3/4 to EN 954-1• Contacts do not close upon reset ( level 3 -> level 1) • IP67

order codes


Enabling (Hold to Run/Dead Man) Switch 3 Position OFF-ON-OFF2 NO Contacts1 NC Auxiliary Contact

ZsD 5/0.LtG

Enabling (Hold to Run/Dead Man) Switch 3 Position OFF-ON-OFF2 NO Contacts1 NC Auxiliary ContactReset NO

ZsD 6/0.LtG


6. Machine safety

Discount code c6


6

6.7. Safety Mats

sMs 4 series

• Robust design• Modular switching mat system• Maintenance free• Simple mounting• Slip-free surface• High resistance to chemicals• No additional baseplate• 4-wire connecting cable• IP65

order codes

active area code

250mm x 500mm SMS 4 250-500

500mm x 500mm SMS 4 500-500

500mm x 1000mm sMs 4 500-1000

750mm x 1000mm SMS 4 750-1000

1000mm x 1000mm sMs 4 1000-1000

1000mm x 1500mm sMs 4 1000-1500

accessories

Description code

Ramp Rail (3000mm) sMs 4-Rs-3000

Fixing Rail (3000mm) SMS 4-BS-3000

Corner Section (ea) sMs 4-eV

6-337

Discount Code C6


6

6.8. Safety Edge Sensors

se seriesA safety edge system consists of individual components that must be ordered separately.

Example:• Rubber profile, SE-P40-1250• Aluminium profile, SE-AL 10-1250• Emitter/ Receiver SE-SET• Safety-monitoring module, SE-304 C

order codes

Profile Type Profile Demensions code

Rubber 40mm x 1250mm SE-P40-1250

40mm x 2500mm se-P40-2500

40mm x 5000mm SE-P40-5000

40mm x 10000mm SE-P40-10000

70mm x 1250mm se-P70-1250

70mm x 2500mm se-P70-2500

70mm x 5000mm SE-P70-5000

70mm x 10000mm SE-P70-10000

Aluminium P40 x 1250mm SE-AL10-1250

P40 x 2500mm se-aL10-2500

P70 x 1250mm se-aL20-1250

P70 x 2500mm se-aL20-2500

accessories

Description code

Emitter / Receiver Sensor Set se-set VeR.2.0

End Cap SE-P40 se-t40

End Cap SE-P70 se-t70

Monitoring Relay, 1-4 Edges Category 3 se 304c

Monitoring Relay, 1 Edge Category 4 se 400c

Profile

emitter / Receiver Set

safety-Monitoring Module


6. Machine safety

Discount code c6


6

6.9. Safety Foot Switches

tfh series

order codes


Single Pedal wwith Hood 1NO + 1NC tfh 232-11

2NO + 2NC TFH 232-22

1NO + 1NC Slow Action tfh 232-11UeDR

2NO + 2NC Slow Action tfh 232-22UeDR

• 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5• Protective shield with wide opening• Low operating height of pedal• High level of stability• IP65

6-339

6

6.10. Safety PLC

PRotect Psc seriesThe PROTECT PSC programmable modular safety control system is primarily designed for use in modern production systems or in complex individual machines. PROTECT PSC is suitable both for the safe evaluation and linking of several safety-oriented signals such as emergency stop control equipment, guard monitoring and safety light curtains.

connectable Devices

A significant advantage of the PROTECT PSC lies in its modular and therefore extremely flexible construction.This enables the user to achieve an optimal solution for the respective task from the point of view of costs without leaving unnecessary numbers of inputs or outputs unused. In addition the very high packaging density of connecting terminals helps to save space in the switch cabinet.

PROTECT PSC enables applications to be realised in control category 4 to EN 954-1, Performance Level “e” to EN 13 849-1 or SIL 3 to IEC 61 508. As a special feature the PROTECT PSC also offers the possibility of carrying out (non safe) signal processing under operating conditions in addition to safety-oriented signal processing. If programming is to be completely eliminated, a safe zone section shutdown can be achieved with the PROTECT PSC, similar to a system of safety relay modules, determined only by the sequence of modules on the DIN rail.

a summary of the most important features:

• Modular design• Integration of safe signals under operating conditions• Free programming to IEC 61 131 via standard USB interface or• Signal interlinking via external wiring without programming• Connection facility for external gateway (Profibus, DeviceNet or CC link)• Reaction time 22 ms (semi-conductor outputs) or 37 ms (relay outputs)• Visualisation and status display on module or PC• Simple DIN rail assembly

e-stops electro-Mechanical switches

coded Magnetic switches

Light curtains safety Mats two hand control station


6. Machine safety6.10. Safety PLC Stock Status:


6

Module overview

In addition to the central unit, a power supply module and various input and output modules (see Table Page 3) form part of the PROTECT PSC system. A minimum configuration consists of a CPU module and a power supply module. The CPU can trigger up to 15 modules so that additional input and output modules can be added at a later date as required and integrated into the complete system with little effort. All modules can be easily assembled on DIN top hat rails and are connected via backplane bus. This means the user can freely determine the extension stage of the system and therefore also the number of available inputs and outputs – from 8 inputs and 6 outputs in the most simple version to over General 250 inputs/outputs when the system is fully extended.

Diagnosis and visualisation A fast diagnosis can be achieved via the LED display on the modules or the PC in monitoring mode or by reading out the error reports from the central control unit.

number of inputs number of outputs code

non-safe safe non-safe safe

Dry contacts Dry contacts PnP Dry contacts PnP Relay

- 8 - - 6 - PSC-CPU-MON

- 8 - - 6 - PSC-SUB-MON

- 6 - - 4 - PSC-S-STP-E

- 2 4 - 4 - PSC-S-STP-LC

- 4 2 - 4 - PSC-S-STP-ELC

- - - - - 4 PSC-S-RELAYS

- 16 - - - - PSC-S-IN-E

- - 16 - - - PSC-S-IN-LC

- - - - 16 - PSC-S-OUT

16 - - - - - PSC-NS-IN

- - - 16 - - PSC-NS-OUT

*Dry Contact Input Signals eg. E-Stop devices, safety switches, safety interlocks, safety solenoid switches etc…* PNP Input Signals eg. PNP outputs from protective devices such as light curtains, laser scanners etc…

Psc-cPU-Mon Psc-Power Backplain Bus

6-341

6.10. Safety PLC

6

Possible operating mode b) Freely programmable version. This operating mode allows the real capacity and flexibility of PROTECT PSC to be demonstrated. All inputs and outputs of the entire system are assigned via a programming language (ladder) corresponding to IEC 61 131. Logic functions, e.g. AND and OR, as well as other dependencies can be freely programmed.

Programming Environment

Configuration of the I/O modules: clear differentiation between safe and operational area

Free programming to IEC 61 131 with the opportunity to incorporate functional blocks into the program. The user is provided with various functional modules in a library. The user also has the possibility of designing own functional modules.


7.1.1.1. XXX7.1.1. XXX


Discount Code C9

7

7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems

seCTion 7

7-343

PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O sysTems

7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems 7-3427.1. Panasonic PLC’s 7-344

7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7-3447.1.1.1. Overview 7-3447.1.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-345

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7-3477.1.2.1. Overview 7-3477.1.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-350

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7-3537.1.3.1. Overview 7-3537.1.3.2. CPU Units 7-3567.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes 7-3577.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units 7-3587.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units 7-3597.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units 7-3607.1.3.7. Positioning Units 7-3617.1.3.8. Power Supply Units 7-3627.1.3.9. Ordering Tables 7-3637.1.3.10. Software 7-365

7.2. Ge intelligent Platforms PLC’s 7-3667.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7-366


7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7-3697.2.2.1. Overview 7-3697.2.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-369

7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series 7-3727.2.3.1. Overview 7-3727.2.3.2. Ordering Tables 7-372

7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller 7-3767.2.4.1. Overview 7-3767.2.4.2. Ordering Table 7-376

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7-3777.2.5.1. Overview 7-3777.2.5.2. Ordering Tables 7-378

7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7-3837.2.6.1. Overview 7-3837.2.6.2. Ordering Table 7-384

7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7-3867.2.7.1. Overview 7-3867.2.7.2. Ordering Tables 7-386

7.2.8. GE Industrial PC 7-3887.2.8.1. Overview 7-3887.2.8.2. Ordering Table 7-388

7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC 7-3897.2.9.1. Overview 7-389

7.3. RTU’s 7-3907.3.1. Overview 7-3907.3.2. Software 7-391

7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit 7-3917.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open 7-393

7.4. i/o systems 7-3947.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7-394


7.4.2. RSTi Series 7-3967.4.2.1. Overview 7-3967.4.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-396

7.5. Data Logger 7-4007.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7-400

7.5.1.1 Overview 7-4007.5.1.2 Ordering Tables 7-401



7

7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.1.1. Overview7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series

FPoR series

Specifications

• Large capacity program/data memory• Ultra-high speed processing• Program capacity up to 32 k steps • Data register: 32 k words

The control unit is small at 90mm in height and 25mm in width. Even when expanded with three additional units, the total width is only 100mm. The ultra-compact space-saving body size facilitates the miniaturization of target machines, equipment, and control panels.

• 80 nsec/step (Basic instruction) • Multi-axis control available without expansion units• Capable of high-speed program transfer• Battery-less backup of all data (F-Type)

7-345

7.1. Panasonic PLC's Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C9

7

7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series

order Codes - CPU modules

Description memory / Capacity

Total i/o Count

inputs 24VDC

outputs Connection Type

Code

Relay nPn PnP

Control Unit 16k Steps 14 8 6 - - Terminal Block FP0R-C14Rs

Control Unit with RS232C port

16k Steps 14 8 6 - - Terminal Block FP0R-C14CRs

Control Unit with RS485 port

16k Steps 14 8 6 - - Terminal Block FP0R-C14mRs

Control Unit 16k Steps 16 8 - - 8 MIL Connector FP0R-C16P

16k Steps 16 8 - 8 - MIL Connector FP0R-C16T


16k Steps 16 8 - - 8 MIL Connector FP0R-C16CP

16k Steps 16 8 - 8 - MIL Connector FP0R-C16CT


16k Steps 16 8 - - 8 MIL Connector FP0R-C16MP

16k Steps 16 8 - 8 - MIL Connector FP0R-C16MT

Control Unit 16k Steps 32 16 - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-C32P

16k Steps 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-C32T


32k Steps 32 16 - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-C32CP

32k Steps 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-C32CT


32k Steps 32 16 - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-C32mP

32k Steps 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-C32mT

Control Unit with RS232C port and Battery-less automatic all data backup function

32k Steps 32 16 - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-F32CP

32k Steps 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-F32CT

Control Unit with RS485 port and Battery-less automatic all data backup function

32k Steps 32 16 - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-F32MP

32k Steps 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-F32MT

Control Unit with RS232C port and Real-time clock function

32k Steps 32 16 - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-T32CP

32k Steps 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-T32CT

Control Unit with RS485 port and Real-time clock function

32k Steps 32 16 - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-T32MP

32k Steps 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-T32MT

Note : 24VDC Power Supply Voltage

FP0R-C14Rs


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.1. Panasonic PLC's Stock Status:


Discount Code C9

7

7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables 7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series

order Codes - Digital i/o expansion modules

order Codes - Analog i/o expansion modules

Accessories

software

Description Total i/o Count

inputs 24VDC

outputs Connection Type Code

Relay nPn PnP

E8 Expansion Unit 8 8 - - - MIL Connector FP0R-e8X

8 - 8 - - Terminal Block FP0R-e8yRs

8 4 4 - - Terminal Block FP0R-e8Rs

8 - - 8 - MIL Connector FP0R-E8YT

8 - - - 8 MIL Connector FP0R-E8YP

E16 Expansion Unit 16 16 - - - MIL Connector FP0R-e16X


16 8 - 8 - MIL Connector FP0R-E16T

16 8 - - 8 MIL Connector FP0R-e16P


16 - - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-e16yP

E32 Expansion Unit 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-E32T


32 16 16 - - MIL Connector FP0-e32Rs

Description Total i/o Count Specification Code

D/A Converter Unit

4 Outputs (4 channels) Current range : 4 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000) FP0-A04i

Outputs (4 channels) Voltage range : -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) FP0-A04V

Analog I/O Unit 3 Input (2 Channels) : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)Output (1 Channel) : 10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A21-A

8 Inputs / Voltage Ranges : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V, -100 to 100 mV (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Output Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A80-A

Thermocouple Unit

4 Inputs (4 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1°C

FP0-TC4


FP0-TC8

RTD Unit 6 Inputs (6 channel) RTD FP0-RTD6

Description Code

Power Supply, Input 100-240VAC, Output 24VDC 0.7A FP0-PSA4

Serial Programming Cable – 9 Pin D to PLC Tool Port FP0-CABLE-9N

USB Programming Cable – USB to Mini USB FP0R-CABLE-USB

MIL Connector plug to (10) loose wires, 3m in length for FP0R Transistor I/O AFP0523N

Multi-wire connector pressure contact tool AXY52000FP

Type Description Code

FPWIN Pro Programming Software 2700 Step Free Demo Version Free Download from our webpage

Small Version (FP0,FP0R, FPX, FPG) FPWINPROSEN6

Full Version (All Models) FPWINPROFEN6

For more Information refer page 7-352.

FPoR series

FP0R-e8Rs

FP0-A04i

AFP0523n

FPWin Pro

7-347


7

7.1.2.1. Overview7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series

FPX series• High-speed operation The 32-bit RISC processor provides the top-level processing speed in compact PLCs. The scan time is 2 ms or less for 5,000 steps.• Large Capacity Program Memory Equipped with 32k steps program memory, the FPX is ideal for fully covering the increasing functions, such as communications, positioning, and analog control. The sufficient program capacity can also support future equipment modifications.• Independent Comment Memory There are difficulties with program management on a PC, such as identifying the latest program. The use of the program in the PLC of equipment in operation is often regarded as the best option. Since FP-X has an independent comment memory, all comments can be stored in the PLC together with programs, facilitating program management and maintenance.• Maximum Number of I/O Points Since up to eight expansion units can be connected to one control unit, the maximum number of I/O points is 300. Furthermore, with the add-on cassette and expansion FP0 adapter connected, the number of I/O points can be increased to 382.• Connectivity - Three channels are available with a combination of a communication cassette (two-channel type) and the tool port. The combinations of a wide variety of communication functions can support diversified applications.• Ethernet With a communication cassette (Ethernet type), inspection data, production data, and error information can be easily collected.• Modbus RTU Communications with equipment compatible with Modbus-RTU, a worldwide de-facto standard, are available without programming. E.g. temperature controllers and inverters• PLC Link With a communication cassette (RS485 type), bit data/word data can be easily shared among up to 16 FP-X units.• Computer Link Easy communications with equipment compatible with Panasonic’s open protocol “MEWTOCOL” are available without programming. E.g. displays, image processors, temperature controllers, and power meters• General-purpose Serial Communications Commands are generated/transmitted in accordance with the communication protocol of the target equipment. Or, nonprocedural data receiving is available. E.g. measuring instruments, barcode readers, and RF-ID• Positioning - Built-in 4-axis Pulse Output The transistor output type C14 comes with 3-axis while C30/60 comes with 4-axis pulse output built-in the control unit. The multi-axis control, which previously required a higher-level PLC or additional positioning unit, or two or more PLC units, can now be achieved with only one FP-X transistor output type unit in a small space at a low cost.

Specifications


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7


FPX series - expansion optionsAbundant number of I/O points - Maximum 300(Up to 382 points possible by using FP0 expansion units and add-on cassettes)

When the user cannot predict the number of I/O points required in the future for his machine or equipment, he is uncertain in selecting a PLC model. FP-X solves user concerns with a maximum of 300 I/O channels. The number can even be increased up to 382 points by using the add-on cassettes and FP0 expansion units.

• Expansion units (E16R, E30R, EFP0) can be connected up to eight units.

When further expansion or functions are required, use the existing FP0 expansion unit.

All control units can be expanded by up to 3 FP0 expansion units via an adapter. Applications can be expanded by using [Transistor outputs], [Analog input/outputs], [Thermocouple input] and [I/O link (network)].

* Only one expansion FP0 adapter unit can be attached to a control unit.Up to 7 FP-X expansion units can be used when the expansion FP0 adapter is attached.

In addition to the supplied 8-cm expansion cable, 30-cm and 80-cm types are available as options, allowing the units to be arranged more freely. (Total expansion cable length: 160 cm max.)

The units can be tightly mounted adjacent to each other with the cable bent inside between the units for saving space.

• Two or more E16 can’t be connected serially.

• E16 can be sandwiched with E30*

max. 300 channels

• Connection by using the cable included in each expansion unit.

C60

C60

e30

max. 8 units

Max. 7 units (210 points) max. 96 points

nG

oK oK

e30

e30 e30

e16 e16

e16 e16e30

e30

e30

e30

C60

C60

C60

* E30 requires an external power supply

* E30 requires an external power supply

The unified unit height of 90 mm makes the panel surface look clean.

An 80-cm expansion cable is also available as an option.

7-349


7


FPX series - Add-on Cassettes“Require slightly more functions”, “Want to add functions to the existing equipment” - The rich variety of add-on cassettes helps solve these requirements.

The Add-on cassette easily adds small quantities of functions and i/o points.

• Only section A has an upper side available to attach the cassette.• No add-on cassettes can be attached to section C. Only a backup battery can be attached.

Max. number of attachable cassettes

C14 2 cassettes

C30, C60 3 cassettes

Attachment position (see the table above) Some Cassette Combinations in Position A can be double stacked

C14 C60

A, upperA, lower

A, upperA, lower B B C (Not attachable)

A, upperA, lower

C30




Discount Code C9

7

7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series

FPX seriesorder Codes - CPU modules

order Codes - Digital i/o expansion modules

order Codes - expansion i/o Cassettes

Description memory / Capacity

Total i/o Count

inputs 24VDC outputs Power supply

Code

24VDC Analog V & i

Relay nPn PnP Analog V & i

FP0R C14 Control Unit 16k Steps 14 8 - - - 6 - 240VAC AFPX-C14P

16k Steps 14 8 - - - 6 - 24VDC AFPX-C14PD

16k Steps 14 8 - 6 - - - 240VAC AFPX-C14R

16k Steps 14 8 - 6 - - - 24VDC AFPX-C14RD

16k Steps 14 8 - - 6 - - 240VAC AFPX-C14T

16k Steps 14 8 - - 6 - - 24VDC AFPX-C14TD







32k Steps 38 24 4 - 14 - 2 240VAC AFPX-C38AT-s







Note : The 24VDC inputs of all units are bi-directional (sink/source) inputs

Description supply Voltage

Total i/o Count

inputs 24VDC

outputs Code

Relay nPn PnP

FPX E14 Expansion I/O unit - 14 - 14 - - AFPX-e14yR

FPX E16 Expansion I/O unit - 16 8 - - 8 AFPX-e16P

- 16 8 8 - - AFPX-e16R

- 16 8 - 8 - AFPX-E16T

- 16 16 - - - AFPX-e16X

FPX E30 Expansion I/O unit 240VAC 30 16 - - 14 AFPX-e30P

24VDC 30 16 - - 14 AFPX-E30PD

240VAC 30 16 14 - - AFPX-e30R

24VDC 30 16 14 - - AFPX-e30RD

240VAC 30 16 - 14 - AFPX-E30T

24VDC 30 16 - 14 - AFPX-E30TD

Note : The 24VDC inputs of all units are bi-directional (sink/source) inputs

Description no. Channels

inputs outputs Code

24VD

C

Anal

og

V &

i

RTD

/ TC R

elay

nPn

PnP

Anal

og

V &

i

FP-X Input/Output Cassette 7 4 - - - 3 - - AFPX-IN4T3

FP-X Input Cassette 8 8 - - - - - - AFPX-in8

FP-X RTD Input Cassette 2 - - 2 - - - - AFPX-RTD2

FP-X Thermocouple Input Cassette 2 - - 2 - - - - AFPX-TC2

FP-X Output Cassette 6 - - - - - 6 - AFPX-TR6P

8 - - - - 8 - - AFPX-TR8

FP-X Analog Output Cassette 2 - - - - - - 2 AFPX-DA2

FP-X Analog I/O Cassette 3 - 2 - - - - 1 AFPX-A21

FP-X Analog Input Cassette 2 - 2 - - - - - AFPX-AD2

AFPX-e30R

AFPX-AD2

AFPX-C30R

7-351


Discount Code C9

7

7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series

FPX seriesorder Codes - Communication and special Function Cassettes

order Codes - FP0R Analog i/o expansion modules for Use with FPX series


FPX Communications Cassette 1 Channel RS232C AFPX-Com1

2 Channel RS232C AFPX-Com2

1 Channel RS485/422 AFPX-Com3

1 Channel RS232C, 1 Channel RS485 AFPX-Com4

1 Channel Ethernet, 1Channel RS232C AFPX-Com5

2 Channel RS485 AFPX-Com6

FPX Pulse I/O Cassette High Speed Counter and Pulse Output AFPX-PLs

FPX Master Memory Cassette with a Real Time Clock Master Memory and Real Time Clock (Battery Required) AFPX-mRTC

Type no. Channels Description Code

FP0 D/A Converter Unit 4 Outputs (4 channels) Current range : 4 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A04i

Outputs (4 channels) Voltage range : -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A04V

FP0 Analog I/O Unit 3 Input (2 Channels) : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)Output (1 Channel) : 10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A21-A

8 Inputs / Voltage Ranges : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V, -100 to 100 mV (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A80-A

FP0 Thermocouple Unit 4 Inputs (4 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1°C

FP0-TC4


FP0-TC8

FP0 RTD Unit 6 Inputs (6 channel) RTD FP0-RTD6

order Codes - FP0R Digital i/o expansion modules for Use with FPX series


inputs 24VDC


Relay nPn PnP

FP0 E8 Expansion Unit 8 8 - - - MIL Connector FP0R-e8X

8 - 8 - - Terminal Block FP0R-e8yRs



8 - - - 8 MIL Connector FP0R-E8YP

FP0 E16 Expansion Unit 16 16 - - - MIL Connector FP0R-e16X


16 8 - 8 - MIL Connector FP0R-E16T



16 - - - 16 MIL Connector FP0R-e16yP

FP0 E32 Expansion Unit 32 16 - 16 - MIL Connector FP0R-E32T


32 16 16 - - Terminal Block FP0-e32Rs

AFPX-Com4

FP0-A04i

FP0R-e8Rs




Discount Code C9

7

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables

Accessories


FPX Backup Battery Battery for backing up the operation memory & real time clock AFPX-BATT

Expansion Cable Expansion unit connection cable, 8cm AFPX-EC08

Expansion unit connection cable, 30cm AFPX-EC30

Expansion unit connection cable, 80cm AFPX-EC80

FPX Adaptor Plate Adaptor plate to allow use of FP0R expansion modules AFPX-eFP0

FPX Terminal Block Terminal block for C30, C60 & E30, 21 pins, cover with no markings, four units included

AFPX-TAN1

FPX Serial Programming Cable Serial programming cable – 9 Pin D type to Tool Port FP0-CABLE-9N

I/O Connection Cable MIL Connector plug to (10) loose wires, 3m in length for FP0R I/O AFP0523n

software


FPWIN Pro Programming Software

2700 Step Free Demo Version Free Download From our webpage



For more Information see below.

FPoR, FPX software

1. Five programming languages can be used.Programming can be done using the language most familiar to the developer or using the language most suited to the process to be performed. High-level (structured text) languages that allow structuring, such as C, are supported.

2. easy to reuse well-proven programsEfficiency when writing programs has been greatly increased by being able to split programming up for each function and process using structured programming.

3. Keep know-how from getting outBy “black boxing” a part of a program, you can prevent know-how from leaking out and improve the program’s maintainability.

4. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible.Maintainability increased by being able to load programs and comments from the PLC.

structured Text

Ladder Diagram

Function Block Diagram

sequential Function Chart

instruction List

FPWin Pro

7-353


7

7.1.3.1. Overview7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

FP7 series main Features

Cost saving

• Direct power up by DC power supply unit• Clipped-on units without using backplane• Enhancing features by adding cassette• Configurable program capacity /data register

shorter development time

• Programming by blocks• Effective use of program assets• FP monitor function with HMI

Efficient debugging

• Historical archive of changes in program• Upgrading of trigger function in time chart sampling• Data collection upon each scan

operation status of PLC

• Status of PLC can be logged in SD card• Uploading of contents in SD card possible via Ethernet

easy maintenance

• Battery-less data backup• Number of times contact is ON and duration of ON time• Hour meter operation• ROM operation test

Quick recovery from error

• Ability to restore back to original program• ROM operation test feature• Remote access via Ethernet

security

• Password protection• Upload prohibit



7


Reduced footprint

Ample capacity for program and data

Direct power up by external DC supplyExpansion units are clipped together without use of backplane

• With power supply unit as option, cost is reduced• Smaller footprint (no power supply unit)

Capacity of program & data register are configurable

• Simple selection of CPU models• For the same CPU model, data capacity can be configured to suit different application needs

Especially suitable for tracing application requiring larger data capacity

Note : Up to 256k word of DT can be configured as retentive memory

Especially suitable for applications requiring numerous complex calculations

Power supply unit can be used if only AC power is present

FP7 can operate on external DC supply available in the control panel, typically about 1A. Use of FP7 power supply unit is therefore an option

Power supply Unit CPU expansion Unit end Cover

Data register256k words

Program192k steps

Program150k steps

Default setting

Using 192k steps CPU as reference

Larger data capacity Larger program capacity



Program235k steps

Program (Steps) Data Register (w)

234k 64k

221k 128k

196k 256k

145k 512k

52k 976k

7-355


7


FP7 series Line up



7

7.1.3.2. CPU Units7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

CPU UnitsCompact size and with room for expansion functions

1. CPU unit is equipped with a cassette interface.Add-on cassettes can be added to the CPU unit to increase functionality without increasing the width of the unit. Communication cassettes support RS232C, RS422, and RS485 series communications.2. Up to 16 various units can be connected.A single CPU unit is capable of connecting up to 16 various units.3. High-capacity SD (SDHC) memory cards are supported.Up to 32 GB SD (SDHC) memory cards are supported.4. High performance (Scan of 1 ms minimum processing time and minimum 20 μs or less in 60 k steps)The processing speed is less susceptible to frequent Ethernet communication.

AFP7CPs4e AFP7CPs3e AFP7CPs3

7-357


7

7.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

Add-on Cassettes (Communication Cassettes) For operation display panels, connections with PCs and bidirectional data exchanges

1. Serial communication functions can be added to the CPU unit.CPU unit functions can be expanded by selectively using 5 types of cassettes. Those include RS232C dedicated cassettes, cassettes to support either RS422 or RS485, and cassettes that support any combination of RS232C and RS485.2. Protocol supports MODBUS-RTU.Even when communicating with MODBUS-RTU, communication between equipment is easily achieved by the communication instructions.

AFP7CCm2 AFP7CCs1m1

AFP7CCs1 AFP7CCs2 AFP7CCm1



7

7.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

Analog input & output Unitsinsulated Channel range to support various types of equipment

1. 20 times faster conversion than the previous modelA conversion rate of 25 μs/channel is possible, 20 times faster than the previous model’s 500 μs/channel conversion speed. The system’s production efficiency can be improved due to precise control. High speed sampling can be achieved, independent of the PLC’s scan.2. High-accuracy controlHigh-accuracy of ± 0.05 % (at 25 °C) of full scale can be achieved. The use of high-resolution performance allows users to achieve reliable control.3. noise-resistant with isolated channelsChannels insulated range is included to guard against interference from other channels. You can use it without worrying about the power supply system of the objects being measured.

AFP7DA4H AFP7AD4H

7-359


7

7.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

Digital input & output UnitsI/O points can be installed as necessary and efficiently.

1. Input / output mixed units are available.Input / output mixed units are available in addition to dedicated input or output units. A single I/O mixed unit has 32 input points and 32 output points. The necessary I/O points can be efficiently obtained, resulting in a compact PLC at reduced cost.2. The 64 points transistor output unit is designed for 300 mA current capacity.The 64 points transistor output unit is equipped with 8 contact points with 300 mA current capacity. Large indicator lamps, magnetic contacts, etc., that previously required relay outputs or external relays can be driven directly. Equipment can be made both more compact and cheaper.3. Input time constants are settable.Response speed can be selected from 0.1 ms, 0.5 ms, 1.0 ms, 5.0 ms, 10.0 ms, 20.0 ms or 70.0 ms depending on the output equipment to be used.



7

7.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

Remote i/o UnitsFast, noise-Resistant Remote i/o Line Up

1. High-speed communicationA 12 Mbps maximum transmission speed can be selected. Fast response at update cycle of 1,000 points/2 ms can be achieved.2. immunity to high noise levelsData can be transferred accurately, even in inadequate wiring environments.3. Various types of compact slave unitsCompact slave units (60 × 70 × 40 mm) are smaller than common screw terminal types and are lined up to contribute to space savings. A wide variety of slave units are available.

7-361


7

7.1.3.7. Positioning Units7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

Positioning UnitsHigh-accuracy positioning control can be achieved at reduced cost.

1. equipped with electronic cam and electronic gear functionsLadder program is capable of controlling electronic cams and gears. Virtual axes are supported and operable without connecting to external encoders.2. Organized wiring to servo amplifierA servo ON output terminal is provided that allows simple and neat wiring to the servo amplifier.3. Dedicated configuration toolStart positioning dedicated configuration tool using Control FPWIN GR7. Parameter and positioning operation settings can be made easily. Test operation is also supported. Positioning operations can be checked even while the CPU unit is in program mode.

AFP7PP02T AFP7PP02LAFP7PP04T AFP7PP04L



7

7.1.3.8. Power Supply Units7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

Power supply UnitsAnnounce system errors using the built-in external alarm.

1. equipped with system error alarm contactOutput contact for system error external alarm is provided. If a power supply unit is used concurrently, no additional units are required.

AFP7PsA1 AFP7PsA2

7-363


7

7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

FP7 series

AFP7PsA1

order Codes - CPU modules

order Codes - Communication Cassettes

order Codes - Power supply Units

order Codes - Analog input & output Units

Description memory/ Capacity Power supply operation speed Ethernet Capability Code

FP7 CPU Units 196k step 24VDC From 11ns Built-in AFP7CPs4e

120k steps 24VDC From 11ns Built-in AFP7CPs3e

120k steps 24VDC From 11ns - AFP7CPS3

Description memory/ Capacity Code

FP7 Communication Cassettes RS232C, 1 channel (insulated) AFP7CCs1

RS232C, 2 channels (insulated) AFP7CCs2

RS422 or RS485, 1 channel (insulated) AFP7CCm1

RS422 or RS485, 2 channel (insulated) AFP7CCm2

RS232C, 1 channel (insulated) & RS485, 1 channel (insulated) AFP7CCs1m1

Description memory/ Capacity Power supply operation speed Code

FP7 Power Supply Units 100 to 240VAC 24VDC, 1.0A System error alarm output contact AFP7PsA1

100 to 240VAC 24VDC, 1.8A System error alarm output contact & remaining lifespan count function

AFP7PsA2

Description no. Channels Specification Code

FP7 Analog Input Unit

4 Voltage and current, 25μs/ch conversion speed, 16bit resolution, FS ± accuracy below 0.05% (25 ℃)

AFP7AD4H

FP7 Analog Output Unit

4 Voltage and current, 25μs/ch conversion speed, 16bit resolution, FS ± accuracy below 0.05% (25 ℃)

AFP7DA4H

order Codes - input & output Units


inputs 24VDC


Relay nPn PnP

FP7 Input Units 16 16* - - - Terminal Block AFP7X16DW

32 32 - - - MIL Connector AFP7X32D2

64 64 - - - MIL Connector AFP7X64D2

FP7 Output Units 16 - 16 - - Terminal Block AFP7y16R

16 - - 16 - Terminal Block AFP7y16T

32 - - 32 - MIL Connector AFP7Y32T

64 - - 64 - MIL Connector AFP7Y64T

16 - - - 16 Terminal Block AFP7y16P

32 - - - 32 MIL Connector AFP7Y32P

64 - - - 64 MIL Connector AFP7Y64P

FP7 Input & Output Units 64 32 - 32 - MIL Connector AFP7XY64D2T

64 32 - - 32 MIL Connector AFP7XY64D2P

* 12-24VDC Input

AFP7DA4H

AFP7X16DW

AFP7CPs4e

AFP7CCs1m1




7

7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

order Codes - Positioning Units

order Codes - Remote i/o master Unit

Description output Type no. Axes Controlled

speed Command

Functions Code

FP7 Positioning Units

Transistor 2 Axes 1pps to 500kpps

Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation

AFP7PP02T

Transistor 4 Axes 1pps to 500kpps


AFP7PP04T

Line Driver 2 Axes 1pps to 4Mpps


AFP7PP02L

Line Driver 4 Axes 1pps to 4Mpps


AFP7PP04L

Description output Type no. Axes Controlled

speed Command Functions Code

FP7 PHLS Master Unit

1,008 Points 6Mbps/12Mbps 200m @ 6Mbps / 100m @ 12Mbps

63 Slaves AFP7PHLsm

order Codes - Remote i/o slave Units

Description shape Total i/o Count

inputs 24VDC


Relay nPn PnP

FP7 PHLS Slave Remote I/O Units

Standard 8 8 - - - Screw-type terminal block AFPRP1X08D2

16 16 - - - Screw-type terminal block AFPRP1X16D2

16 - - 16 - Screw-type terminal block AFPRP1Y16T

16 8 - 8 - Screw-type terminal block AFPRP1XY16D2T

Compact 8 8 - - - e-CON AFPRP2X08D2E

16 16 - - - Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2X16D2

16 - - 16 - Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2y16T

16 8 - 8 - Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2Xy16D2T

4 - 4 - - Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2y04R

Accessories


FP7 Backup battery Battery for back up of clock/calendar operation AFPX-BATT

AFP7PP02T

AFP7PHLsm

AFPRP2X16D2

7-365


7

7.1.3.10. Software7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

software


FPWIN Pro Programming Software 2700 Step Free Demo Version Free Download From our webpage



For more Information see below.

FP7 software

1. Five programming languages can be used.Programming can be done using the language most familiar to the developer or using the language most suited to the process to be performed. High-level (structured text) languages that allow structuring, such as C, are supported.

2. easy to reuse well-proven programsEfficiency when writing programs has been greatly increased by being able to split programming up for each function and process using structured programming.

3. Keep know-how from getting outBy “black boxing” a part of a program, you can prevent know-how from leaking out and improve the program’s maintainability.

4. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible.Maintainability increased by being able to load programs and comments from the PLC.

structured Text

Ladder Diagram

Function Block Diagram

sequential Function Chart

instruction List

FPWin Pro


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTemsstock status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

7

7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.1.1. Overview7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables

7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series

Versamax microDon’t let size fool you. Although they’re easy on valuable panel space, GE Intelligent Platforms VersaMax Nano and Micro PLCs are big on features. For high-volume applications where cost and fast processor speeds are an issue, the palm-sized VersaMax Nano is the PLC of choice.

Key Features

• Select the Big-Featured PLC in a Compact Package• Tap the perfect solution for low end motion applications• Take Advantage of a Host of Communications Options

Features nano 10 micro 14 micro 23 micro 28 micro 20 micro 40 micro 64

Built –in I/O 6 in/4 out 8 in / 6 out 13 in / 10 out 16 in / 12 out 12 in / 8 out 24 in / 16 out 40 in / 24 out

Built-in Analog i/o

1 on some models

none 2 in / 1 out none none none none

i/o exp. Units none Up to 4 units Up to 4 units Up to 4 units Up to 4 units Up to 4 units Up to 4 units

Logic memory (Words)

2K 9K 9K 9K 24k 24k 24k

Data storage (Words)

256 256 2k 2k 32k 32k 32k

scan Time (msec/K)

1.3msec 1.1msec 1.1msec 1.1msec 1.1msec 1.1msec 1.1msec

Battery Backed RAM

Super Cap only Super Cap only Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Real Time Clock

none none Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Ports Available 1 RS232 1 RS232 1 RS232 and 1 RS485

1 RS232 and 1 RS485

1 RS232 and 2nd port optional RS232, RS485, USB or Ethernet



ethernet option

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes on 2nd port

Yes on 2nd port

Yes on 2nd port

High speed Counter

Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)







Pulse Train / PWm








motion Commands

N/A N/A N/A Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)

Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)



Write Register Values to internal Flash

No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

order Codes - Vesamax nano and micro selection Guide

order Codes - Versamax nano 10

Description Code

10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (1) Analog In 0 - 10 VDC (8 bit), (4) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200NAL110

10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (1) Analog In 0 - 10 VDC (8 bit), (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200nAL211

10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (4) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200NDD010

10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (4) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200nDD101

10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200nDR001

10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200NDR010

For your information:QLD, SA & NT only

7-367

7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

7

7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series

order Codes - Versamax micro 14





Description Code

14 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (6) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UAA003

14 Point (8) 120 VAC In,(2) Relay Out at 10 Amp,(4) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UAR014

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out 2 at 1.0 Amp and 4 at 0.5 Amp, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UDD104

14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UDD112

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply iC200UDR001

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UDR002

14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UDR003

Description Code

23 Point (13) 12 VDC In, (10) Relay Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UAL004

23 Point (13) 24 VDC In, (1) 24 VDC Out, (9) Relay Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

iC200UAL005

23 Point (13) 24 VDC In, (9) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

iC200UAL006

Description Code

28 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (12) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC Power Supply IC200UAA007

28 Point (16) 120 VAC In,(2) Relay Out at 10 Amp,(10) Relay Out at 2 Amp,120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UAR028

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out, 6 at 1.0 Amp and, 6 at 0.5 Amp, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UDD110

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC Power Supply IC200UDD120

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 120/240 VAC Power Supply iC200UDR005

28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 12 VDC Power Supply IC200UDR006

28 point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 12/24 VDC Power Supply IC200UDR228

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC Power Supply iC200UDR010

28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC Power Supply IC200UDD212

Description Code

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) 24 VDC Source Out 0.7 Amps with ESCP protection, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD040

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) 24 VDC Sink Out, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UDD140

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 120/240 VAC P/Supply iC200UDR140

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UDR040

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 12/24 VDC P/Supply IC200UDR440

Description Code

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) 24 VDC Source Out 0.7 Amps with ESCP protection, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD020

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) 24 VDC Sink Out, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UDD220

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 120/240 VAC P/Supply iC200UDR120

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UDR020

order Codes - Versamax micro expansion Units motion expansion

Description Code

VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UMM002

VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UMM102



7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's Stock Status:


7

7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series

order Codes - Versamax micro expansion Units

order Codes - Communications

Accessories

Description Code8 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) 24 VDC Output with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEC0088 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) Output (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEC1088 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEC2088 Point Input, 24 VDC In, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200Uei00816 Point Input, 24 VDC In, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200Uei0168 point (8) 24 VDC Output with ESCP Protection, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEO00816 point (16) 24 VDC Output with ESCP Protection, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEO0168 Output 24 VDC (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEO10816 Output 24 VDC (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEO1168 Output Relay , 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UeR00816 Output Relay Output, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UeR01614 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (2) Relay Out at 10 Amp, (4) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UEX00914 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (6) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UEX01014 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply iC200UeX01114 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX01214 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) Relay Out. 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX01314 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UeX01414 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX01514 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX12228 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (4) Relay Out at 10 Amp, (8) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UEX20928 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (12) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UEX21028 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/ Supply IC200UEX21128 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX21228 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX21328 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX21428 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX21528 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX222

Description CodeEthernet Mod., 10/100Mbits port supporting RJ45. Supports SRTP (server), Modbus TCP iC200Uem001Micro RS-232 option board with (2) 0 -10 VDC analog inputs. Connector to support Memory Board. IC200USB001Micro RS-485 option board with (2) 0 -10 VDC analog inputs. Connector to support Memory Board. IC200USB002Micro USB option board (no analog option). Connector to support Memory Board. IC200UUB001Micro Flash Memory Board for program download IC200UMB001Ethernet Interface, Bridge from RS-232 or RS-485 Serial to Ethernet 10/100 BaseT, 12/24 VDC P/Supply iC200seT001

Description CodeExtended Battery Backup (up to 2 years at 60°C) iC200ACC414Programming Cable (RJ45 to db9) RS232 IC200CBL500

order Codes - Versamax micro expansion Units Analog expansion

Description Code4 Channel Analog I/O, 4 Analog In, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UeX6246 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 12 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX6166 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply iC200UeX6266 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UEX6364 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX7244 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UEX7344 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 2 Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UEX7264 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 2 Analog Out,120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UEX736

order Codes - Versamax micro expansion Units motion expansion

Description CodeVersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 24 VDC P/Supply IC200UMM002VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 120/240 VAC P/Supply IC200UMM102


7-369


7

7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables7.2.2.1. Overview

7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series

order Codes - Controllers

order Codes - Power supplies

order Codes - i/o Carriers

Description CodeCPU 34 Kbyte Configurable Memory, Two Serial Ports(RS-232 and RS-485) iC200CPU001CPU 42 Kbyte Configurable Memory, Two Serial Ports(RS-232 and RS-485) iC200CPU002CPU with 64 Kbyte Configurable User Memory, Two Serial Ports (RS-232 and RS-485) iC200CPU005CPU with 64 Kbyte Configurable User Memory, Two Serial Ports (RS-232 and RS-485), 10 MBIT Ethernet Port

iC200CPUe05

Description CodePower Supply 24 VDC Input iC200PWR001Power Supply 24 VDC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC iC200PWR002Power Supply 120/240 VAC Input iC200PWR101Power Supply 120/240 VAC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC iC200PWR102Power Supply 12 VDC Input IC200PWR201Power Supply 12 VDC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC IC200PWR202Power Supply Booster Carrier IC200PWB001

Description CodeBarrier Horizontal Style iC200CHs001Box Horizontal Style iC200CHs002Spring Clamp Horizontal Style IC200CHS005Connector Vertical Style* iC200CHs003(4)

Box Vertical Style iC200CHs022Spring Clamp Vertical Style IC200CHS025Barrier Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers** IC200CHS011Box Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers** IC200CHS012Box-Thermocouple Compensation - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers** IC200CHS014Spring Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers** IC200CHS015

*A connecting cable (IC200CBL1xxx) and interposing base (IC200CHS011, CHS012, CHS014, CHS015, IC200CHS1xx or IC200CHS2xx) are required.** Requires IC200CHS003 base and connecting cable IC200CBL1xxx

Versamax i/o & ControlMaximum versatility is the guiding principle behind VersaMax from GE Intelligent Platforms. This compact, extremely affordable control solution can be used as a PLC, as I/O, and as distributed control. With its modular and scalable architecture, intuitive features and ease of use, this innovative control family can save machine builders and end users considerable time and money.

Offering Big PLC Power in a Small Package.VersaMax CPUs supply a number of features usually found only in PLCs with larger footprints, including up to 64k of memory for application programs, floating point math, real-time clock, subroutines, PID control, flash memory, and bumpless program store. The serial ports support serial read/write and Modbus master/slave communications.

An Abundance of Useful I/O Options.GE offers a broad range of discrete, analog, mixed, and specialty I/O modules. These modules can be freely combined to create stand-alone I/O stations with up to 256 I/O points and expanded I/O systems with up to 4,096 I/O points.

The Perfect match for Today’s open systems.VersaMax gives you the freedom to connect to a wide variety of host controllers, including PLC, DCS and PC-based control systems by way of Genius*, DeviceNet™, Profibus-DP, Profinet and Ethernet networks. VersaMax also fully supports the power and open architecture of GE’s PC Control solutions.

The Ultimate in Cost-effective Control and I/O.With intuitive diagnostics, hot insertion of modules and quick connect wiring, VersaMax extends uptime, reduces engineering and training needs, and dramatically reduces project life-cycle costs.


Order Codes - I/O Interposing Bases

Description CodeInput or Output Interposing Disconnect Style 16 Points IC200CHS101Expansion Input or Output Interposing Disconnect Style 16 Points IC200CHS102I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points IC200CHS111Expansion Base - I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points

IC200CHS112

I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points IC200CHS211I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points IC200CHS212




7

7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series

order Codes - Digital i/o modules

Description Code

input modulesInput 120 VAC (1 Group of 8) 8 Points IC200MDL140

Input 240 VAC (1 Group of 8) 8 Points iC200mDL141

Input 120 VAC Isolated 8 Points iC200mDL143

Input 240 VAC Isolated 4 Points IC200MDL144

Input 120 VAC (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points iC200mDL240

Input 240 VAC (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points iC200mDL241

Input 120 VAC Isolated 16 Points iC200mDL243

Input 240 VAC Isolated 8 Points IC200MDL244

Input 125 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Isolated 8 Points IC200MDL631

Input 125 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Isolated 16 Points iC200mDL632

Input 48 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points IC200MDL635

Input 48 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points iC200mDL636


Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points IC200MDL643

Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points iC200mDL644


output modulesOutput 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points IC200MDL329

Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 16 Points IC200MDL330

Output 120 VAC 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points IC200MDL331

Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 2.0 Amp per Point with ESCP 8 Points IC200MDL730

Output 12/24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 16 Points iC200mDL740

Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point with ESCP 16 Points IC200MDL741

Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point with ESCP 32 Points iC200mDL742

Output 5/12/24 VDC Neg Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 16 Points IC200MDL743

Output 5/12/24 VDC Neg Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 32 Points IC200MDL744

Output 12/24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 32 Points iC200mDL750

Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated Form A 8 Points iC200mDL930

Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated Form A 16 Points iC200mDL940

mixed i/o modulesMixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 20 Points / Output Relay 2.0 Amp /Point Grouped 12 Points iC200mDD840

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 20 Points / Output Grouped 12 Points/HSC/PWM/PT iC200mDD841

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp Grouped with ESCP 16 Points / Input Grouped 16 Points IC200MDD842

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 10 Points / Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Grouped 6 Points

IC200MDD843

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp Grouped 16 Points / Input Grouped 16 Points IC200MDD844

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 24 VDC Pos Logic Grouped 16 Points

iC200mDD845

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Grouped 8 Points IC200MDD846

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 240 VAC Grouped 8 Points IC200MDD847

Mixed Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Grouped 8 Points IC200MDD848

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Isolated 8 Points IC200MDD849

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 240 VAC Isolated 4 Points IC200MDD850

Mixed 12/24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp per Point Grouped 16 Points/Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Grouped 16 PT

IC200MDD851


Order Codes - Cables for use with Connector Style I/O Carriers

Description Code

2 connectors, 0.5m, no shield IC200CBL105



1 connector, 3.0m, no shield IC200CBL230

7-371


7

7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series

order Codes - Analog i/o modules

order Codes - Remote i/o Units

Order Codes - Network Interface Modules

Accessories

Description CodeAnalog input modelsAnalog Input 12 Bit Voltage/Current 4 Channels iC200ALG230Analog Input 16 Bit Voltage/Current Isolated 8 Channels iC200ALG240Analog Input 12 Bit Voltage/Current 8 Channels iC200ALG260Analog Input 15 Bit Differential Voltage 8 Channels IC200ALG261(6)

Analog Input 15 Bit Differential Current 8 Channels IC200ALG262(6)

Analog Input 15 Bit Voltage 15 Channels iC200ALG263(6)

Analog Input 15 Bit Current 15 Channels iC200ALG264(6)

Analog Input 15 Bit Voltage 15 Channels (Enhanced Version) IC200ALG265Analog Input 15 Bit Current 15 Channels (Enhanced Version) iC200ALG266Analog Input 16 Bit RTD 4 Channels iC200ALG620Analog Input 16 Bit Thermocouple 7 Channels iC200ALG630Analog output modelsAnalog Output 12 Bit Current 4 Channels iC200ALG320Analog Output 12 Bit Voltage 0-10 V 4 Channels iC200ALG321Analog Output 12 Bit Voltage ±10 V 4 Channels iC200ALG322Analog Output 13 Bit Voltage 8 Channels iC200ALG325(6)

Analog Output 13 Bit Current 8 Channels iC200ALG326(6)

Analog Output 13 Bit Voltage 12 Channels iC200ALG327(6)

Analog Output 16 Bit Voltage/Current Isolated 4 Channels iC200ALG331mixed Analog modelsAnalog Mixed 12 Bit Current 4 Input / 2 Output Channels iC200ALG430Analog Mixed 12 Bit Voltage 0-10 V 4 Input / 2 Output Channels IC200ALG431Analog Mixed 12 Bit Voltage ±10 V 4 Input / 2 Output Channels IC200ALG432

Description CodeRemote I/O DeviceNet Network Interface Unit IC200DBI001(2)

Remote I/O Ethernet Network Interface Unit IC200EBI001(5)

Remote I/O Genius Network Interface Unit IC200GBI001Remote I/O Profibus-DP Network Interface Unit IC200PBI001Profinet Scanner-Copper Interface iC200Pns001Profinet Scanner - Multi-Mode Fibre (MMF) iC200Pns002

Description CodePLC Network Communication Profibus-DP Slave IC200BEM002PLC Network Communication DeviceNet (Master/Slave) IC200BEM103PLC Network Communications AS-i Master IC200BEM104Local Communications Carrier iC200CHs006Genius Network Interface (IC200GBI001 only) Modbus Master Serial Module (one RS-485 Port) iC200Cmm020

Description CodeEZ Program Store Flash Device for CPUs IC200ACC003CPU Programming Cable (RS-232) IC200CBL001Expansion NIU Firmware upgrade Cable IC200CBL002I/O Expansion Transmitter for CPU and Network Interface Units iC200eTm001(6)

I/O Expansion Receiver Isolated (Up to 750 meters) iC200eRm001(6)

I/O Expansion Receiver Non-Isolated (Up to 15 meters) iC200eRm002(6)

Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, Single Ended, 1M to One Expansion Receiver Module IC200CBL600Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, 2 Connectors, 1M. Supports Multidrop to Multiple Expansion Receiver Modules

IC200CBL601

Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, 2 Connectors, 2M. Supports Multidrop to Multiple Expansion Receiver Modules

IC200CBL602

1. Requires an I/O carrier for wiring termination.2. The DeviceNet network interface unit only supports autoconfiguration of I/O. Remote I/O configuration tool will be supported in the future.3. These modules are for use in CPU systems.4. Refer to VersaMax Modules, Power Supplies, and Carriers Manual GFK-1504 for cables and Interposing Terminal Blocks.5. Includes support for EGD and Modbus Ethernet.6. Supported by CPUs, Genius, Profibus and Ethernet NIUs only.





7


7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series

90-30 seriesGE Intelligent Platforms’ Series 90-30 PLCs is a family of controllers, I/O systems and specialty modules designed to meet the demand for versatile industrial solutions. The Series 90-30 has been the PLC of record in over 200,000 applications such as highspeed packaging, material handling, complex motion control, water treatment, continuous emissions monitoring, mining, food processing, elevator control and many more.

Its modular design offers unique versatilityConfigure just the system you need, saving critical space and reducing cost. With over 100 I/O modules, the Series 90-30 PLC can be adapted to a wide range of applications.

Ethernet communications provide a real-time link between the plant floor and the boardroom.You can begin with an Ethernet-enabled CPU, or at a later date, choose from our selection of rack-mounted Ethernet modules. The Series 90-30 Ethernet module supports both SRTP and Modbus TCP/IP application protocols.

The scalable processing power of the CPU creates a clear upgrade path.Create the system that’s ideal today, while leaving open the option of creating a more powerful system tomorrow - without having to change your application software.

integrated motion control fosters high performance, point-to-point applications.A variety of Series 90-30 field bus interfaces enables distributed control and/or I/O. Choose from Ethernet EGD, Profibus-DP™, Genius, DeviceNet™ and Interbus-S™ modules. Field Bus interface modules are easy to install and quick to configure. Plug them into an existing system or design a new system around them.

The Series 90-30 stands out among small controls for offering redundancy options.The Series 90-30 is the low-cost solution for high availability applications, with redundant CPUs and power.

order Codes - Controllers

Order Codes - Baseplates

Description Code

5-Slot Base with CPU in Base (6KBytes User Program), Not Expandable IC693CPU311

5-Slot Base with Turbo CPU in Base (Logic Execution is .6 msec), 1K Registers, (12KBytes User Program), Not Expandable

IC693CPU313

10-Slot Base with Turbo CPU in Base (Logic Execution is .6 msec) 12Kbytes User Program, Not Expandable IC693CPU323

CPU 350 Module (74KBytes User Memory, 4K I/O, 8 Racks), No Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

iC693CPU350

CPU 360 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory, 4K I/O, 8 Racks), No Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU360

CPU 363 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory 4K I/O, 8 Racks), 2 Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

iC693CPU363

CPU 366 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), with built-in Profibus Master (V1) Port, no built-in serial ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU366

CPU 367 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), with built-in Profibus Slave (V1) Port, no built-in serial ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU367

CPU (Model 370). Requires High Capacity Power Supply IC693CPU370

CPU (Model 372 with built-in 10/100 Mbps Ethernet and WEB Enabled). Requires High Capacity Power Supply iC693CPU372

CPU 374 PLUS Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), No Built-In Serial Ports, Built-In0/100Mbs with Built-In Switch (two RJ 45 ports), Logic Execution is 0.15msec/K, Ethernet Supports SRTP, EGD and Producer/Consumer Channels and Web Support; Logic Execution is .15msec/K. Requires High Capacity Power Supply

iC693CPU374 Plus

Description Code

Base, CPU, 10 Slots, Use with CPU331/CSE331 and above iC693CHs391

Base, Expansion, 10 Slots iC693CHs392

Base, Remote Expansion, 10 Slots (200 m) iC693CHs393

Base, CPU, 5 Slots (use with CPU331/CSE331 and above) iC693CHs397


Base, Remote Expansion, 5 Slots (200 m) iC693CHs399


7-373


7

7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series


order Codes - Digital i/o modules

Description Code

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts iC693PWR321

Power Supply, 24/48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts iC693PWR322

Power Supply, 48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts IC693PWR328

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts iC693PWR330

Power Supply, 24 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts iC693PWR331

Power Supply, 12 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts IC693PWR332

Redundant Power Supply Base with 0.5 meter cable to connect to Power Supply Adapter Module IC693ACC341

Redundant Power Supply Adapter (RPSA) Module. IC693ACC350

Description Code

input modules120 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points) IC693MDL230

240 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points) iC693mDL231

120 VAC Input (16 Points) iC693mDL240

24 VAC/VDC Input (16 Points) iC693mDL241



125 VDC Input (8 Points) IC693MDL632

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (8 Points) IC693MDL634

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points) iC693mDL645

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec Filter (16 Points) IC693MDL646

48 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec filter, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points) IC693MDL648

5/12 VDC (TTL) Input, Neg/Pos Logic, (32 Points) iC693mDL654

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 ms, (32 Points) iC693mDL655

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 0.5ms, 1.0ms, 2.0ms, 5ms, 10ms, 50ms & 100ms filtering, (32 Points)

IC693MDL660

Input Simulator Module (8 Points) IC693ACC300

output modules120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (12 Points) IC693MDL310

120/240 VAC Output, 1 Amp (8 Points) IC693MDL330

120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (16 Points) iC693mDL340

120 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (16 Points) IC693MDL350

120/240 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (5 Points) iC693mDL390

12/24 VDC Output, 2 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points) IC693MDL730

12/24 VDC Output, 2 Amp, Negative Logic (8 Points) IC693MDL731

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points) iC693mDL732

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Negative Logic (8 Points) IC693MDL733

125 VDC Output, (6 Points) IC693MDL734



12/24 VDC Output, 1 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points), Fused IC693MDL742

48/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amps, Positive Logic (8 Points) IC693MDL748

5/24 VDC (TTL) Output, Negative Logic, (32 Points) iC693mDL752

12/24 VDC Output, Positive Logic (32 Points) iC693mDL753

12/24 VDC Output, 0.75 amps, Pos Logic with ESCP protection, (32 Points). IC693MDL754

Relay Output, 4 Amp (16 Points) IC693MDL916

Relay Output, Isolated, 4 Amp (8Points) iC693mDL930

Relay Output, 8 Amp Form B/C contacts, Isolated in 2 Groups of 4 (8 Points) IC693MDL931

Relay Output, 2 Amp (16 Points) iC693mDL940

mixed i/o modulesMixed I/O, 24 VDC Input (8 points), Relay Output (8 points) IC693MDR390

Mixed I/O, 120 VAC Input (8 Points), Relay Output (8 Points) IC693MAR590





7


order Codes - Analog i/o modules

order Codes - Communications modules

order Codes - motion modules

order Codes - speciality modules

order Codes - Remote i/o

Description Code

Analog Input, Voltage/Current, 4 Channels iC693ALG220

Analog Input, Current, 4 Channels iC693ALG221

Analog Input, Voltage 16 Single/8 Differential Channels iC693ALG222

Analog Input, Current, 16 Single Channels iC693ALG223

Analog Output, Voltage, 2 Channels iC693ALG390

Analog Output, Current, 2 Channels iC693ALG391

High Density Analog Output (8 Channels) iC693ALG392

Analog Combo Module 4IN/2OUT iC693ALG442

Description Code

Genius Bus Controller (Supports I/O and Datagrams) IC693BEM331

Communication Module, Genius (1 Kbyte) GCM+ (No Datagram Support) IC693CMM302

Profibus DP Master Module IC693PBM200

Profibus DP Slave Module IC693PBS201

DeviceNet Master Module IC693DNM200

DeviceNet Slave Module IC693DNS201

Description Code

High Speed Counter (HSC) iC693APU300

Axis Positioning Module (APM), 1 Axis IC693APU301

Axis Positioning Module (APM), 2 Axis IC693APU302

High Speed Counter with Gray Code Encoder or an A QUAD B Encoder Input IC693APU305

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 2 Axis IC693DSM302

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 1-2 Axis of Digital Servo or 1-4 Axis Analog Servo IC693DSM314

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 4 Axis of Digital Servo with fibre optic interface to amplifiers IC693DSM324

Description Code

Solenoid Valve Output (11 Points)/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (5 Points) IC693MDL760

Power Transducer Module, CT and PT Interface 120/240 VAC (1m cable) iC693PTm101

Temperature Control Module, (8) TC In and (8) 24 VDC Solid State Outputs IC693TCM302

Temperature Control Module Ext. Temperature Range, (8) TC In and (8) 24 VDC Solid State Outputs IC693TCM303

Description Code

Ethernet Network Interface Unit. Two Ethernet ports, one connection (one IP)with built in switch. Requires IC693CHS397 (5 slot rack) or IC693CHS391 (10 slot rack) and a Series 90-30 high capacity power supply.

iC693niU004


7-375


7

Order Codes - TBQC Interposing Terminal Block

Order Codes - TBQC Cables

Description Code

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL645, IC693MDL646, and IC693MDL240. The base can also be used with any 20 point terminal discrete or analog modules not listed.

IC693ACC329

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL740 and IC693MDL742 IC693ACC330

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL741 IC693ACC331



Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL654/655/752/753 IC693ACC337

Description Code

Cable Kit with CBL 327 and CBL 323 IC693CBK001




Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 3 Meter. Cable has a connector on only one end and open on the other. Cable used with TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter or Fujitsu style I/O modules.

IC693CBL327

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 3 Meter. Cable has a connector on only one end and open on the other. Cable used with TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter or Fujitsu style I/O modules.

IC693CBL328

Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 1 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL329

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 1 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL330

Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 2 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL331

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 2 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL332

Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 0.5 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL333

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 0.5 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL334


Accessories

Description Code

Replacement Battery, CPU & PCM (Qty. 2) iC693ACC301

High Capacity Battery Pack iC693ACC302

EZ Program Store Flash Device (for CPU374 only) IC200ACC003

Filler Module, Blank Slot iC693ACC310

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 1 Meter IC693CBL300

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 2 Meters IC693CBL301


Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 0.15 Meters, Shielded IC693CBL312


Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters, Shielded IC693CBL314

High density terminal block, 36 box style connections IC694TBB032

High density terminal block, 36 spring clamp connections IC694TBS032

High density terminal block with extended shroud, 36 box style connections IC694TBB132

High density terminal block with extended shroud, 36 spring clamp connections IC694TBS132

I/O Bus Terminator Plug IC693ACC307

Rack Adaptor Bracket, Series 90-30 10 Slot to 19” (Front Mount) IC693ACC308

Twenty Point Terminal Blocks (qty 6) IC693ACC311

Spare Plastic Cases Parts Kit (I/O, CPU, PCM) IC693ACC319

SNP to RS232 Programming Cable HE693SNPCBL



7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7


7.2.4.1. Overview7.2.4.2. Ordering Table

7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller

PACsystem RXi ControllerHigh Performance Distributed IO Controller Platform

GE Intelligent Platforms has leveraged its rich experience in embedded computing and control technology in the design of the innovative PACSystems RXi controller platform. The RXi Controller incorporates leading-edge CPU technology, the market leading industrial Ethernet network technology,and a unique user interface for maintaining the controller to deliver a control system unique in the industry. The PACSystems RXi controller is PROFINET enabled, delivering a small footprint solution with highly flexible distributed I/O capabilities to equipment builders and end users. Its unique Intelligent Display Module provides configuration and maintenance functions at the controller without software. As a PACSystems controller, the RXi is fully compatible with applications written for any other PACsystems platform. The result is a High performance solution designed for distributed IO applications.

Higher Performance

The RXi Controller is designed for high performance distributed IO applications. With a high performance dual core CPU and Gigabit PROFINET (with built in MRP redundancy) and Ethernet ports, every aspect of the RXi has been designed for performance. For even more power, the RXi controller can be combined with the RXi Modular IPC to deliver a unique control and computing platform for the factory floor. Integrated high-speed connectors allow instant data handling. Operator usability can be enhanced by pairing the RXi Modular IPC with new RXi panel displays with new multi-touch technology. The unique combination of high performance control, integrated PROFINET, intelligent display module, and compact format truly distinguishes the RXi Controller from other offerings.

Greater Uptime

Systems with distributed architectures are easier to configure and maintain. In addition, RXi components are industrial temperature grade, which combined with patented thermal monitoring technology and sophisticated passive cooling techniques delivers reliable control in rugged environments.

Lower Total Cost of ownership

RXi’s compact control and computing platform allows users to simplify panel design and reduce the overall size of the panel while benefiting from the performance, maintainability, and upgradeability of the PACSystems platform. The optional Intelligent Display Module provides a maintenance touchscreen display right on the controller, providing faster interaction with the controller and simpler start-up.

Highlights

• COMExpress CPU Technology• Integrated redundant ProfiNet I/O Interface• High-speed Interconnect Bus• Built-in Data Storage• USB and SD interfaces

Specifications

storage10 MB user memory

Data RetentionRXi specific Energy Pak provides power during power failure while data is written to NV RAM

ethernet 2 Port (shared MAC) GB ProfiNet – with MRP1 Ethernet (10, 100, 1000 Mbit) port1 Ethernet (1000 Mbit) – internal

USB Interface2 USB 2.0 Standard Size

order Codes

Description Code

RXi Controller* ICRXICTL000A

RXi Intelligent Display Module ICRXIACCIDM01A

RXi Intelligent Faceplate ICRXIACCIFM01A

RXi DIN Mounting Plate ICRXIACCBPL

*Each RXi Controller must be used with an Intelligent Display Module or Intelligent Faceplate

othersSD Card (on Intelligent Display Module or Intelligence Faceplate)

PowerInput: 24V DC (±25%) with protection

environmentalOperating: -25°C to +55° C (standard)Storage: -40°C to +125° COperating humidity: 10% to 90%

mountingPanel MountDinrail Mount with Optional DIN Mount Plate

Controller information and diagnostics screens built into IDM

Customize your solution by stacking together RXi Controller,

iDm, Panel Displays and iPCs


7-377


7

7.2.5.1. Overview7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller

PACsystem RX3i ControllerThe PACSystems RX3i controller is an incredibly powerful Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) in the innovative PACSystems family. The RX3i features a single control engine and a universal programming environment to provide application portability across multiple hardware platforms and deliver a true convergence of control. With integrated critical control platforms, logic, motion, HMI, process control and high availability based on our Reflective Memory technology, the RX3i provides the performance and flexibility to give you an advantage. No matter the challenges your applications bring, PACSystems RX3i lets you take control.

PACSystems RX3i Benefits:

The innovative technology of the PACSystems RX3i enables users to:

• Address major engineering and business issues, such as higher productivity and tighter cost control• Boost the overall performance of their automation systems• Reduce engineering and commissioning costs• Easily integrate new technology into installed base systems• Significantly decrease concerns regarding short- and long-term migration and platform longevity

PACsystems RX3i Features:

• High-speed processor and patented technology for faster throughput without information bottlenecks• Dual backplane bus support per module slot: • High-speed, PCI-based for fast through put of new advanced I/O • Serial backplane for easy migration of existing Series 90-30 I/O• Multiple CPU offerings meeting various performance criteria up to and including an Intel® 1 GHz CPU for advanced programming and performance with 64 Mbytes memory• Memory for ladder logic documentation and machine documentation (Word, Excel, PDF, CAD and other files) in the controller to reduce downtime and improve troubleshooting• Open communications support including Ethernet, GENIUS, Profibus™, HART, DeviceNet™ Profinet and Serial• Supports high density discrete I/O, universal analog (TC, RTD, Strain Gauge, Voltage and Current configurable per channel), isolated analog, high-density analog, high-speed counter, and motion modules• Expanded I/O offering with extended features for faster processing, advanced diagnostics and a variety of configurable interrupts• Hot insertion for both new and migrated modules

High Performance Control on one Platform:

The PACSystems RX3i provides logic, motion, HMI, and process control with open communications protocols.• PACMotion modules can control up to 40 high speed axes in one rack• PACSystems High Availability solution offers true dual redundancy data synchronization and bumpless transfer• The Control Memory Xchange offers amazing data transfer at a rate of 2.12 Gbaud

Universal Development environment:

The common software platform across all GE controllers, award-winning Proficy Machine Edition software provides the universal engineering development environment for programming, configuration and diagnostics for the entire PACSystems family.• Programming tools such as tag-based programming, a library of reusable code and a test edit mode for improved online troubleshooting• User-friendly environment that can increase design flexibility and improve engineering efficiency and productivity





7


7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller

CPUsThe high-performance CPU is based on the latest technology processor with fast computation and high throughput. The controller can manage up to 32K of I/O in a number of standard languages. The powerful CPU enables complex applications to be easily solved with the high performance processor and up to 64 Mbytes of user memory. The RX3i supports multiple IEC languages and C programming to give you program flexibility. The RX3i increases machine cycle times, reduces downtime with its extensive diagnostics and hot swap capability, and enables you to store large amounts of data to reduce external hardware cost.

High Availability Redundant ControllersHigh Availability CPU Redundancy family allows critical application or process to continue operating if a failure occurs in any single component. A High Availability system uses two or more CPUs; an active unit that actively controls the process, and one or more backup units that are synchronized with the active unit and can take over the process should it becomes necessary. An RX3i QuadPAC solution utilizes four CRU320QP controllers — one is a master controller and three are synchronized backup controllers. The QuadPAC solution features “Smart Redundancy,” a patent pending algorithm that calculates the relative system availability in real time and identifies the most available controller as master. The I/O racks may be grouped into either single (one I/O rack), redundant (two I/O racks), or triple redundant (three I/O racks) rack configurations.

BaseplatesRX3i baseplates are available in 7, 12 and 16 slot configurations to the meet the needs of your application. The RX3i Universal baseplates support hot swap capability to reduce downtime. Expansion bases are available in 5 and 10 slot versions to maximize flexibility.

Universal Bases Power SuppliesThe RX3i power supply modules simply snap in just like I/O, and they work with any model CPU. Each version provides auto-ranging sothere is no need to set jumpers for different incoming power levels, and they are current limiting so a direct short will shut the power supply down to avoid damage to the hardware.

Discrete i/o modulesInput modules provide the interface between the PLC and external input devices such as proximity sensors, push buttons, switches, and BCD thumbwheels. Output modules provide the interface between the PLC and external output devices such as contactors, interposing relays, BCD displays and indicator lamps.

Analog i/o modulesGE offers easy-to-use analog modules and HART analog modules for control processes such as flow, temperature and pressure.

specialty modules:The RX3i features a wide range of Specialty Modules to address specific application requirements. These modules include:• Millivolt and Strain Gage I/O • Thermocouple I/O• RTD I/O

Networks and Distributed I/O SystemsThe RX3i features a variety of communications options for distributed control and/or I/O. Choose from Profinet Ethernet EGD, Profibus-DP, Genius and DeviceNet. These communication modules are easy to install and quick to configure.

expansion modules for Local and Remote i/oThe RX3i supports various expansion options for local and remote I/O to optimize configurations. The RX3i can be expanded up to 8expansion bases using local remote expansion module. The RX3i also supports Profinet Ethernet remote I/O using the RX3i Ethernet Network Interface module (IC695NKT001) Series 90-30 Ethernet Network Interface module (IC693NIU004) for more distributed I/O.

motion Control PACmotionThe PACMotion controller is a versatile 4-axis servo motion controller that provides the scalability and flexibility to cover a full range of motion applications from small material handling applications to complex multi-axis machines and electronic line shaft applications. PACMotion provides real-time synchronization of all axes in an RX3i rack. A separate RX3i fast logic scan enables fast deterministic event response and synchronization, and the demand driven data exchange model between the RX3i CPU and PACMotion module many significantly reduce scan time impact. The 4-axis servo motion controller is built on a high performance hardware platform, with a new enhanced motion engine, operating system, and open standard integrated programming paradigm.

order Codes - CPU’s

Description Code

RX3i CPU with built-in USB Master port, Ethernet port and serial port, 1.1GHz CPU, 5MB User Memory

IC695CPE305

RX3i CPU with built-in USB Master port, Ethernet port and 2 serial port, 1.1GHz CPU, 10MB User Memory IC695CPE310

RX3i CPU with two built-in serial ports, 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory IC695CPU320

X3i CPU with two built-in serial ports, 1GHz CPU, 20MB User Memory IC695CPU315

RX3i Bumpless Redundant High Availability CPU with two built-in serial ports. (Requires IC695RMX128 Data Sync Module), 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory

IC695CRU320

QuadPAC CPU for RX3i Bumpless Redundant High Availability CPU with two built-in serial ports. (Requires IC695RMX128 Data Sync Module AND Quad Redundancy Solution Code), 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory

IC695CRU320QP


• Resistive I/O• Temperature Control • Power Transducer

7-379


7

7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller

Order Codes - Backplanes

Order Codes - Expansion Backplane


Order Codes - Expansion/Remote Backplane Power Supplies

order Codes - Discrete input modules

Description Code

Universal Backplane, 7 Universal Slots (Non expandable) iC695CHs007

Universal Backplane, 12 Universal Slots C695CHs012

Universal Backplane, 16 Universal Slots iC695CHs016

Description Code

Base, Remote Expansion, 10 Slots iC694CHs393



Base, Remote Expansion, 5 Slots iC694CHs399

Description Code

Multipurpose Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC 40 Watts iC695PsA140

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, 40 Watts (requires 2 slots) iC695PsA040

Multipurpose Power Supply, 24 VDC, 40 Watts iC695PsD140

Power Supply, 24 VDC, 40 Watts (requires 1 slot) iC695PsD040

Description Code

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base) iC694PWR321

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base) iC694PWR330

Power Supply, 24 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base) iC694PWR331

Power Supply, 12 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base) IC693PWR332

Power Supply, 48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base) IC693PWR328

Description Code


240 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points) IC694MDL231


24 VAC/VDC Input (16 Points) iC694mDL241


120 VAC Input (32 Points)** iC694mDL260

125 VDC Input (8 Points) IC694MDL632

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (8 Points) IC694MDL634

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points) iC694mDL645

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec Filter (16 Points) iC694mDL646

5/12 VDC (TTL) Input, Neg/Pos Logic, (32 Points) iC694mDL654

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 ms, (32 Points) iC694mDL655

24 VDC Input (32 Points)** iC694mDL660

Input Simulator Module (8 Points) iC694ACC300





7


order Codes - Discrete output modules

order Codes

Description Code

120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (12 Points) IC694MDL310

120/240 VAC Output, 1 Amp (8 Points) IC694MDL330

120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (16 Points) IC694MDL340

120/240 VAC Output, 2 Amp (16 Points) iC694mDL350

120/240 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (5 Points) IC694MDL390

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points) IC694MDL732

125 VDC Output (6 Points) IC694MDL734



12/24 VDC Output, 1 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points), Fused IC694MDL742

5/12/24 VDC (TTL) Output, Negative Logic, (32 Points) iC694mDL752

12/24 VDC Output, Positive Logic (32 Points) iC694mDL753

12/24 VDC Output w/ ESCP, 0.75 Amp (32 Points)** IC694MDL754

Relay Output, Isolated, 4 Amp (8 Points) iC694mDL930

Relay Output, 8 Amp Form B/C contacts, Isolated in 2 Groups of 4 (8 Points) IC694MDL931

Relay Output, 2 Amp (16 Points) iC694mDL940

Relay Output, 4 Amp (16 Points) IC694MDL916

Description Code

Analog input modulesAnalog Input, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels) iC694ALG220

Analog Input, Current, (4 Channels) iC694ALG221

Analog Input, Voltage (16 Single ended /8 Differential Channels) IC694ALG222

Analog Input, Current, (16 Single Channels) iC694ALG223

Analog Input, Universal, Voltage/Current/RTD/TC/Strain Gauge, (8 Channels) IC695ALG600*/**

Analog Input, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (8 Channels) IC695ALG608*/**

Analog Input, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (16 Channels) IC695ALG616*/**

Analog Input with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (8 Channels) IC695ALG628*/**

Analog Input with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (16 Channels) IC695ALG626*/**

Isolated Analog input module, configurable for voltage and current (6 Channels). IC695ALG106*/**

Isolated Analog input module, configurable for voltage and current (12 Channels). IC695ALG112*/**

Isolated RTD and resistance input channels. Supports 2, 3, 4 wire RTD or Resistance, (8 Channels)

IC695ALG508*/**

Isolated Thermocouple Input, Supports type J, K, T, E, R, S, B, N, or C & Voltage: ±150 mV or ±50 mV. (6 Channels)

IC695ALG306*/**

Isolated Thermocouple Input, Supports type J, K, T, E, R, S, B, N, or C & Voltage: ±150mV or ±50mV. (12 Channels)

IC695ALG312*/**

Analog output modulesAnalog Output, 2 Channels, Voltage IC694ALG390

Analog Output, Current (2 Channels) iC694ALG391

Analog Output, Voltage or Current (8 Channels) iC694ALG392

Analog Output, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels) IC695ALG704*/**

Analog Output, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels) IC695ALG708*/**

Analog Output with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, (8 Channels) IC695ALG728*/**

Isolated Analog Output module, voltage/current, (8 Channels) IC695ALG808*/**

mixed Analog modulesAnalog Combo Module (4IN/2OUT) iC694ALG442

*Compatible with IC695CHS 012/016 base only.**Requires either Box Style (IC694TBB032 or IC694TBB132) or Spring Clamp (IC694TBS032 or IC694TBS132) high density terminal block.


7-381


7


order Codes - Temperature Control modules

order Codes - serial Communications modules

order Codes - Power measurement modules

order Codes - expansion modules

order Codes - Pneumatics modules

order Codes - motion Control modules

Order Codes - Networks & Distributed I/O System Modules

Description Code

(8) T/C, (1) RTD and (8) 24 VDC Output IC693TCM302

Extended Range, (8) T/C, (1) RTD and (8) 24 VDC Output Modules IC693TCM303

Description Code

Two Isolated Serial Ports. Supports Modbus Master/Slave, Serial Read/Write, DNP 3.0 Master/Slave and Custom protocols.

iC695Cmm002

Four Isolated Serial Ports. Supports Modbus Master/Slave, Serial Read Write, DNP 3.0 Master/Slave and Custom protocols.

iC695Cmm004

Description Code

Power Transducer Module IC693PTM101

Power Syncronization and Measurement Module IC694PSM001

Description Code

Local Expansion Module (requires no universal slots) IC695LRE001*

Ethernet Remote I/O Expansion Kit IC695NKT001

Ethernet Remote I/O Interface IC695NIU001

Ethernet Remote I/O Interface for IC694CHSxxx Expansion Racks IC693NIU004

Description Code

RX3i Solenoid Module IC693MDL760

Description Code

PACMotion Controller, 4 Axes Digital Servo (Fiber Optic Interface to Amplifiers) IC695PMM335**

I/O Processor Module IC694APU305

High Speed Counter (HSC) iC694APU300

High Speed Counter (4 counters) IC695HSC304*/**

High Speed Counter, 1.5 KHz (8 counters) IC695HSC308*/**

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 1-2 Axis of Digital Servo or 1-4 Axis Analog Servo IC694DSM314

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 4 Axis (Fiber Optic Interface to Amplifiers) IC694DSM324

Description Code

Genius Bus Controller (Supports I/O and Datagrams) IC694BEM331

DeviceNet Master Module IC694DNM200*

Profibus Master Module IC695PBM300*

Profibus Slave Module IC695PBS301*

Ethernet Module, 10/100 base T/TX ports (requires 1 slot) IC695ETM001*

Control Memory Xchange Module 128Megbytes of user shared memory IC695CMX128*

RX3i Redundant Memory Xchange syncronization module for RX3i High Availability redundant controllers IC695RMX128*

Profinet Controller Moduler iC695PnC001

Profinet Scanner Moduler iC695Pns001

*Compatible with IC695CHS 007/012/016 Base only.**Requires either Box Style (IC694TBB032 or IC694TBB132) or Spring Clamp (IC694TBS032 or IC694TBS132) high density terminal block.





7


Order Codes - Terminal Blocks

Description Code

High Density Terminal Block Box Style (36 Terminals) IC694TBB032

High Density 32 Point Terminal Block Box Style with Extended Shroud for Large Wiring Bundles IC694TBB132

High Density Terminal Block Spring Style (36 Terminals) IC694TBS032

High Density 32 Point Terminal Block Spring Style with Extended Shroud for Large Wiring Bundles IC694TBS132

PACMotion Fibre I/O terminal block with screw terminal headers IC695FTB1B032

PACMotion Fibre I/O terminal block with spring clip terminal headers IC695FTB1S032

Accessories

Description Code

High Capacity Battery Pack (mounts externally) iC693ACC302

Smart Coin Cell Battery Pack iC698ACC701

Auxiliary Smart Battery iC695ACC302

Rechargeable Battery Kit IC695RBK001

Rechargeable Battery IC690RBT001

Battery Charger (used with IC690RBT001) IC690CRG001

Real Time Clock Battery for CPE305 and CPE310 IC690ACC001

CPE305 and CPE310 CPU Battery-less Energy Pack for backing up dynamic data IC695ACC400

Energy Pack Cable IC695CBL001

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 1 Meter IC693CBL300



Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 0.15 Meters, Shielded IC693CBL312


Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters, Shielded IC693CBL314

RX3i Cold Junction Compensation Kits for Universal Analog Input Module IC695ACC600

Mini-Converter Kit with cable IC690ACC901

I/O Bus Terminator Plug IC693ACC307

Fibre optic cable for CMX and RMX where 0xx distinguishes different lengths VMICBL-000-F6-0xx

Blank Filler Module iC694ACC310

Terminal Blocks, 20 terminals IC693ACC311

SNP to RS232 Programming Cable HE693SNPCBL


7-383


7

7.2.6.1. Overview7.2.6. GE Programming Software

Programming softwareProficy Machine Edition

GE Intelligent Platforms’ Proficy Machine Edition is an automation software break-through deploying HMI, motion, and multi-target control in an integrated development environment. This environment provides a common user interface, drag-and-drop editing, and a rich set of development tools. Proficy Machine Edition includes all the automation software components you need to reduce your programming, configuration, commissioning, monitoring, and maintenance costs.

Build Your Application on Industry Standards

Combining the best of traditional programming and graphics applications with such powerful open industry-standard technologies as COM/DCOM, ActiveX, OPC, and XML, Proficy Machine Edition provides a smooth migration path to the latest development tools.

save Time through Tight integration

In addition to sharing common development tools, all Proficy Machine Edition components — View, Logic Developer, and Motion Developer — share a common database and common objects across applications, including logic, scripts, and animation. Once a variable is created, it can easily be used in all other components of the project.

HMI/Operator Interface – Proficy View

An HMI specifically designed to address the needs of machine-level operator interface and HMI requirements. Includes a wide range of PLC/device drivers and OPC client/server support and provides remote connectivity and thin client support for diagnostic and data monitoring. Includes support for QuickPanel, QuickPanel View (Windows CE-based) and Windows NT/2000/XP.

PC-Control – Proficy Logic Developer-PC

A proven PC-based development and runtime system providing all five IEC 1131 languages (Ladder Diagram, Structured Text, Instruction List, Function Block Diagram and Sequential Function Charts), web publishing of logic, and connectivity to a wide choice of PLC and open I/O devices. Includes support for QuickPanel Control (Windows CE-based), Windows NT/2000/XP, and Embedded NT/XP.



7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7

7.2.6.2. Ordering Table 7.2.6. GE Programming Software

machine edition Product suites supported Platforms/Features Key

single License Unlimited seat site License

Bundles of commonly used Machine Edition components. Advantages include lower cost, easier to authorize, and easier to maintain as one serial number covers the whole suite.

Vers

aMax

* Nan

o/M

icro

Vers

amax

and

ser

ies

90-3

0

Serie

s 90

-70/

PAC

Syst

ems*

RX3

i/RX7

i

Qui

ck P

anel

Qui

ck P

anel

Vie

w (B

asic

/Inte

rmed

iate

)

Qui

ck P

anel

Vie

w (L

oade

d)

View

sta

tion

Qui

ck P

anel

Con

trol

Con

trol

sta

tion

View

Dev

elop

men

t 200

0, X

P, n

T

8000

Poi

nt R

/T fo

r Vie

w 2

000.

XP,

nT

mot

ion

Dev

elop

er

softw

are

Auth

oriz

atio

n

Har

dwar

e K

ey

Machine Edition Lite Development Suite • • • • IC646MBL001 IC646MBLS99

Machine Edition Lite Development Suite with hardware key • • • • IC647MBL001 -

Machine Edition Traditional Development Suite • • • • • IC646MBT001 IC646MBTS99

Machine Edition Traditional Development Suite with hardware key • • • • • IC647MBT001 -

Machine Edition Standard Development Suite • • • • • • • • • • IC646MBS001 IC646MBSS99

Machine Edition Standard Development Suite with hardware key • • • • • • • • • • IC647MBS001 -

Machine Edition Professional Development Suite • • • • • • • • • • • • IC646MBP001 IC646MBPS99

Machine Edition Professional Development Suite with hardware key • • • • • • • • • • • • IC647MBP001 -

Machine Edition Professional Development Suite with Runtimes • • • • • • • • • • • • • IC646MBW001 -

PLC-Based Control supported PLC Platforms Key

Development licenses work on a hierarchical basis.

Rem

ote

I/O C

onfig

Too

ls

Vers

amax

nan

o/m

icro

Vers

amax

serie

s 90

-30

Serie

s 90

-70)

PAC

Syst

ems

RX3

i/RX7

i)

softw

are

Auth

oriz

atio

n

Har

dwar

e K

ey

single License Unlimited seat site License

Logic Developer PLC Configuration • • IC646MPC001 -

Logic Developer PLC Nano/Micro • • • IC646MPM001 -

Logic Developer PLC Standard Logic Developer PLC Standard with Hardware Key

••

••

••

••

••

IC646MPS001 IC647MPS001

IC646MPSS99

Logic Developer PLC ProfessionalLogic Developer PLC Professional with Hardware Key

••

••

••

••

••

••

••

IC646MPP001 IC647MPP001

IC646MPPS99

Logic Developer State Professional • • • • • • • IC646MSP001 -

Product suites

Control Products


7-385


7

7.2.6.2. Ordering Table7.2.6. GE Programming Software

Proficy View & Control PC-Based Platforms supported Platforms/Features Key

75 Point 150 Point 300 Point 700 Point 1500 Point 8000 PointProficy packages available as View runtime only, View development and runtime, View & Logic Developer PC runtime only, View & Logic Developer PC development.

Qui

ck P

anel

Qui

ck P

anel

Vie

w (B

asic

/Inte

rmed

iate

)

Qui

ck P

anel

Vie

w (L

oade

d)

View

stat

ion

Ce

Qui

ckPa

nel C

ontr

ol

Con

trol

stat

ion

Rem

ote

I/O C

onfig

Too

ls

Win

dow

s 20

00, X

P, n

T

Dev

elop

men

t

Run

time

softw

are

Auth

oriz

atio

n

Har

dwar

e K

ey

Proficy View Runtime • • • IC646MRA075 IC646MRA150 IC646MRA300 IC646MRA700 IC646MRA159 IC646MRA000

Proficy View Runtime with hardware key • • •

IC647MRA075 IC647MRA150 IC647MRA300 IC647MRA700 IC647MRA159 IC647MRA000

Proficy View Development & Runtime • • • • • • • •

IC646MDA075 IC646MDA150 IC646MDA300 IC646MDA700 IC646MDA159 IC646MDA000

Proficy View Development & Runtime w/hardware key • • • • • • • •

IC647MDA075 IC647MDA150 IC647MDA300 IC647MDA700 IC647MDA159 IC647MDA000

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Runtime • • • •

IC646MRC075 - - - - IC646MRC000

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Runtime w/hardware key • • • •

IC647MRC075 - - - - IC647MRC000

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Development (no-runtime) • • • • • • • • • •

- - - - - IC646MOP001

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Development (no-runtime) w/hardware key

• • • • • • • • • •- - - - - IC647MOP001

Proficy View OPC Driver License with software key • • •

- - - - - IC646MVD000

Proficy View OPC Driver License with hardware key • • •

- - - - - IC647MVD000

QuickPanel View & Control Platforms supported Platforms/Features Key

single License Unlimited seat site LicenseDevelopment software for QuickPanel, QuickPanel View & QuickPanel Control solutions.

Runtime licenses are included in the hardware purchase

Qui

ckPa

nel

Qui

ckPa

nel V

iew

(Bas

ic/In

term

edia

te)

Qui

ckPa

nel V

iew

(Loa

ded)

View

stat

ion

Ce

Qui

ckPa

nel C

ontr

ol

Con

trol

stat

ion

Rem

ote

I/O C

onfig

softw

are

Auth

oriz

atio

n

Har

dwar

e K

ey

Proficy View for QuickPanel • • • IC646MQP001 IC646MQPS99

Proficy View for QuickPanel with hardware key • • • IC647MQP001 -

Proficy View (CE) Standard Edition • • • • • IC646VSCEMK IC646MVSS99

Proficy View (CE) Standard Edition with hardware key • • • • • IC647VSCEMK -

QuickPanel Control (CE) Development Software • • • • • • • • IC646CSCEMK IC646MOSS99

QuickPanel Control (CE) Development Software with hardware key • • • • • • • • IC647CSCEMK -

Product suites

oi/Hmi Products





7


7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series

PAC 8000The PAC8000 Controllers are the latest addition to GE Intelligent Platforms’ family of controllers. The PAC8000 Controllers are designed specifically to provide a solution where a controller needs to be field mounted in the extreme environments found in process applications. PAC8000 Controllers, with their rugged and redundancy characteristics will help you improve your operational performance andproductivity for a sustainable advantage.

• Powerful Open Controllers• Environmental & Hazardous Area Operation• Peer-to-Peer Communications• HART Support• Controller Redundancy• Network Redundancy• Integrated project development environment

order Codes - Controllers & Carriers

order Codes - 8000 General Purpose i/o

Description Code

Node services power supply monitor 8410-NS-PS

Logic Controller 8521-LC-MT

Ethernet BIM 8521-EB-MT

Process Controller 8521-PC-MT

Hybrid Controller 8521-HC-MT

Carrier, simplex or redundant, power monitoring 8750-CA-NS

Description Code

8-channel AI, 4-20mA with HART 8101-HI-TX

8-channel DO, 20-250Vac non-isolated, module powered 8116-DO-AC

8-channel AO, with HART for 4-20mA 8102-HO-IP

8-channel DO, 2-60Vdc isolated, unpowered 8117-DO-DC

8-channel AI, 4-20mA 8103-AI-TX

8-channel DO, 20-250Vac isolated, unpowered 8118-DO-AC

8-channel AO, 4-20mA 8104-AO-IP

8-channel Voltage Input, 1-5Vdc 8119-VI-05

4-channel THC/mV input 8105-TI-TC

16-channel DI, 24Vdc non-isolated, module powered 8121-DI-DC

4-channel RTD input 8106-TI-RT

16-channel DI, 24Vdc isolated, sinking 8122-DI-DC

8-channel DI, 24Vdc isolated, sinking 8109-DI-DC

2-channel Pulse Quadrature Input 8123-PI-QU

8-channel DI, 24Vdc non-isolated, module powered 8110-DI-DC

32-channel DI, non-isolated, module-powered 8125-DI-DC

8-channel DI, 115Vac isolated, sinking 8111-DI-AC

32-channel SOE module 8127-DI-SE

8-channel DI, 115Vac non-isolated, module powered 8112-DI-AC

8-channel supervised DI 8129-IO-DC

8-channel DI, 230Vac isolated, sinking 8113-DI-AC

8-channel Isolated Universal AI 8132-AI-UN

8-channel DI, 230Vac non-isolated, module powered 8114-DI-AC

8-channel supervised AI with HART 8133-HI-TX

8-channel DO, 2-60Vdc non-isolated, module powered 8115-DO-DC


7-387


7

7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series

order Codes - 8000 i/o Carriers

order Codes - 8000 i/o Power supplies & Components

Order Codes - 8000 I/O Carrier Cables

order Codes - Field Terminals & Accessories

Description Code

8 module carrier 8707-CA-08

4 module carrier 8710-CA-04

8 module carrier, 64-address system 8709-CA-08

Description Code

8913/4 PS DIN Rail Mounting Kit 8413-FK-DN

10A 24VDC A/C Input P/S 8914-PS-AC

8913/4 PS Surface Mounting Kit 8414-FK-SU

4 to 12VDC Voltage Converter BQ2320-9R-EX2

12VDC & 5A 24VDC A/C Input P/S 8913-PS-AC 5A

Description Code

Carrier extender, right hand 8020-CE-RH

Carrier extender, left hand 8021-CE-LH

Carrier extension cable, 0.35m 8041-CC-35



Carrier extension cable, 2m 8044-CC-20

16-pin cable for 8618 (1m) 8080-FC-10

16-pin cable for 8618 (2m) 8081-FC-20

16-pin cable for 8618 (3m) 8082-FC-30

20 + 24 pin cables for 8619 (1m) 8085-FC-10



Description Code

Field terminal, non-incendive (Div 2) 8601-FT-NI

Field terminal, non-arcing (Div 2) 8610-FT-NA

Field terminal, standard 8602-FT-ST

Field terminal, non-arcing, fused (Div 2) 8611-FT-FU

Field terminal, non-incendive, fused (Div 2) 8603-FT-FU

Field terminal, 4wire (current sinking) 8615-FT-4W

Field terminal, fused 8604-FT-FU

Field Terminal, non-incendive, for 16 ch DI 8617-FT-NI

Field terminal, thermocouple 8605-FT-TC

16-pin Mass Termination Assembly (Div 2) 8618-FT-MT

Field terminal, RTD 8606-FT-RT

44-pin Mass Termination Assembly (Div 2) 8619-FT-MT

Field terminal, 8-channel with T/C 8607-FT-TC

32-channel PX/Switch FTA for 8125/7 8650-FT-PX

Field terminal, 8-channel, non-incendive 8608-FT-NI





7

7.2.8.1. Overview7.2.8.2. Ordering Table

7.2.8. GE Industrial PC

industrial PCRXi Box IPC-EP Highest Performance Industrial PC with Expandability

GE Intelligent Platforms has combined its expertise in designing high-performance embedded computing platforms with our more than 30 years of experience in industrial control to create a uniquely powerful industrial computing platform – the PACSystems RXi Box IPC-EP.

The PACSystems RXi industrial computing platform delivers compact, rugged, high performance computing capabilities to run HMI, historian, and analytics applications right at the machine, enabling improved real-time control of operations and better integration into plant-wide systems. The RXi Box IPC-EP provides the highest performance available in the RXi family with the added expandability of a PCI Express slot and CFast storage.

Specifications

Processor• Intel® Core™ 2 Duo processor, up to 2.26GHz• Intel Core i7 processor, up to 2.5GHz

memory• Up to 4 GB DDR3 - with Intel Core 2 Duo• Up to 8 GB DDR3 ECC - with Intel Core i7

non-Volatile memory• 128 kByte nv-SRAM (flat memory)• Storage for process relevant data

2.5 inch sATA interface• Optional internal 2.5” SATA hard disk or 2.5” SATA Solid State Drive (SSD) – user accessible• Usage of SSD for shock and vibration immunity as well as extended temperature applications

CFast Card slot• CFast slot with external access• CFast card, bootable• Operates in parallel with optional onboard HDD/SSD

sD Card• Internal SD Card - with Core i7

ethernet• 3 Ethernet (10, 100, 1000 Mbit) ports• 10/100/1000BaseT auto-negotiation• 2 ports (1 & 2) support Time SYNC (IEEE1588 and 802.1AS) based on Intel 82574IT

Wireless Communication• WLAN optional via internal Mini PCIe card site

Video / Graphics interface• Display Port – with Core i7 processor only• VGA Port

USB Interface• 4 USB 2.0 Standard Size ports – External• 2 USB 2.0 Standard Size ports – Internal

expansion

• Internal Mini PCIe card site (e.g. for WLAN, GPRS, etc)• 1 PCI Express x4 slot for low profile cards

LeD• Power, SATA, Eth 1, 2 & 3 (Link / Activity)• Battery Status, Over-temperature

others• Timer (IO Hub integrated): Legacy PC AT; High Precision Event Timer• Watchdog (IO Hub integrated)• Temperature sensors: Software readable (-15°C to +105°C)• Internal box temperature with status LED for over temperature• Real Time Clock: RTC 146818 compatible, Li-battery• Battery: Access of the device for exchange

Power• Input: 24V DC (±25%) with protection

environmental• Operating 0°C to +55°C• Storage 0°C to +80°C

BIOS• AMI via SPI interface

Dimensions (H x W x D)• 182 x 233 x 98 mm

mechanical• Rugged aluminium housing for optimal thermal management and durability• Protection against particles based on IP20• Flat and Slim (Book) mounting orientation options

software support• Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional (32-/64-Bit)• Linux, Kernel 2.6.32• VxWorks 6.8 with Intel Core 2 Duo processor

order Codes

Description Code

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 100GB SATA HDD, 0°C to +55°C ICRXIFC0P111A

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 30GB SSD, 0°C to +55°C ICRXIFC0E111A

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 100GB SATA HDD, Microsoft Windows 7 Professional, 0°C to +55°C

ICRXIFC7P111A

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 30GB SSD, Microsoft Windows 7 Professional, 0°C to +55°C

ICRXIFC7E111A


7-389


7

7.2.9.1. Overview7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC

Wolverine iii Rugged, field serviceable, sunlight-readable ATEX Zone 2 flat panel computer

GE Intelligent Platform’s Wolverine III is a rugged flat panel computer engineered to deliver the utmost performance, at all times, under any condition. Leveraging our considerable experience as a leading provider of rugged computing products, Wolverine III is designed specifically to withstand the rigors of deployment in harsh, hazardous (HAZLOC) applications such as oil and gas exploration and production where salt, spray, dust, shock, vibration and extremes of temperature provide the most challenging environments for computers. GE crafted Wolverine III for data gathering and the control or operation of sophisticated equipment, making it ideal forHuman Machine Interfaces (HMIs) or Operator Interfaces in Zone 2 hazardous areas.

Specifications

Display/User interface• 15” XVGA; 1024x768, 16.2M colour AMTFT LCD; sunlight readable with LED backlight• 5-wire resistive touch screen with anti-glare and scratch resistant coating• Bezel options with LED/button configurations

Viewing Area• 9” (H) x 12” (W), 15” diagonal• 229 mm x 305 mm

CPU• Soldered Intel® Core™ 2 Duo (up to 2.26GHz )

memory• Soldered non-ECC DDR3 SDRAM (up to 4GB)

Chipset• Intel® GS45 Express chipset• Intel® 82801IUX I/O Controller Hub (ICH9M SFF)

BIOS• AMI system BIOS• Supports Soft off, Wake on LAN, RTC alarm Power On• Power on after power failure

expansion slot• Express Card (33mm and 54mm modules) I/O• 4x USB 2.0 ports (1 IS port on IOP cover standard)• 4x serial ports (2x optically protected RS-232, 2xRS-232/422/485)• 2x Gigabit Ethernet ports

i/o Cover• Conduit cover with glands to seal I/O connections

storage• 1x SATA hard disk drive; field removable • 32GB solid-state hard drive (standard) • 16/64GB solid-state hard drive (optional) • 100GB rotating hard drive (optional)

system Diagnostics• Internal temperature• Accelerometer• Power-on hours

mount• Rear mount (standard)• Panel mount (optional)• Yoke mount (optional)

Power• 85W (nominal); 200W max while heating

input Voltage• 11-32 VDC or• 100-240 VAC auto-ranging, 47-63Hz

Dimensions (HxWxD)• 13.75” x 15.9” x 5.02”• 349mm x 408mm x 98mm (144mm with IOP cover)

Weight• 22.5lbs, 10.2kg

environmental• -40° to +60°C (operating)• -40° to +70°C (storage)

Shock• 40G pulse (per MIL-STD-810E)

Vibration• Hard Drive: 1G, 8 - 500Hz, 3 axes• Solid-State: 2G, 5 - 500Hz, 3 axes

O/S Compatibility• Microsoft® Windows® XP, Windows 7, Linux

Compliance• CE• ATEX Zone 2• C1D2• NEMA 4x• IP66• FCC Subpart B Class A



7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTemsstock status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

7

7.3. RTU's7.3.1. Overview

RTU - Remote Terminal UnitSixnet rugged RTUs and I/O provide a simple yet powerful means to reliably monitor and control remote sites around the clock in the harshest environments. Our compact automation systems can start small and grow as needs increase without requiring hardware replacement. “Best of both worlds” programming combines Windows ease of use with the future-proof security of an embedded Linux OS.

Features & Benefits

Rugged environmental ratings UL, CSA, CE, ABS Marine and Zone 2 rated Supports temperatures ranging from -40° to +70° C

intelligent data logging and control in one deviceCombine PLC, data logger, industrial computer and communications gateway functionality Based on non-proprietary industry standards and open Linux operating system

Programmable control flexibility C languageISaGRAF (IEC 61131-3)

Works with a variety of process quality I/O modules I/O expansionPeer-to-peer I/O transfer capability

many communication ports Open protocols enable advanced communication Modbus TCP/UDP/ASCII/RTU, IEC60870-5-101/104, DNP3, SNMP, Sixnet UDR

order Codes - VersaTRAK series

Ports On-Board I/O memory Code

eTH 232 485 Di Do Ai Ao nVRAm FLAsH DRAm

1 2 2 12 4 8 2 512K 64M 32M VT-miPm-245-D

1 2 1 12 8 6 - 512K 64M 32M VT-miPm-135-D

1 1 1 12 4 8 - 512K 32M 32M VT-iPm2m-113-D

1 1 1 12 4 8 2 512K 32M 32M VT-iPm2m-213-D

1 2 1 8 4 2 - 512K 16M 16M VT-UiPm-431-H

7-391

7.3. RTU's

7

7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit7.3.2. Software

i/o Tool KitSXTOOLS is a completely integrated suite of project-oriented tools that help you quickly and effectively view the “big picture” as you design, install and maintain your Sixnet systems. Unlike most configuration tools that view each device as stand-alone islands, SXTOOLS provides a view of the entire network of Sixnet devices both RTUs and I/O.

Features & Benefits

easily view all system elementsProjects with hundreds of stations and with tens of thousands of tags may be viewed as a complete entity. Interactions between system elements are organized for you and then documented

Easy configuration Setup wizards guide you through step-by-step configuration of Sixnet products and software features.

Data filtering and sorting Project trees enable you to view the system from multiple viewpoints, including by physical location, by logical (communications tree) connections, and by product type. Data can be filtered and sorted to let you focus on any aspect of the system at any time.

Real-Time alerts Advanced real-time error checking alerts you to potential problems as soon as they appear.

Common Feature sets

SCS (Scalable Control System) Features This feature set includes importing, tag name exporting to other applications and I/O transfers between Sixnet and Modbus devices.

Datalogging This feature set includes Sixlog datalogging, automatic host transfers and client transfers and the Datalog Server.

RTU Advanced Features Gain access to LINUX-visible features in RTU controllers, including file loading and advanced diagnostics using Telnet and/or ftp. Includes RTU Advanced Development Kit, which provides a library of functions to access the RTU I/O registers and ability to write C programs for use in your RTU controllers.


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.3. RTU's Stock Status:


7

7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit7.3.2. Software

sXTooLs-1 provides basic configuration and maintenance tools for Sixnet hardware, and is supplied at no cost. Optional feature sets are specified by simply choosing the SXTOOLS part number (see below) that includes the number of optional feature sets that you wish to purchase. When you register your software, you will be prompted to choose which feature sets you wish to activate.

order Codes

Feature sets

Description Access Code

Level 1 configure, calibrate and test Sixnet I/O and RTUs FREE Download SXTOOLS-1

Level 1 plus one optional feature set See below SXTOOLS-2

Level 1 plus two optional feature set See below SXTOOLS-3

Level 1 plus three optional feature set See below SXTOOLS-4

Level 1 plus four optional feature set See below SXTOOLS-5

Special edition I/O Tool Kit software for configuration, diagnostics, data logging, AGA, DNP-3, SCS and more (For use with VT-MIPM-135 & 245 only)

SXTOOLS-P

Capability or Feature Basic Level (FREE) Common Feature sets

sCs support Datalog iPm Advanced

Configure stations and I/O X - - -

Calibrate analog I/O X - - -

Test I/O (Read/write registers) X - - -

Load basic configuration X - - -

Export up to 32 I/O to ISaGRAF X - - -

Load custom user files X - - -

Export > I/O to ISaGRAF - X - -

Export I/O to CSV and others - X - -

Import I/O tag information - X - -

I/O transfers (peer to peer) - X - -

Complete datalog functionality - - X -

Support for C programmers - - - X

IPm I/O Database library license - - - X

order Codes - Add-on software

Description Code

AGA gas flow calculations add-on for IPm RTUs. (single copy license) Note: this option is built-in to the VT-MIPM-135 & 245, see SXTOOLS-P

SXIPM-AGA-1

DNP (Distributed Network Protocol) add-on for IPm RTUs. (single copy license) Note: this option is built-in to the VT-MIPM-135 & 245, see SXTOOLS-P

SXIPM-DNP3-1

Slave driver for IPm-based Controllers and industrial RTUs. (single copy license) SXIPM-IEC870-1

Add port forwarding to your IPm stations. (site licensed) SXIPM-PPP-1

Protect your IPm stations from unauthorized access with this firewall application. (site licensed) SXIPM-SAFE

Obtain valuable network management information from your IPm stations and read / write I/O. (site licensed) SXIPM-SNMP

7-393

7.3. RTU's Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

7

7.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open7.3.2. Software

order Codes

Description Number I/O Code

ISaGRAF Open Workbench 32 I/O SX-1131-S-32

256 I/O SX-1131-S-256

1000 I/O SX-1131-S-1K

Unlimited I/O SX-1131-S-BIG

isaGRAF openISaGRAF® is the industry standard for open automation software development. Sixnet has taken ISaGRAF to a new level by fully integrating the latest ISaGRAF technology into easy-to-use Sixnet applications tools that significantly reduce development time.

IEC 61131-3 – IEC 61499 LANGUAGES Sixnet’s ISaGRAF Open Workbench is the world’s first automation software to be compliant with IEC 61131-3 industrial standards. This leading-edge software is comprised of a powerful set of new features that promise to change the way you build your control systems. IEC 61131-3-PLC Programming Standards ISaGRAF Open Workbench is your complete tool kit for creating IEC 61131-3 programs. Its Windows interface will guide you through development of your project. Use the Workbench Simulator to test your program before startup. Then use the Workbench to dynamically view ISaGRAF programs as they run in real time and make changes on-the-fly.

Features & Benefits

Fully supports all five IEC 61131-3 programming languages• Ladder logic, function blocks, sequential function charts, structured text, and instruction lists; the familiar tools you have always used to program PLCs and process controllers.

ideal for small projects• The Sixnet ISaGRAF RTU runtime is a full suite of 61131-3 applications development tools and is included in every IPm RTU at no cost to you!

Saves time and makes your job easier• Customers have reported a 30% savings in applications development time. State-of-the-art Windows Tools• ISaGRAF Open is 32-bit software optimized for Windows XP and beyond.

The perfect upgrade path• Sixnet continues to fulfill our promise of 100% forward compatibility. Existing ISaGRAF v3 programs will run transparently in the upgraded ISaGRAF RTU runtime. A conversion utility is provided at no cost to upgrade ISAGRAF RTU programs.

one solution for all projects• The same ISaGRAF Open tools are used to develop ISaGRAF RTU – the same tools for both small and large projects – eliminating the learning curve and the burden of supporting different tools. One easy-to-use tool kit for all projects.

Dynamic Tag sharing• Tags configured in I/O Tool Kit are automatically loaded in the Workbench.



7

7.4. I/O Systems

7.4.1.1. Overview7.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series

EtherTrak 2 Series I/OSixnet’s EtherTRAK®-2 Ethernet I/O modules provide a simple and secure way to reliably monitor remote sites located in harsh environments. Offering the lowest cost per I/O point and rugged environmental ratings, EtherTRAK-2 modules are ideal for both control rooms and extreme locations across industries that include oil & gas, power & energy, transportation, mining, maritime and water/ wastewater.

Our compact DIN-rail modules support open-standard protocols to provide flexible communication options for existing or newly installed Ethernet networks. By seamlessly replacing external devices such as switches, data concentrators and protocol converters, EtherTRAK-2 modules transcend simple I/O capabilities to cost-effectively streamline systems and improve reliability.

Rugged environmental ratings UL, CSA, CE, ABS Marine and Zone 2 rated Supports temperatures ranging from -40 to 75° C

High-resolution i/o with a space saving designUp to 34 I/O channelsWeb browser-based configuration/testingUp to 1 mS I/O polling for fast updates

Networking adaptability Two Ethernet ports provide three communication modes: ring, pass-thru and two network

Industry standard protocols offer unparalleled reliability RS-485 port for polling Modbus devicesSupport for Sixnet real-time ringPeer-to-peer transfers

Hardware Features Redundant power ensures availability Self-resetting fuses prevent short circuits Hot swap capabilities reduce downtime

Real-Time Ring switch modeCreate redundant ethernet reliability without additional cost

switch elimination modeDaisy-chain modules without external switches to save money and simplify connectivity

Two Networks Modeeach ethernet port has a unique mAC and iP address for connection to two independent physical networks

7-395

7.4. I/O Systems Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

7

7.4.1.2. Ordering Tables7.4.1. i. EtherTRAK-2 Series

order Codes - standard models

order Codes - Poe models

Description Di Do Ai Ao Code

Combination I/O with one isolated input counter* 24 8 8 - e2-miX24880-D

Combination I/O with two analog outputs* 24 8 8 2 e2-miX24882-D

32 inputs (10-30 VDC) including 16 multifunction counters 32 - - - E2-32DI24-D

16 individually isolated 10-30 VAC/VDC with counters 16 - - - e2-16Di24-D

16 individually isolated 120 VAC (nominal) inputs 16 - - - E2-16DIAC-D

High density discrete outputs (0.5 Amp each, 8 Amp total) - 32 - - E2-32DO24-D

Individually isolated 1 Amp outputs with self-resetting fuses - 16 - - e2-16Do24-D

High density 16 bit 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses - - 32 - E2-32AI20M-D

Voltage inputs (other ranges available as special order) - - 32 - E2-32AI10V-D

16 channels 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses - - 16 - e2-16Ai20m-D

4-20 mA analog outputs - - - 8 e2-8Ao20m-D

16 4-20 mA analog inputs and 8 4-20 outputs - - 16 8 e2-16Ai-8Ao-D

RTD (100 Ohm platinum), -200 to 850˚C plus - - 10RTD - E2-10RTD-D

Thermocouples - - 16TC - E2-16ISOTC-D

Isolated 4-20mA inputs - - 16 - E2-16ISO20M-D

* 24 maximum DIs are listed, 8 of which can be configured as either DI or DO. The discrete outputs are protected by self resetting fuses.

Description Di Do Ai Ao Code

Combination I/O with one isolated input counter* 24 8 8 - EB-MIX24880-D

Combination I/O with two analog outputs* 24 8 8 2 EB-MIX24882-D

32 inputs (10-30 VDC) including 16 multifunction counters 32 - - - EB-32DI24-D

16 individually isolated 10-30 VAC/VDC with counters 16 - - - EB-16DI24-D

High density discrete outputs (0.5 Amp each, 8 Amp total) - 32 - - EB-32DO24-D

Individually isolated 1 Amp outputs with self-resetting fuses - 16 - - EB-16DO24-D

High density 16 bit 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses - - 32 - EB-32AI20M-D

Voltage inputs (other ranges available as special order) - - 32 - EB-32AI10V-D

16 channels 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses - - 16 - EB-16AI20M-D

4-20 mA analog outputs - - - 8 EB-8AO20M-D

16 4-20 mA analog inputs and 8 4-20 outputs - - 16 8 EB-16AI-8AO-D

RTD (100 Ohm platinum), -200 to 850˚C plus - - 10RTD - EB-10RTD-D

Thermocouples - - 16TC - EB-16ISOTC-D

Isolated 4-20mA inputs - - 16 - EB-16ISO20M-D

* 24 maximum DIs are listed, 8 of which can be configured as either DI or DO. The discrete outputs are protected by self resetting fuses.

Discount Code L7


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.4. I/O Systems Stock Status:


7

PACSystems RSTi – Distributed I/O delivers high performance and system flexibility.RSTi delivers high performance flexible I/O systems to meet diverse applications.

Powerful solution

The RSTi innovative design enables module power, communications and field power to be passed from one module to the next. Power Distribution, Power Booster and Field Power Isolation modules are available to simplify installation wiring. The RSTi compact design (99 mm high x 70 mm deep x 12mm wide for I/O) reduces panel space.

Order Codes - Network Interface Units

Description Code

PROFINET RT Network Adapter sTXPns001

PROFIBUS DP/V1 network adapter STXPBS001

DeviceNet network adapter STXDNS001

MODBUS RS-232C network adapter STXMBS001

MODBUS RS-485 network adapter STXMBS002

MODBUS/TCP network adapter STXMBE001

EtherCAT Network Adapter STXECT001

EtherNet/IP Network Adapter STXEIP001

CANopen network adapter STXCAN001

CC-link network adapter STXCCL001


7.4.2. RSTi Series For your information:QLD, SA & NT only

7-397


7

7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables7.4.2. RSTi Series

order Codes - Digital input modules

order Codes - Digital output modules

order Codes - Analog input modules

Description CodeInput module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 5VDC ST-1114Input module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 5VDC ST-1124Input module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC ST-1214Input module 8 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC sT-1218Input module 16 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC (connector type) sT-121FInput module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24V DC ST-1224Input module 8 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24VDC ST-1228Input module 16 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24VDC (connector type) ST-122FInput module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 48V DC ST-1314Input module 16 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 48VDC (connector type) ST-131FInput module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 48VDC ST-1324Input module 4 points, 110V AC (AC 85V ~ 132V) ST-1804Input module 4 points, 220V AC (AC 170V ~ 264V) ST-1904

Description CodeOutput module 4 points, TTL, 5VDC/20mA Inverting ST-2114Output module 4 points, TTL, 5VDC/20mA Non inverting ST-2124Output module 16 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.3A ST-221FOutput module 16 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.3A ST-222FOutput module 4 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.5A ST-2314Output module 8 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.5A ST-2318Output module 4 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.5A ST-2324Output module 8 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.5A ST-2328Output module 4 points, Sink, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 0.5A ST-2414Output module 4 points, Source, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 0.5A ST-2424Output module 4 points, Sink, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 2A ST-2514Output module 4 points, Source, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 2A ST-2524Output module 4 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 2A ST-2614Output module 4 points, Source, 24VDC/ 2A ST-2624Output module Isolated Relay Output 2 points, 230V AC/ 2A sT-2742Output module Isolated Relay Output 4 Points, 230V AC/ 2A sT-2744Output module Isolated Relay Output 8 Points, 230V AC/ 2A sT-2748Output module Relay Output 2 points, 230V AC/ 2A, Manual ST-2792Output module Triac Output 2 points, 12V ~ 125VAC/ 0.5A ST-2852

Description CodeAnalog input module 4 Channels, 0~20mA, 12-bit ST-3114Analog input module 8 Channels, 0~20mA, 12bit ST-3118Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~20mA, 14-bit ST-3134Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit ST-3214Analog input module 8 Channels, 4~20mA, 12bit sT-3218Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 14-bit sT-3234Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit, Sensor Connect ST-3274Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12-bit ST-3424Analog input module 8 Channels, 0~10V, 12bit sT-3428Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 14-bit sT-3444Analog input module 4 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 12-bit ST-3524Analog input module 4 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 14-bit ST-3544Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 12-bit ST-3624Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 14-bit ST-3644Analog input module 2 Channels, RTD ST-3702Analog input module 4 Channels, RTD Connector Type ST-3704Analog input module 8 Channels, RTD Connector Type ST-3708Analog input module 2 Channels, Thermocouple ST-3802Analog input module 4 Channels, Thermocouple Connector Type ST-3804Analog input module 8 Channels, Thermocouple Connector Type ST-3808



7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.4. I/O Systems Stock Status:


7


order Codes - PiD Loop Controller modules

Order Codes - Serial Interface Modules (ASCII)

order Codes - Analog output modules


Description Code

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, RTD, Temp. Control, SSR Out ST-3714

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, RTD, Temp. Control, Current Out ST-3734

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, TC, Temp. Control, SSR Out (DeviceNet Only) ST-3814

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, TC, Temp. Control, Current Out (DeviceNet Only) ST-3834

Description Code

Serial Interface module RS-232C, 1 Channel ST-5211

Serial Interface module RS-232C, 2 Channels ST-5212

Serial Interface module RS-422, 1 Channel ST-5221

Serial Interface module RS-485, 1 Channel ST-5231

Serial Interface module RS-485, 2 Channels ST-5232

Serial Interface module RS-232 , 2 Channels,32 Bytes, ST-5252

Serial Interface module RS-485, 2 Channels,32 Bytes, ST-5272

Description Code

Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~20mA, 12-bit ST-4112

Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~20mA,, 12bit ST-4114

Analog output module 2 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit sT-4212

Analog output module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12bit sT-4214

Analog output module 4 Channels, 4-20mA, 12bit, Sensor Connect ST-4274

Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12-bit ST-4422

Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12bit ST-4424

Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12bit, Sensor Connect ST-4474

Analog output module 1 Channel, 0~10V, 12bit, Manual type ST-4491

Analog output module 2 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 12-bit ST-4522

Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 12-bit ST-4622

Analog output module 1 Channel, 0~1 A, 12bit ST-4911

Description Code

High Speed Counter module, 1 Channel, 5VDC 1.5MHz ST-5101

High Speed Counter module, 1 Channel, 24VDC 1.5MHz sT-5111

High Speed Counter module, 2 Channels, 24VDC, 100Khz sT-5112

High Speed Counter module, 4 Channel, 24VDC, 50Khz sT-5114

SSI Interface module 1 CH; 62.5K, 100K, 125K,250K,500K,1M,2Mbps ST-5351

PWM Out module, 2A/24V, Source, 2 Channels 2.5Khz ST-5422

2 Channels, PWM Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 2.5Khz ST-5442

PWM Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 4 Channels, 2.5Khz ST-5444

1 Channel, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 20Khz ST-5641

2 Channels, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 20Khz ST-5642

1 Channel, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/5V (RS422), 20Khz ST-5651


7-399


7


Accessories



order Codes - system modules

Description CodeEnd Module, 7pcs (End module ships with Network Interface) STXACC004

Removable Terminal Block, 9pcs (Modules ship with terminal block except connector style.) STXRTB009Marker with numbers 100pcs STXACC001Blank markers 100pcs STXACC002

Description Code24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points STXPBS03224VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points STXPBS13224VDC Negative Logic output, 32 points STXPBS23224VDC Positive Logic output, 32 points STXPBS332Relay output, 16 points STXPBS016Relay output, 16 points, isolated STXPBS11616 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 24VDC Positive Logic output STXPBS43216 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 24VDC Negative Logic output STXPBS53216 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 relay output STXPBS82416 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 relay output STXPBS92416 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 isolated relay output STXPBS82516 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 isolated relay output STXPBS925

Description Code24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points STXDNS03224VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points STXDNS13224VDC Negative Logic output, 32 points STXDNS23224VDC Positive Logic output, 32 points STXDNS332Relay output, 16 points STXDNS016Relay output, 16 points, isolated STXDNS11616 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 24VDC Positive Logic output STXDNS43216 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 24VDC Negative Logic output STXDNS53216 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 relay output STXDNS82416 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 relay output STXDNS92416 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 isolated relay output STXDNS82516 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 isolated relay output STXDNS92524VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points STXDNS03224VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points STXDNS132

Description CodeExtension IO, Master (Tx). Up to 3 master/slave combinations supported. Maximum 300 meters. Only one slave supported per master module.

ST-5725

Extension IO, Slave (Rx). Each Slave requires a Master module. ST-5726Shield termination module, 8 points, 10A No LED ST-70080VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A ST-71085VDC bus booster, 24VDC in ST-711124VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A ST-71180VDC and 24VDC 4 points distribution module for field devices ST-7188Isolated Field Power Distribution, 5 VDC, 24VDC, 48VDC, 120/240VAC 10 Amp no LED status ST-7241Shield termination module, 8 points, 10A, ID type with LED (ID type uses module address) ST-74080VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A with LED (ID type uses module address) ST-75085VDC bus booster, 24VDC in with LED ID type (ID type uses module address) ST-751124VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A ID type with status LEDs (ID type uses module address)

ST-7518

0VDC and 24VDC 4 points distribution module for field devices ID type with status LEDs (ID type uses module address)

ST-7588

Isolated Field Distributor 5 VDC, 24VDC, 48VDC, 120/240VAC, 10 amp with LED status ID type (IDtype uses module address)

ST-7641

(Modules with ID type occupy 1 of the 32 available module ID addresses and will appear in the hardware configuration. The modules without ID support will not occupy a module address and will not appear in the hardware configuration.)




7

7.5.1.1 Overview

7.5. Data Logger7.5.1. Modular Controller Series

multi-zone process control with dedicated PiD modules.

Data acquisition system with built-in SCADA functionality.

Data logging capabilities

Integrated protocol converter has them all talking.

The Series is comprised of a master module and up to 16 PID modules. With two PID loops per module, a single master can accommodate up to 32 loops, saving space and greatly reducing total comms scan time compared to discrete node solutions. The master communicates PID module data to the external PC, PLC, or DCS simply by selecting and downloading the proper device driver, allowing the Modular Controller to communicate in your device’s native language. Drag and drop controller data to PLC registers in seconds using point-and-click data mapping from the extensive menu of built-in serial and Ethernet drivers. It’s complete integration - without writing a single rung of tedious PLC code.

Red Lion’s Modular Controller Series is the industry’s only data-acquisition system with built-in SCADA-like functionality.

allow users to collect PID loop or performance data, display and store it on compact flash for evaluation either live or remotely. And instead of using expensive third-party software to poll and store the data on a PC, values are stored in CSV (comma separated variable) files that can be opened with commercial applications such as Microsoft Excel.

The Master’s integrated serial and Ethernet ports provide the function of a gateway, and with its built in communications drivers, it also serves as a protocol converter. Imagine, any devices you connect to the Master can communicate with each other, can have their data logged, and are remotely accessible via Ethernet.

Communicate with up to five different types of serial devices simultaneously. Access, monitor and control these devices from across your network or around the globe.

Intermittent Remote PC:– Customer Support– Uploading/Downloading– Performance Monitoring

Communicate/controlmultiple devices:– PLCs– PCs– Drives– PID controllers...and more

Remote PC:– “Virtual Panel”– Operation– Monitoring– Data Logging– Analysis

10 Base T/100 Base-TX Ethernet

Red Lion ModularControl Series

Device #1

Device #2Device #3

Device #4

Device #5

USB Connection– Rapid Uploading/Downloading

Compact Flash Card– Trending– Data Logging– Non-Volatile Parameter Storage

With its onboard CompactFlash card, the Master can store any or all data in CSV format, allowing common office applications such as MS Excel to open and chart the data. With its built-in web server, you have remote access to the data files, as well as an innovative “virtual HMI”. Create intuitive user interface screens as if an HMI were connected, and control the process from any networked PC with a standard Internet browser. Monitor 16 modules with up to 14 points each—224 I/O with a single master. Mix and match analog or digital; even dedicated PID modules.

7-401

7.5. Data Logger Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

7

7.5.1.1 Overview7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables

7.5.1. Modular Controller Series

Built-in web server offers remote access and control.

• Provides Enhanced Features for Data Acquisition or Multi-zone PID Control Applications • Webserver Provides Worldwide Access to Data Logs and Virtual HMI (SX, GT & ZR) • Virtual HMI Offers Built-in PC-based SCADA Functionality (SX, GT & ZR) • Performs Hierarchical Control of Other Modules in the Modular Controller Series • Stores Module Configuration Information and Automatically Reprograms Replaced Modules • Extensive Built-in Driver List Allows Easy Data Mapping to PLCs, PCs, and SCADA Systems • Independent Serial Ports Provide Virtually Unlimited Integration Methods • 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet Connection Provides Networking Capability • Supports up to 16 Modular Controller Series Modules • CompactFlash® Slot Allows Process Data to be Logged Directly to CSV Files (SX, GT & ZR)• Syncs Data Logs to FTP Servers and Microsoft SQL Server® (ZR)

The Modular Controller’s web server not only provides a means of accessing data log files, it also allows remote viewing and control from anywhere in the world. During configuration, you can program a web-based HMI to be accessed via any Internet browser, negating the need for expensive SCADA software. Plus, the web-based HMI offers all of the features you’d expect in a real HMI, such as password protection to prevent entry by unauthorized users. The Modular Controller can also store and serve custom web pages, meaning you can tailor the interface to your exact process requirements.



Master Module Modular Controller Master, Comms, Ethernet CsmsTRV2

Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to QVGA (320 x 240) size and expansion slot.

CsmsTRsX

Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to VGA (640 x 480) size and expansion slot with increased SDRAM.

CsmsTRGT

Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to XGA (1024 x 768) size and expansion slot with increased SDRAM.

CsmsTRZR

Communications Cables (3m)

RS232 Programming Cable CBLPROG0

USB Programming Cable CBLUSB00

Communications Cables * CBLxxxxx

Communication option cards (1 per master module)

CANopen option card XCCn0000

DeviceNet option card XCDn0000

PROFIBUS option card XCPBDP00

Additional RS232/485 option card XCRs0000

Additional 10/100 Base-T Ethernet option card XCeneT00

GSM/GPRS Cellular Modem Option Card XCGsm000

*Contact Customer Service

Discount Code L3

Web-based HMI

CsmsTRGT

CsmsTRV2

CsmsTRV2 CsmsTRsX CsmsTRGT CsmsTRZR

module to device communication

Protocol conversion

Data logging

Web server 320x240 Quarter VGA 640x480 Full VGA 1024x768 XGA

email & sms

master modulesFour models to choose from


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o sysTems7.5. Data Logger Stock Status:


7

7.5.1. Modular Controller Series7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables

High Density Temperature & Analog input modules

Digital i/o modules

• Dedicated high density temperature input modules for the Modular Controller series • Models available for thermocouple or RTD inputs • Thermocouple input version provides independent type selection for each input • Full isolated design offers 1 kV isolation between channels (CSTC8ISO only) • Unused inputs can be disabled to increase overall reading rate • Ideal for data-acquisition applications

• Adds remote I/O capability to the Modular Controller series • Eight input, six output digital module • Inputs isolated from outputs • Inputs independently switch selectable for sink or source signals • Inputs independently configurable for high or low active state • Inputs independently switch selectable for high or low frequency signals




Temperature Input Modules – T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N & C-TYPE Thermocouples RTD types 385,392,672,428

8 Channel Thermocouple Module CsTC8000

8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module Csini800

8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module, 100-Point Linearizer CSINI8L0

8 Channel ±10 V Input Module CSINV800

8 Channel ±10 V Input Module, 100-Point Linearizer CSINV8L0

6 Channel RTD Module CsRTD600

8 Channel Thermocouple Module, Isolated CSTC8IS0


Digital I/O Modules Eight Inputs, Six Relay Outputs CsDio14R

Eight Inputs, Six Solid State Outputs CSDIO14S

Discount Code L3

PiD Control modules• Dedicated single and dual PID modules for the Modular Controller series • Hot-swappable replacement reduces downtime • Auto addressing minimizes configuration time • Fully isolated design provides reliable operation • PID control with reduced overshoot • Universal inputs accept TC, RTD, 0-10 v and 0/4-20 mA signals • On demand auto-tuning of PID settings • DC analog output (optional, CSPID1 only) • Heater current input (optional) ensures detection of heater circuit failure



PID Modules - Universal Inputs accept TC, RTD, 0-10 V & 0/4-20 mA Signals

Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs CsPiD1R0

Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Analog Output CsPiD1RA

Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Heater Current Input CSPID1RM

Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs CSPID1S0

Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Analog Output CSPID1SA

Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Heater Current Input CSPID1SM

Single Loop Module, Triac Outputs, Analog Output CSPID1TA

Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs CsPiD2R0

Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Heater Current Input CSPID2RM

Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs CSPID2S0

Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Heater Current Input CSPID2SM

Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs CSPID2T0

Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs, Heater Current Input CSPID2TM

CsPiD1R0 & CsPiD2R0

CsTC8000 & Csini800

CsDio14R

7-403

7.5. Data Logger Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

7

7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables7.5.1. Modular Controller Series

Analog output modules

Load Cell PiD Control modules

Accessories

• High Density Analog Output Module for the Modular Controller Series • Available Outputs include 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, ±10 VDC, and 0/4-20 mA DC • Outputs are Isolated from each other and from the Backplane • Outputs are Software Configured and Fully Scalable

• Strain Gage Module for the Modular Controller Series • Hot-swappable Replacement Reduces Downtime • Auto Addressing Minimizes Configuration Time • PID Control with Reduced Overshoot • Load Cell, Pressure and Torque Bridge Inputs • Software Selectable Low Level Inputs (20 mV, 33 mV or 200 mV Full Scale) • Software Selectable 5 VDC or 10 VDC Bridge Excitation • Digital Tare (re-zero), Batch Totalizer, and Peak/Valley (max/min) Recording • On Demand Auto-tuning of PID Settings • DC Analog Output




Analog Output Module 4-Channel Analog Output Module CsoUT400


Load Cell PID Control Modules

Single Loop, One SG Input, Relay Outputs, Analog Out CssG10RA

Single Loop, One SG Input, Solid State Outputs, Analog Out CSSG10SA

Single Loop, Two SG Inputs, Relay Outputs, Analog Out CSSG11RA

Single Loop, Two SG Inputs, Solid State Outputs, Analog Out CSSG11SA


Accessories DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adaptor DRRJ45T8

DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adaptor DRRJ11T6

1Gb Compact Flash Card G3CF001G

2Gb Compact Flash Card G3CF002G

Rail Stops (Qty 2) RsRsTP00

Replacement Base CSBASE00

Replacement Termination Plug CsTeRm00

Replacement Rubber End Cap for Master Module CSBUNG00

Communications Cables to Serial 3rd Party Devices (3m) CBLxxxxx

5dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card ANT5DB5M

7dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card ANT7DB5M

* Contact Customer Service

Discount Code L3

DRRJ45T8

CssG10RA

CsoUT400


8.1.1.1. XXX8.1.1. XXX


Discount Code C9

8

8. OperatOr Interfaces

sectIOn 8

8-405

OperatOr Interfaces

8. OperatOr Interfaces 8-4048.1. red Lion 8-406

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview 8-4068.1.2. Graphite Series 8-4108.1.3. G3 Series 8-4128.1.4. G3 Kadet Series 8-4148.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software 8-416

8.2. panasonic 8-4178.2.1. GT Series 8-4178.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software 8-421

8.3. Ge Intelligent platforms 8-4228.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View 8-4228.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View 8-4238.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View 8-4248.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software 8-425


8. OperatOr Interfaces8.1. Red Lion

8

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview8.1. Red Lion

G3 & Graphite series - advanced Operator Interface panels

new Graphite features include:

• Sleek indoor and outdoor displays • Rugged cast-aluminium housing• Flexible plug-in modules• Easy protocol conversion• Real-time data logging• Remote monitoring and control • SD card slot• -20 to +60 degrees operation temperature

Graphite & G3 features include:

• Protocol converter supports over 250 different industrial protocols• Data logging• Web and FTP Server for remote access• Minimum three serial ports (expandable)• USB synchronization of database and log files• 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet ports• Memory card support slot for database/recipe storage and collection of logged data• Crimson® software included

connect, monitor & control...anywhere, anytime.

From factories to extreme remote locations, Red Lion’s HMI solutions allow customers to easily connect, monitor and control their processes across a broad range of industries that include manufacturing, oil and gas and water/wastewater. Our new Graphite series provides the industry’s first rugged HMI solution to combine a wide range of flexible plug-in modules with protocol conversion, data logging and web-based monitoring and control. Available in eight different models with sizes ranging from 7” to 15”, Graphite’s sleek bezels provide a relatively large displaygiven their overall dimension.

Graphite series

G3 series

8-407

8.1. Red Lion

8

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview

Graphite series plug-In Modules

GMp1 / GMp2single and Dual Loop pID control Modules• PID control with reduced overshoot• Universal inputs accept B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S, and T type thermocouples, 100 ohm 385/392 and 120 ohm 672 type RTDs 0-10V and 0/4-20mA signals• Fully isolated design provides reliable operation• On demand auto-tuning of PID settings• Discrete outputs available in relay, triac or SSR• DC analog output (optional, CSPID1 only)• Heater current input (optional) ensures detection of heater circuit failure

GMtc8 / GMrtD6thermocouple and rtD modules• Models available for thermocouple or RTD inputs• Unused inputs can be disabled to increase overall reading rate• Programmable slope and offset correction to remove sensor error• Ideal for data-acquisition applications

GMInI8 / GMInV8, GMInI8L / GMInV8LDedicated High-Density analog Input Modules• Accept up to eight ±10V or 0/4-20 mA inputs per module• Ideal for data-acquisition applications

GMDIO14Digital I/O Module with Logic engine• 8 input / 6 output digital module• Inputs isolated from outputs• Inputs independently switch selectable for sink or source signals• Relay or solid state output models available

Red Lion’s G3 & Graphite Series is not only the first to communicate with a minimum of 13 devices simultaneously, but lets you access, monitor and control these devices remotely—from across your network or around the globe.

GMOUtanalog Output Module• Four isolated analog outputs• Can be individually configured and scaled to generate output ranges of 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 0 to 20 mA, or 4-20 mA

GMUIn4Universal analog Input Module• 4 universal inputs• Accepts thermocouples, RTDs, 0/4-20 mA and +/- 10 VDC• Offers complete isolation: inputs, power and core• Ideal for data- acquisition applications

new communication modules coming soon.



8


the only HMI that web-enables any device for remote operation across your Lan or the Internet.

protocol conversion

• Converts over 250 major industrial protocols • Gateway from any protocol to another• Drag-and-drop data mapping via Crimson• Easily manage multi-vendor environments

communicate.

Communicating with over 250 different protocols, the Red Lion HMIs are the most powerful communications platform available today. Red Lion HMIs easily manage multi-vendor devices and provide the ability to web- and network-enable these different hardware types via the most on-board comms and integrated Ethernet. Choose the best-in-class PLC, drives, PCs, PID controllers, etc. from your vendor of choice and control them all from a single point—the Red Lion HMI will make sure they communicate seamlessly with each other. All connected devices come to life—even serial devices become rejuvenated providing information over Ethernet.

• One RS-422/485 port and two RS-232 ports are standard on all models• Dual Ethernet port provides communications separately to the factory floor and enterprise• Simultaneous communication with a minimum of 13 different protocols (expandable)• Optional expansion cards to add either two serial ports, DeviceNet, CANopen, J1939, PROFIBUS DP or a cellular modem

Data Logging

• Acquire data at user-defined rates from any or all connected devices into a single file• Data stored in open CSV file format (Excel compatible) • Collect, store, display data• Email or FTP logged files

Multi-vendor device environments with different protocols communicate seamlessly with red Lion HMIs.

8-409

8.1. Red Lion

8


collect.

With the installed CompactFlash® card, USB port and web/FTP upload connectivity, data acquisition and transfer capabilities are endless with the Red Lion HMIs. Data can be acquired from any or all connected devices and compiled into a single CSV-formatted file, where it can be stored, displayed, emailed or uploaded to an FTP or posted to custom web pages. The built-in web server can be used to expose system data via a standard web browser, allowing remote access to diagnostic information or to the values recorded by the data logger.

• Log tags at user-programmable rates with automatic time/date stamp• Download, upload and remotely access recipes, data and configuration files from the CF card or a USB drive; load database/configuration updates without a PC• Automatically synchronize logged data between the HMI and remote FTP site• Upload data values to your custom web page• Create batch logs or record data from each batch run separately for each plant shift• Store security logs to capture user ID when performing tasks and capture alarm event data• Create customized data screens accessible by password to privately provide selected data for users

connect.

The ability to monitor only or securely facilitate full control from your remote computer or web-enabled mobile phones and devices is standard.

• Standard web browsers provide remote virtual display and control with screens identical to those on the HMI• GSM cellular modem option card lets the HMI dial out with text msg or email alerts/alarms to staff facilitating remote connectivity virtually anywhere• Browse data or screens, extract or view files from the CompactFlash® card, or change the program remotely• Use pass-through programming for connected devices that don’t typically allow remote programming

Web serving

• Web- and network-enable any and all connected devices• Auto-uploads data to FTP, web pages and/or dashboards • Display same as panel, just tags or custom pages

remote access

• Securely monitor, access or control all system functions • Upload/download databases, recipes or log files• Email or text message alarm and event notifications• Pass-through programming to other devices


8. OperatOr Interfaces8.1. Red Lion Stock Status:


Discount Code L3

8

Order codes - I/O Modules

Description code

Module, single PID, relay and analog outputs GMp1ra00

Module, single PID, relay outputs, heater current monitor GMP1RM00

Module, single PID, SSR and analog outputs GMP1SA00

Module, single PID, SSR outputs, heater current monitor GMP1SM00

Module, single PID, relay outputs GMp2r000

Module, single PID, relay and heater current monitor outputs GMP2RM00

Module, single PID, SSR outputs GMP2S000

Module, single PID, SSR and heater current monitor outputs GMP2SM00

Module, Digital I/O, 8 inputs and 6 relays outputs GMDIOr00

Module, Digital I/O, 8 inputs and 6 solid state outputs GMDIOS00

Module, 4 universal inputs GMUIn400

Module, 4 analog outputs GMOUt400

Module, 8 DC current inputs GMInI800

Module, 8 DC voltage inputs GMInV800

Module, 8 thermocouple inputs GMtc8000

Module, 6 RTD inputs GMrtD600

Graphite series

code G07c0000 G07s0000 G09c0000 G09C1000 G10c0000 G10C1000 G10R0000 G10R1000 G10s0000 G10S1000 G12c0000 G12C1100 G15c0000 G15C1100

Display type 7" LCD, WVGA, TFT,16M Colour (Widescreen)

7" LCD, WVGA, TFT,16M Colour (Widescreen)


9” LCD, WVGA, TFT16M Colour (Widescreen)

10” LCD, VGA, TFT, 16M Colour

10” LCD, High Res SVGA, TFT, 16M Colour


12” LCD, WXGA, TFT,16M Colour (Widescreen)

15” LCD, XGA, TFT,16M Colour

sunlight readable No Yes No No No No Yes No No

resolution 800 x 480 pixels 800 x 480 pixels 800 x 480 pixels 800 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 800 x 600 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 1280 x 800 pixels 1024 X 768 pixels

comms ports Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485 Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485 Fully Isolated, two RS-232 &

one RS-422/485

Fully Isolated, two RS-232 &

one RS-422/485


one RS-422/485

ethernet 10 Base-T /100 Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

sD card slot Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

UsB Device and UsB Host USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host

power supply 24 VDC +/-20% 24 VDC +/-20%

Dimensions 196 x 140 mm 196 x 140 mm 256 x 164 mm 256 x 164 mm 275 x 218 mm 275 x 218 mm 275 x 218 mm 307 x 208 mm 356 x 281 mm

protocol conversion Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Data Logging User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format

User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format

Web/ftp server Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population

Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population

software Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included

Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included

Module slots 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8

ratings NEMA 4X/IP66 NEMA 4X/IP66

temperature -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

8.1.2. Graphite Series

8-411

8.1. Red Lion Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

8

accessories

Description code

RS232 Programming Cable (3m) cBLprOG0

USB Programming Cable (3m) cBLUsB00

Communications Cables to 3rd Party Products (3m)* cBLxxxxx

1Gb CompactFlash Card G3cf001G


DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DrrJ45t8

DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DrrJ11t6

Protective films for the G07 Series HMI (10 / pack) G0fILM07





Adapter Panel G306 To Graphite G07 G3aD0607







code G07c0000 G07s0000 G09c0000 G09C1000 G10c0000 G10C1000 G10R0000 G10R1000 G10s0000 G10S1000 G12c0000 G12C1100 G15c0000 G15C1100

Display type 7" LCD, WVGA, TFT,16M Colour (Widescreen)



9” LCD, WVGA, TFT16M Colour (Widescreen)


10” LCD, High Res SVGA, TFT, 16M Colour


12” LCD, WXGA, TFT,16M Colour (Widescreen)

15” LCD, XGA, TFT,16M Colour

sunlight readable No Yes No No No No Yes No No

resolution 800 x 480 pixels 800 x 480 pixels 800 x 480 pixels 800 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 800 x 600 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 1280 x 800 pixels 1024 X 768 pixels

comms ports Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485 Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485 Fully Isolated, two RS-232 &

one RS-422/485


one RS-422/485


one RS-422/485

ethernet 10 Base-T /100 Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T / 100Base-TX


Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

sD card slot Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

UsB Device and UsB Host USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host


Dimensions 196 x 140 mm 196 x 140 mm 256 x 164 mm 256 x 164 mm 275 x 218 mm 275 x 218 mm 275 x 218 mm 307 x 208 mm 356 x 281 mm

protocol conversion Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes







Module slots 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8


temperature -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

8.1.2. Graphite Series


8. OperatOr Interfaces8.1. Red Lion Stock Status:


Discount Code L3

8

8.1.3. G3 Series

G3 series. the best valued, full-featured HMIs.

accessories

Description code

RS232 Programming Cable (3m) cBLprOG0

USB Programming Cable (3m) cBLUsB00

Communications Cables to 3rd Party Products (3m)* cBLxxxxx

Secondary Ethernet Option Card G3enet00

CANopen option card for G3 Series HMI G3cn0000

DeviceNet option card for G3 Series HMI G3Dn0000

PROFIBUS option card for G3 Series HMI G3pBDp00

RS232/485 option card for G3 Series HMI G3rs0000

GSM/GPRS Modem Option Card G3GsM000

5dB Panel Mount Antenna 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card ant5DB5M

7dB Panel Mount Antenna 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card ant7DB5M


code G303M000 G303s000 G306a000 G306M000 G306Ms00 G308a210 G308A230 G308c100 G310c210 G310C230 G310R210 G310R230 G310s210 G310S230 G315c210 G315C230

Display type 3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with

yellow backlight

3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with

yellow backlight

5.7" TFT Active Matrix, 256-colour QVGA display

5.7” TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model

5.7" TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model

8.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA

7.5" TFT 32K-colour

VGA

10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA 10.4” TFT 32K-colour SVGA 10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA 32K Colour XGA LCD display

32K Colour XGA LCD display

sunlight readable G303S Only G303S Only G306MS Only G306MS Only G306MS Only No No G310S Only G310S Only G310S Only No

Keypad Programmable 32-key membrane

Programmable 32-key membrane

Programmable 5-key membrane Programmable 5-key membrane



Programmable 7-key

membrane





resolution 128 x 64 pixels 128 x 64 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 800 x 600 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 1024 X 768 pixels

comms ports Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C)

Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C)

Two RS-232, two RS-422/485 (expandable) Isolated ports

ethernet 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX


Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX


Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

compactflash slot Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

UsB Device and UsB Host USB Device Only USB Device Only USB Device Only USB Device Only USB Device Only Yes USB Device Only

Yes Yes Yes Yes


Dimensions 148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm 148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm 179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm 179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm 179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm 207.8 x 262 x 73 mm 207.8 x 262 x 63 mm

241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm 241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm 241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm 330.2 x 406.4 x 71.5 mm

protocol conversion Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes





software Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, G306A supports 4000+ graphics library as well


Optional cards CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem


8-413


Discount Code L3

8

8.1.3. G3 Series

code G303M000 G303s000 G306a000 G306M000 G306Ms00 G308a210 G308A230 G308c100 G310c210 G310C230 G310R210 G310R230 G310s210 G310S230 G315c210 G315C230

Display type 3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with

yellow backlight

3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with

yellow backlight

5.7" TFT Active Matrix, 256-colour QVGA display

5.7” TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model

5.7" TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model

8.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA

7.5" TFT 32K-colour

VGA

10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA 10.4” TFT 32K-colour SVGA 10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA 32K Colour XGA LCD display

32K Colour XGA LCD display

sunlight readable G303S Only G303S Only G306MS Only G306MS Only G306MS Only No No G310S Only G310S Only G310S Only No

Keypad Programmable 32-key membrane


Programmable 5-key membrane Programmable 5-key membrane



Programmable 7-key

membrane





resolution 128 x 64 pixels 128 x 64 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 800 x 600 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 1024 X 768 pixels

comms ports Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C)

Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C)

Two RS-232, two RS-422/485 (expandable) Isolated ports

ethernet 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T / 100Base-TX


Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T /

100Base-TX

Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX


Dual10Base-T /

100Base-TX

compactflash slot Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

UsB Device and UsB Host USB Device Only USB Device Only USB Device Only USB Device Only USB Device Only Yes USB Device Only

Yes Yes Yes Yes


Dimensions 148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm 148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm 179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm 179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm 179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm 207.8 x 262 x 73 mm 207.8 x 262 x 63 mm

241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm 241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm 241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm 330.2 x 406.4 x 71.5 mm

protocol conversion Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes





software Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, G306A supports 4000+ graphics library as well


Optional cards CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem


accessories continued

Description code







DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DrrJ45t8

DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DrrJ11t6

G306A Backlight Replacement G3Br06a0

G308A Backlight Replacement G3Br08a0

G310C Backlight Replacement G3Br10c1

G310S Backlight Replacement G3Br10s1



8

8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series

touchscreen HMIs that strike the perfect balance of advanced features and value.

The right fit for many applications.

Value other HMIs can’t touch.

The G3 Kadet Series offers a host of functional interface and connectivity features for applications where protocol conversion and simple touchscreen capabilities are needed. Based on the G3 Series with many of the same capabilities, the G3 Kadet offers far more features than conventional HMIs, providing an advanced interface that is ideal for OEMs, both discrete and process machinery.

Available in 4” (4.3”) and 7” models, the G3 Kadet Series offers the same protocol conversion benefits as the original G3. The capabilities of the G3 Kadet Series include multiple serial ports, drag-and-drop configuration via Crimson software, port sharing capabilities and an integrated Ethernet port which allows simultaneous communications with up to seven device types including PLCs, PCs, drives, bar scanners and many more. As with the G3 Series of HMIs, theseKadet models support over 250 different protocols.

The 4.3” G3 Kadet was designed for applications in which available mounting space is at a premium. The G304K2 features a bright TFT display with 32K colour support and a resolution of 480 x 272. Communication is made easy with two serial ports; one capable of RS-232 and the other RS-232/RS-485/RS-422 as well as a 10 Base-T/100-Base TX Ethernet port which supports up to 4 protocols simultaneously.

Need all the capabilities, but a larger display? Our 7” G3 Kadet is the perfect solution. With three serial ports and an Ethernet port, G307K2 can connect to multiple serial and Ethernet devices simultaneously, including PLCs, motor drives, bar code scanners and more. The display is a bright TFT with 32K colour support and a resolution of 800 x 480.The G3 Kadet Series touchscreens offer a host of innovative features and capabilities that you will not find on other HMIs even at twice the price.

the G3 Kadet HMI series: impressive

features and value for OeMs

and machine control.

G304K 4.3" Operator Interface touchscreen

G307K 7" Operator Interface touchscreen

G3 Kadet G3 HMI

rs-232 port

rs-485/422 port

ethernet

crimson programmed

c-type User programming

protocol converter

flash® programming

UsB program Download

Keypads

Log Data

ftp

Web server

expansion cards

G3 Kadet series

8-415


Discount Code L3

8

8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series

G3 Kadet series HMIsBorn from the G3 Series, the value of the G3 Kadet is unrivaled. G3 Kadet HMIs are perfect for many applications that don’t require data logging, yet offer the high performance and features of the G3 Series.

code G304K200 G307K200

Display type 4.3” TFT 32K-colour 7” TFT 32K-colour

sunlight readable N/A

Keypad Touchscreen only

resolution 480 x 272 pixels 800 x 480 pixels

comms ports One RS-232, one RS-232/422/485 One RS-232, two RS-232/422/485

ethernet 10 Base-T 100 Base-TX

compactflash slot No No

UsB Device and UsB Host No No

power supply 24 VDC +/-20%

Dimensions 102 x 128 x 38 mm 146 x 200 x 43 mm

protocol conversion Yes Yes

Data Logging N/A

Web/ftp server N/A


Optional cards N/A

ratings NEMA 4/IP65

Certifications UL Listed

G3 Kadet. essential features. exceptional value.

accessories

Description code

USB Programming Kit for G307K2 cBLUsB7K

Serial Programming Cable for G307K2 cBLprO7K

G306K to G307K, Converter board cBLaDK76

USB Programming Kit for G304K2 cBLUsB4K

Serial Programming Cable for G304K2 cBLprO4K

Communications Adaptors* cBLaDKXX*

Communications Cables* cBLxxxxx*

Protective films for the G404K (10 / pack) G3fILM4K

Protective films for the G407K (10 / pack) G3fILM7K




8

8.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software

crimson 3.0 the best interface software just got better.Configure.red Lion crimson software gives users unprecedented operator interface configuration and control.

Red Lion’s powerful and universal Crimson 3.0 software is a remarkable programming platform that gives the G3 Series a number of exclusive functions. And unlike competitive HMIs that charge you extra for cumbersome proprietary software, with Crimson the set up of even sophisticated applications— configuring communications protocols, defining data tags and creating a user interface—is easier and virtually self-explanatory.

Here are just a few of the exclusive features and capabilities included with crimson:

• An extensive library of point-and-click device drivers to quickly establish communications between the G3 and any device• Built-in gateway and protocol converter to Ethernet-enable any connected device• Multi-lingual capability with support for thousands of characters used in formats like Cyrillic or Thai that lets OEMs use a single database for global markets• Complete library of over 5,000 industrial graphics in over 60 different categories• Built-in emulator to test user interface, data logging and even the web server• Full-featured C-type syntax programming environment to extend capabilities and use advanced math, local variables, pass parameters, calls, return values and more• Flexible, direct access to many internal G3 Series features such as: read/write to the CompactFlash® card, manage serial ports, create TCP/IP connections to extract data from web sites or create custom interfaces to unique products

Best of all, Crimson is included. As are software updates, support, cabling instructions and communication drivers. In fact, if a specific device driver does not exist, contact us regarding your requirements. Free online updates allow you to keep your version of Crimson current with the most up-to-date features. New updates include enhanced functionality, product support, drivers and firmware.

Choose from over 200 drivers or request a custom file, all free.

Over 5000 graphics make configuring your application quick and easy.

C-type syntax programming provides

maximum control.

8-417

8

8.2. Panasonic8.2.1. GT Series

three-colour LeD backlights allows for checking machine status at a glance

The monochrome display (except GT32M) has a three-colour LED backlight. It allows operators to check the equipment status at a glance by changing the background colour. Example: green under normal conditions, orange during operation, and red in emergency situations.

Highly flexible screen design

GT series displays use an analog-touch panel where locations of parts and characters can be adjusted in increments of one dot. The adoption of the Windows font has widened the character size selection (10 to 240 dots), making the screen design more flexible.

Multiple Gt displays can be connected to our fp series pLc. Gt02/Gt05/Gt12/Gt32) Gt link function

Up to 32 GT displays can be connected to one PLC unit without communication programs. The same screen operation is possible at a conveyor line or other remote locations, and the number of PLC units can be reduced, cutting the production process costs.

connectivity with multiple pLcs

Up to 31 PLC units can be connected to one GT unit. Progress in multiple production lines can be centrally monitored and controlled via one GT unit.

enhanced security with password protection (Gt02/Gt05/Gt12/Gt32)

Password-protection and operation security functions protect the data asset in the display unit and control the authorization for operation.

password-protection function

The screen data upload operation can be restricted by using passwords to protect the data asset in the display unit.

Operation security function

Up to 64 operators can set individual passwords, and up to 16 levels of restrictions can be set on displays and operations for each part. The registered users and passwords can be changed on the display panel.

High-efficiency operation with USB/“through” function

This function allows operators to simultaneously carry out the transfer of screen data of a GT series display and the debugging of our FP series PLC connected to the display. The GT32T1 supports Ethernet connection, which allows the “through” function to be controlled from a remote location.

portrait display ideal for narrow spaces (Gt02/Gt12)

The unit can display screens in landscape or portrait orientation and can therefore be installed in narrow spaces, expanding system design possibilities and contributing to size reduction. The portrait display is also ideal for slim equipment without enough space to install a display.

panasonic Gt series Overview

sHarp IMaGeWItH reMarKaBLe fUnctIOnaLIty


8. OperatOr Interfaces8.2. Panasonic Stock Status:


Discount Code C9

8

8.2.1. GT Series

Gt02

Gt03-e

product name LcD power supply

communication port colour of front panel

sD Memory card slot

code

GT02G STN monochrome LCD (green/orange/red backlight)

5 V DC RS232C Pure black Not available aIG02GQ02D

RS422 / RS485 Pure black AIG02GQ04D

24 V DC RS232C Pure black aIG02GQ12D


RS232C Pure black Available aIG02GQ22D


product name LcD power supply

communication port

colour of front panel

sD Memory card slot

code

GT03M-E TFT Monochrome LCD 24 V DC RS232C Silver None aIG03MQ03De

RS422 / RS485 Silver None AIG03MQ05DE

GT03T-E TFT Colour LCD 24 V DC RS232C Silver Available AIG03TQ13DE

RS422 / RS485 Silver Available AIG03TQ15DE

Description code

Battery AFPX-BATT

Waterproof packing (Pack of 10) AIG03810E

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M AIGT8192 N

GTWIN Software AIGT8001V2

Description code

GT Cable to tools port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH including 5V power line, 4-CORE, MINI-DIN, 2M aIGt8142 n

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M aIGt8192 n


Order codes

Order codes

accessories

accessories

• 3.8’’ STN monochrome display • Resolution: 240x96 dots • Degree of protection: IP67 • Mini USB interface • SD/SDHC memory card slot for cards up to 32GB, class10. (GT02MQ2/GQ2) • Dimensions: 112 x 74 x 27mm • Graph, recipe and flow display functions • Through function for simultaneous debugging of the GT and PLC • GT link function - up to 32 Panasonic HMIs can be connected to one PLC • Multiple PLCs - up to 31 Panasonic PLCs can be connected to one HMI • Data logging function • Isolated power supply for enhanced reliability

• 3.5-inchTFT monochrome or 4096-colour display • Resolution: 320x240 dots • USB Programming Interface • SD memory card slot (Colour model only) • Dimensions: 98 x 86 x 28mm • Sunlight readable display with anti-glare coating and resistant to UV Rays• IP67 rating from the front panel • Wide operating Temperature range -20 to +55 Degrees C• Through-function for simultaneous debugging of the GT and PLC

8-419

8.2. Panasonic Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C9

8

8.2.1. GT Series

Gt12

product name

LcD power supply

communication port colour of front panel

sD Memory card slot

code

GT12M STN monochrome LCD (white/pink/red backlight)

24 V DC RS232C Pure black Available aIG12MQ12D

RS422 / RS485 Pure black Available AIG12MQ14D

GT12G STN monochrome LCD (green/orange/red backlight)

24 V DC RS232C Pure black Available aIG12GQ12D

RS422 / RS485 Pure black Available aIG12GQ14D

Order codes

• 4.6-inch STN monochrome/8-bit gray scale display • Resolution: 320x120 dots • IP67 • Mini USB interface • SD memory card slot (16 GB max.) • Dimensions: 146 x 74 x 30 mm • Graph, recipe and flow display function • Through function for simultaneous debugging of theGT and PLC • GT link function - up to 32 Panasonic HMIs can be connected to one PLC • Multiple PLCs - up to 31 Panasonic PLCs can be connected to one HMI • Numerous 3D objects for a realistic appearance • Isolated power supply for enhanced reliability

Description code

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M aIGt8192 n


accessories


8. OperatOr Interfaces8.2. Panasonic Stock Status:


Discount Code C9

8

8.2.1. GT Series

Gt32

product name

LcD power supply

communication port


sD Memory card slot

code

GT32M STN monochrome LCD 24 V DC RS232C Pure black Available aIG32MQ02D

RS422 / RS485 Pure black Available AIG32MQ04D

GT32TO TFT colour LCD 24 V DC RS232C Pure black Available aIG32tQ02D

RS422 / RS485 Pure black Available AIG32TQ04D

GT32T1 TFT colour LCD 24 V DC RS232C Pure black Available AIG32TQ12D

RS422 / RS485 Pure black Available AIG32TQ14D

product name

LcD power supply

communication port


sD Memory card slot

code

GT32M-E TFT monochrome LCD 24 V DC RS232C Silver Available aIG32MQ03De

RS422 / RS485 Silver Available AIG32MQ05DE

GT32T0-E TFT colour LCD 24 V DC RS232C Silver Available aIG32tQ03De

RS422 / RS485 Silver Available AIG32TQ05DE

Order codes Gt32

Order codes Gt32 tough series (Outdoor rated)

• STN monochrome or 4096-colour TFT display • CFL backlight • Resolution: 320 x 240 dots • USB interface • SD memory card slot (16GB max.) • Ethernet and sound output (only GT32T1) • Dimensions: 163.2 x 128.8 x 39.1 mm • Graph, recipe and flow display function • Through-function for simultaneous debugging of GT and PLC • Superior visibility even in sunlight• Wide range of operating temperature that covers outdoor use • UV Resistant, Anti-glare front panel (Outdoor Series)

Description code

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M AIGT8192 N


accessories

8-421

8.2. Panasonic Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

Discount Code C9

8

Gt WIn - screen creation tool for the Gt series

Just drag-and-drop your original parts to be registered.You can also register your preset original parts easily by drag-and- drop operations.

User-friendly interface makes screen creation easier.

simply drag-and-drop parts.You can easily create screens by just dragging parts from the library and dropping them anywhere you want.

4,096 colours 3D design buttons (for Gt05s, Gt32tand Gt32t-e)3D design buttons with higher visibility and operability are available.

More user-friendly parts librariesIn the previous version, the required parts library had to be selected from the menu every time it was needed. The new version displays a list of parts libraries, making them more user-friendly. You can also freely set the parts library window size.

Description code


Order code

8.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software


8. OperatOr Interfacesstock status:normally stocked /Not normally stocked

for your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

8

8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms8.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View

Loaded Quickpanel View

features:

• Connectivity: Serial, Ethernet and Fieldbus networks• View and VB Scripting• Compact Flash• Document Viewers (doc, xls, pdf)• Historian Collector• WebPublishing• ViewandIntegratedControl

IC754V*L06MTD IC754V*L06CTD IC754V*F08CTD Ic754V*f12ctD Ic754V*f15ctD

Display

type 6” Mono 6” Colour-TFT 8” Colour-TFT 12” Colour-TFT 15” Colour-TFT

resolution 320 x 240 pixels 800 x 600 pixels 1024 x 768 pixels

size 5.7” (Diagonal) 8.5” (Diagonal) 12.1” (Diagonal) 15.1” (Diagonal)

Memory

flash 32 MB 64 MB

DraM 32 MB 64 MB

expandable To 64 MB or 96 MB To 96 MB or 128 MB

communications

serial: com #1 RS232/RS485

serial: com #2 RS232

ethernet Lan #1 10/100 Mbps

ethernet Lan #2 None 10/100 Mbps

comm. expansion (View) GE Genius, Data Highway Plus, DeviceNet Slave, and PROFIBUS Slave

UsB V1.1 Compatible

compact flash One, Type 2

environmental

Operating temperature -10 to 60 Deg C (14 to 140 Deg F)

0 to 60 Deg C(32 to 140 Deg F)


agencies UL - Class 1 Div 2 (A, B, C, D), ATEX - Class 1 Zone 2, CE Mark

environmental NEMA 4/4x

panel cut-Out (W x H x D) 158 mm x 126 mm x 70 mm 228 mm x 186 mm x 77 mm 302 mm x 228 mm x 60 mm 379 mm x 305 mm x 71 mm

power requirements 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts 12 VDC @ +/- 20% or 24 VDC @ +/- 20% 48 Watts

* S = Standard overlay, B = Blank overlay, G = GE overlay, K = Kit

8-423

8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked

For your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

8

8.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View

Intermediate Quickpanel View

features:

• Connectivity: Serial, Ethernet and Fieldbus networks• View and VB Scripting • Compact Flash Card • Historian Collector• ExpandableMemory • WebPublishing

IC754V*I06MTD IC754V*I06STD IC754V*I08CTD IC754V*I12MTD Ic754V*I12ctD

Display

type 6” Mono 6” Colour-STN 8” Colour-TFT 12” Mono 12” Colour-TFT

resolution 320 x 240 pixels 800 x 600 pixels

size 5.7” (Diagonal) 8.5” (Diagonal) 12.1” (Diagonal)

Memory

flash 32 MB

DraM 32 MB

expandable To 64 MB or 96 MB

communications


serial: com #2 None

ethernet Lan #1 10/100 Mbps

ethernet Lan #2 None

comm. expansion (View) GE Genius, Data Highway Plus, DeviceNet Slave, and PROFIBUS Slave

UsB None

compact flash One, Type 2

environmental






panel cut-Out (W x H x D) 158 mm x 126 mm x 70 mm 228 mm x 186 mm x 77 mm 302 mm x 228 mm x 60 mm

power requirements 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts 12 VDC @ +/- 20% or 24 VDC @ +/- 20% 48 Watts



8. OperatOr Interfaces8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms Stock Status:



8

8.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View

Basic Quickpanel View

features:

• SerialInterfacetoPLC • ViewScripting• ViewFunctionality

IC754V*B06MTD IC754V*B06CTD

Display

type 6” Mono 6” Colour-TFT

resolution 320 x 240 pixels

size 5.7” (Diagonal)

Memory

flash 16 MB

DraM 16 MB

expandable No

communications


serial: com #2 None

ethernet Lan #1 Download only

ethernet Lan #2 None

comm. expansion (View) None

UsB None

compact flash None

environmental




panel cut-Out (W x H x D) 158 mm x 126 mm x 52 mm

power requirements 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 9 Watts


8-425

8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms Stock Status:Normally stocked /Not normally stocked


8

8.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software

Proficy Machine Edition

GE’s Proficy View – Machine Edition is an automation software breakthrough for HMI programming in an integrated development environment. The intuitive and comprehensive interface speeds development and reduces costs.

the Quickpanel View family

The QuickPanel View bundled visualization solution provides the tools required for today’s application needs with a combination of bright touch screen displays, multiple communications options, and Proficy* View – Machine Edition software.

Information DeliveryActing as the bridge between the enterprise system and the plant floor, QuickPanel View provides information, not just data, that the operators need to run the machines, and that management needs to run their business. The QuickPanel View is a critical link to a well-integrated manufacturing operation.• BuiltonMicrosoftWindowsCE operating system• Built-inwebserveraccessesdataand panels using any standard browser

scalableAs your information requirements grow, so will your hardware needs. QuickPanel View products are exceedingly scalable to grow with your needs.• Broadrangeofdisplaysizes from 6” to 15”• ChoiceofMonochrome,Color-STN, or Color-TFT display• Expandablememoryand communications options• Easyconfigurationallowsyoutorunthe same program on different size models

seamless connectivityAs your need to monitor and collect data grows, you may need to connect to a wide variety of devices. Unless your operator interface has seamless connectivity, you may face delays and headaches. That is why QuickPanel View comes standard with a large number of built-in drivers to connect with the world of automation devices, making it easy to connect to anything.• Communicationdriversoverserial and Ethernet• Communicationoverfieldbusand vendor specific networks through the addition of a communication expansion card

Other advantagesWe invite you to explore the advantages of QuickPanel View.• Cost-effectivereplacementfor push buttons and pilot lights• Datacollection,trending,system security and other functions• Multi-languagesupport• Migration of applications developed with QuickDesigner*• AdherencetoglobalstandardsUL, ATEX, CE

* note: refer to page 7-384 & 7-385 for Ordering tables


9.1.1.1. XXX9.1.1. XXX

Section Guide OverviewFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

9. Software SolutionS

Section 9

9-427

Software SolutionS

9. Software SolutionS 9-4269.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY 9-4289.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX 9-4309.3. Proficy Change Management 9-4329.4. Proficy Historian 9-4349.5. Proficy Historian Analysis 9-4369.6. Proficy Vision 9-4389.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal 9-4409.8. Proficy Troubleshooter 9-4429.9. Proficy Cause+ 9-4439.10. Proficy Plant Applications 9-4449.11. Proficy Workflow 9-4459.12. Proficy Open Enterprise 9-4469.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway 9-4479.14. Proficy Process Systems 9-448



for your information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY

Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY

Connecting at Every Level

CIMPLICITY is one of the most powerful and technically advanced HMI/SCADA products on the market today. With over 100,000 implementations, our customers have proven that it can solve the toughest supervisory monitoring and control needs. Whether discrete, process, or just plain system monitoring, it’s open, flexible, and easy to use design means that it will save you money upon implementation and reduce your operational and maintenance costs as well.

CIMPLICITY integrates with the complete Proficy family of software products providing you a single solution from the plant floor to the enterprise level. GE Intelligent Platforms also understands that you cannot afford to “rip and replace” your existing systems, so it has designed CIMPLICITY with an open architecture to enable it to mesh seamlessly with your existing systems as well.

Historian

CIMPLICITY now uses Historian as its default logging destination. Historian provides superior performance for the storage and retrieval of your process and production information. CIMPLICITY still supports logging to SQL and Oracle, and in fact, supports logging to both Historian and these traditional destinations at the same time, putting the decision of moving your systems forward in your hands, and at your pace.

Control engineers will enjoy reduced development costs, lower project life cycle costs, and faster and easier application development. For the plant manager, CIMPLICITY provides reliable, real-time information about your plant and process to help you make more productive decisions. For IT/MIS professionals, CIMPLICITY provides a powerful connection that seamlessly integrates operational and IT systems, allowing you to better manage your infrastructure while increasing your return on investment.

Change Management

Unique to the industry, GE Intelligent Platforms has integrated its Change Management product with CIMPLICITY to increase the security of your system and provide you with revision control of your projects. Now you can check out and check in files, roll back to known configuration, and track who has made what changes to the system. Change Management also provides you with powerful disaster recovery capabilities allowing you to restore your system to a known working point in the event of a computer failure.

Portal

GE Intelligent Platforms Portal product provides the ability to perform analysis on the data that your HMI/SCADA systems generate. Enhancements have been made that now allow you to host Portal screens within your CIMPLICITY screens, or CIMPLICITY screens within your Portal screens.

9-429

9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITYFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

True Client/Server Architecture Advanced Technology Protects Your Investment

CIMPLICITY provides a faster and easier way to implement, maintain and grow your automation system with a true client/server architecture. Comprised of two main components, high performance servers and flexible viewers, this efficient architecture is scalable from a single-node HMI to a multi-node, networked system.

You can start small, and then easily add servers and viewers without having to replicate your point database from node to node. This significantly reduces the time and effort required to implement and maintain a system.

CIMPLICITY Servers collect and distribute your system data. They seamlessly share data while providing users with a real- time view of the processes being monitored.

CIMPLICITY Viewers allow users to view and interact with the data distributed by the server, plus perform control actions.

CIMPLICITY Thin Clients (WebView and Terminal Services) allow users to access screens and information without the need for installing CIMPLICITY on their computers.

CIMPLICITY is one of the most technologically advanced, open-systems-designed HMI/SCADA products available today. Many of the true client/server, multi-tasking, multi-user design principles incorporated into the product can be traced back to its earliest origins as a VMS and UNIX based product. While many of the competitive products on the market grew out of the single user DOS world, and still have inherent design restrictions in them because of that past, CIMPLICITY was designed from the ground up to operate in complex, multi-user facilities. From a technology position, CIMPLICITY holds a spot that many competitors are trying to aspire to still today. CIMPLICITY’s advanced technology means your investment will serve you well today, and well into the future.

Benefits of CIMPLICITY’s Client/Server Architecture

• 100% data integrity• Complete scaleability for easy system expansion• Lower maintenance costs• Real-time data for viewers




9

9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX

Proficy HMI/SCADA - iFIX

A market-leading supervisory monitoring and control solution that leverages advanced technologies, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX provides a window into your total operations cycle enabling faster, better business decisions for high performance.

Features

• Flexibility of connecting and presenting data • Scalability from isolated sensor to company-wide-integration • Reliable information analysis • Real-time data management • Adherence to compliance standards

Make faster, better business decisions by collecting, analyzing and sharing critical production data across your enterprise. As the level of competition increases in your market, so does the need to continually reduce operating costs and improve production processes wherever possible. Success depends greatly on your ability to access, understand and utilize the volumes of crucial automation information being generated throughout your operation every day.

Many of the largest and most successful companies around the world rely on GE’s Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX for the comprehensive monitoring, analysis, control and distribution of their plant-wide data. With applications in industries including pharmaceuticals, biotech, consumer packaged goods, food and beverage, oil and gas, water, waste water, power and others, Proficy HMI/ SCADA-iFIX is the right HMI or SCADA solution for your automation environment.

With the power of leading technologies and patented techniques, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX is the ultimate tool for visualization, automation and in delivering analytics to drive the lowest possible total cost of ownership.

Extensive Functionality

• Windows 2000/XP/2003/Vista based• SQL/ODBC interfaces for easy integration with relational databases• Advanced visualization (HMI)• Math, Logic and Supervisory control (SCADA)• User and role based node or domain linked security• Real-time and historical trending• Manual data collection and data management• Advanced alarming and alarm management• High performance and secure networking• Wizards maximize development productivity• Discovery and Automatic Configuration Tools• Graphic Dynamo Management• Recipe Handling• Run-time and remote configuration• Active X controls for database connectivity (VisiconX)• Time and event scheduling• Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications Integration (VBA)

9-431

9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIXFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX

Comprehensive Monitoring and Control

GE’s Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX is a robust HMI/SCADA solution, providing process visualization, data acquisition, analytics and supervisory control of your process. Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX gives you the power and security to precisely monitor and control every aspect of your process, as well as your equipment and resources, resulting in faster response to production or process issues; less waste, improved quality, faster time-to-market with new products, and increased profitability.

Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX, with its scan based architecture, is an extremely well suited application for process environments, with functionality to excel in water/wastewater, oil and gas, and regulated industries, particularly those under the FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11 rule.

Ease and Flexibility

With its extensive library of intuitive graphical tools, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX enables users to be “up and running” quickly and easily, building a powerful window into their automation system.

Whether you’re implementing a single, stand-alone Human Machine Interface (HMI), or a highly complex, multi-node, multi-site Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX offers the functionality you need to quickly develop an application of any type and size. And because it’s designed with an extremely flexible architecture, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX gives you the power to meet your current application needs, while easily expanding your system as your business requirements grow.

Distributed Network Architecture

Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX’s fully distributed, client/server architecture provides maximum flexibility when designing a system. Deployment possibilities range from a single computer running Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX in a stand-alone HMI application to a large, networked system with many distributed servers and clients.

Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX System ArchitectureProficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX allows tremendous network configuration flexibility, using a combination of SCADA Servers, or even existing iFIX nodes and clients.

iClient

iClient is the standard GE thick client. It serves as a traditional PC-based client that is installed on the hard disk and accesses data from a local or remote computer. All applications can be run on iClient, including real-time graphics, trending, alarming and reporting. Plus, users can perform development online from each client, including building graphics and adding tags to local or distributed servers.

iClientTS

iClientTS is a thin-client and web solution that makes use of Microsoft Terminal Server technology and provides the full capabilities of a standard iClient. From any iClientTS station, users have complete access to all networked Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX SCADA Servers – making full use of iClient technology, ActiveX controls and VBA and third party content.

Proficy Real-Time Information Portal

Proficy Real-Time Information Portal is another Proficy thin client solution for distributing information to many users.With Proficy Real-Time Information Portal, HMI/ SCADA-iFIX graphics are converted and published to a web server. Then, from a web browser, pages are animated with realtime data from SCADA Servers.

Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX Architecture Advantage

The Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX distributed, client/server architecture incorporates any combination of distributed servers (SCADA Servers) and distributed clients (iClient, iClientTS, and/or iWebServer). To users, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX appears as a single, high-performance integrated system.




9

9.3. Proficy Change Management

Proficy Change Management

Safe, Secure, Flexible & Automatic

Proficy Change Management is powerful software that enables your team to manage, store and retreive your automation systems software, configuration, code and plant floor documentation easily. Proficy Change Management has powerful capabilities including user based security, version control, audit trails, e-signatures, central storage, automated & manual backup and recovery for any file, configuration or code base.

Proficy Change Management offers an automated way to help your organization assess, monitor, manage, control and lower project costs as well as ongoing maintenance costs. In addition, by providing traceability, notification of changes and regulatory compliance, it drives increased efficiency of your personnel, and as a result, your productivity.

Proficy Change Management is pre-configured to support a variety of commonly used software and devices in the industrial environment, including GE Intelligent Platforms, Rockwell, Schneider, Siemens and many more. It can also manage any file type such as documents, spreadsheets, drawings and more with our easy-to-use Wizard for a complete plant or factory asset management system.

Proficy Change Management is used for a wide variety of applications such as:

Quality - Ensure that your process is using the most recent set points in your SCADA or PLC control programs to ensure the product will meet the expectations of the customer. Setup notification within Proficy Change Management to keep quality in check.

Safety - Changes at the control level can affect workers safety. With Proficy Change Management, the software can evaluate for the existence of dated code and any unauthorized PLC forces so you know about potential safety issues before they occur!

Compliance - Proficy Change Management helps you meet change control compliance regulations whether they be government mandated (NERC, CIP, 21 CFR Part 11) or internal policy regulations.

Disaster Recovery - Proficy Change Management drives accountability, uptime and machine efficiency by ensuring the latest backups are stored.

Process Improvement - Proficy Change Management enables your six sigma and lean teams to baseline the current state of the machine control configuration and code easier and quicker by facilitating on demand backups prior to kaizens and quickly reverting back if necessary.

9-433

9.3. Proficy Change ManagementFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

Proficy Change Management

Version Control ensures that only one person at a time is making changes to the system and archives the versions once those changes are made-providing the ability to revert to a previous version.

Security enables you to monitor and control who has access to what function-reducing the number of errors that occur due to unauthorized access. It also enables you to set up a permission hierarchy by roles, which eliminates the need to establish permissions for every employee.

Audit Trails and Reports allow you to track what has been happening with programs and devices in your plant, automatically providing the “who, what, when, where and why” information of events taking place throughout your operation.

Automated Scheduling, Notification and Reporting allows you to check the integrity of what is happening on a regularly scheduled basis. It automatically reviews server files and compares them to what is running, providing notification of any discrepancies through regular automated reporting.

Electronic Signatures enable you to gain additional control over changes in your plant by allowing you to enforce authorization to make changes to your devices and projects. This functionality can help you meet regulations such as 21 CFR Part 11 or NERC and improve your Good Manufacturing Practice.

HTML Interface & Plant Layout allows you to customize the end-user interface to match your plant’s needs. This powerful point-and-click interface makes accessing projects and devices as easy as surfing the net, helping simplify the interface for your end users, thus reducing errors and the need for training.

Extensive Product Support. Proficy Change Management is pre-configured to support a variety of commonly used software and devices in the industrial environment, including GE Intelligent Platforms, Rockwell, Schneider, Siemens and many more. It can also manage any file type such as documents, spreadsheets, drawings and more with our easy-to-use Wizard for a complete plant or factory asset management system.

Built Into GE Intelligent Platforms Proficy HMI/SCADA. Because the client is built right into the CIMPLICITY Workbench and the iFIX workspace, you can now manage your HMI/SCADA application quickly and easily. Check out picture files, screens files, or other components, compare versions of screens or configurations, or compare entire projects.




9

9.4. Proficy Historian

Proficy Historian

At the core of GE’s Proficy software platform, Proficy Historian provides a high-performance foundation for enterprise-class solutions.

Proficy Historian from GE Intelligent Platforms is a powerful enterprise-wide data historian that collects, archives, and distributes tremendous volumes of production information at extremely high speeds.

Increase Your Process Visibility

Built specifically for the acquisition, storage and retrieval of industrial process informaion, Proficy Historian improves visibility, provides context to raw data, and aggregates islands of information–resulting in better and faster decisions, increased productivity and reduced costs across your enterprise.

Proficy Historian offers unique capabilities and benefits for a sustainable competitive advantage:

• Built-in Data Collection• Fast Read/Write Performance Speeds• High Data Compression• Quick Time to Value• Enhanced Data Security• Robust Redundancy for High Availability • Open & Layered Integration

Improve Processes Across Your Business

Proficy Historian ties together islands of automation information without compromising data resolution. It enables an integrated view of your entire operations with accurate, real-time information and instant access to historical data.

With Proficy Historian, you can compare past production runs, analyze the data prior to a downtime event, and plot ideal production runs against in-process runs. You can easily generate reports and share information across your enterprise using standard web browser tools.

note:This data represents a specific test on 400,000 samples logged to a standard RDB and Proficy Historian. Results will vary depending on the raw data set used and the RDB schema employed.

Faster Speeds

In contrast to the modest performance of relational databases for large data sets or associated periods of time, Proficy Historian provides much faster read/write performance and “down to the millisecond” resolution for true real-time data.

Proficy Historian is built to store, and more importantly, retrieve production/process data in the way you need it. Its aggregation and retrieval methods would be difficult in other database technologies. This capability enables better responsiveness by quickly providing the granularity of data needed to analyze and solve intense process applications.

High Data Compression

Proficy Historian comprises powerful compression algorithms, which enable you to store years of data easily and securely online-enhancing performance, reducing maintenance and lowering costs. For example, you can configure Proficy Historian without the active maintenance and back-up routines that a relational database requires. Archives can be automatically created, backed up, and purged—enabling extended use without the need for a database administrator.

Enhanced Data Security

Less vulnerable to attacks from hackers and viruses such as SQL injection (or SQL insertion), Proficy Historian is designed to enforce higher standards of data security. It does not allow insert, update, or deletion of data through standard interfaces, and you can implement security for historians at the functional group or down at the tag level—a task that would be exceedingly difficult with an Relational Database.

Proficy Historian tracks many of these changes by default and helps address strict regulatory requirements such as the FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11 through features such as electronic signatures.

With no compression at all, Proficy Historian offers much higher disk space efficiency than an RDB. When using a 1% dead band compression, it delivers even greater efficiency for enhanced performance and reduced maintenance.

9-435

9.4. Proficy HistorianFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

Proficy Historian

Robust Redundancy for High Availability

Proficy Historian offers clustering at the data store much like a relational database, as well as another level of redundancy at the collector function. If there are mission- critical data collection points, the collectors themselves can be configured in a redundant fashion.

The solution also addresses network and server disruptions through a “store and forward” capability, which buffers data at the collector should a disruption occur. The buffers are eventually uploaded when the server comes back online with automatic reconnection—ensuring no data loss.

Open & Layered Philosophy

Proficy’s open and layered approach provides an advantage—enabling interoperability with third-party solutions for faster time to value. There’s no need for expensive interfaces and customized code.

Proficy Historian can layer on many different manufacturers’ controls and HMI/ SCADA platforms, and can even support embedded applications—unlocking value and providing the foundation toward a full operations management solution.

With Proficy Historian, you have access to an extensive portfolio of performance and execution applications:

• Advanced visualization and powerful analytical tools• Broad range of industry and application specific solutions• Seamless integration with the full Proficy platform to truly empower the enterprise




9

9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis

Proficy Historian Analysis

Businesses face challenges every day for profitability in a competitive world. What happens in the deep recesses of the data collected within these businesses captures valuable insight that can help your business work more efficiently. But data is sometimes hard to get to and when it can be obtained, it is hard to turn into a story that results in actionable information.

With GE’s Proficy Historian Analysis solution, a web-based analysis tool, you can get data directly from Proficy Historian and make sense of this data to enable process improvements. With easy search and trending capabilities, users can find process tags quickly and easily and bring those tags together within simple-to-use trends that help discover the causes of process upsets that lead to inefficiencies.

Features

• Data trending capability• Proficy Historian integration• Flexible reporting• Web-based application• Collaboration (share reports and trends) • Personalization (Favorites)• Search capability

Benefits

• Time savings with quick and easy setup• Better accessibility to data with easy-to-find tags for analysis• Faster responsiveness with quick discovery of causes for process inefficiencies and upsets• Smarter decisions with data available from anywhere with web access• Increased collaboration of information between users and shifts

Integration with Proficy Historian

Proficy Historian Analysis offers best-in-class direct connection to Proficy Historian, allowing quick time to value and the opportunity to capitalize on the full potential of your historical data.

Facilitated Team Collaboration

Reports can be generated and emailed to users, informing them of issues or areas to focus on. Additionally, reports can be turned into templates and trends saved to enable sharing between users as they log into the system.

For example, an engineer on Shift1 may notice unusual behavior in a process using a trend of key process data. That engineer can save the trends in a public “favorites” folder and inform other team members of the data so they can perform additional analysis. Additionally, the most used trends and reports can be saved by each user so as they start each day, the analysis they use the most is always in front of them.

Web-based Accessibility

Providing convenience and ease of use, Proficy Historian Analysis is web-based so the client can be used wherever there is Internet access, enabling you to troubleshoot processes flexibly and making it easy to collaborate within a plant or around the world.

Ease of Configuration

You can quickly get the application configured against Proficy Historian and see live data out of the box with minimal configuration.

Process Improvements

Designed to turn your historical data into information you can act on to improve your processes, Proficy Historian Analysis helps you visualize and troubleshoot processes through powerful analytical capabilities. Gain maximum value from your data today with Proficy Historian Analysis to drive continuous process improvements for a longterm competitive advantage.

Easy Tag Search and Trending

Proficy Historian Analysis enables you to easily find the needed tags for analysis and create trends to show how the process behaves. You can search to find tags and drag them onto the trend, drop multiple tags on a trend chart, and display multiple trend charts at one time. The solution also allows you to change the look and feel of the trend charts and change the time range to easily view various trends.

Robust Reporting Capability

With Proficy Historian Analysis, you can generate reports that capture trends for a specific period of time once analysis is complete. The reports can be saved as templates to be used at regular intervals. Once run, these report instances can be shared with team members to show areas of concern for the process that may require additional analysis.

9-437

9.5. Proficy Historian AnalysisFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

Proficy Historian Analysis




9

9.6. Proficy Vision

Proficy Vision

Proficy Vision introduces a new and unique paradigm for navigating your operations, enabling you to take equipment centric, product centric and people centric views of your world. It’s like a map and compass on your operations that delivers realtime operational intelligence,helping you make sense of a complex world.

Benefits

• Better, faster decision making through increased operational visibility• Increased convenience with any time, anywhere web access• Faster responsiveness to issues and problems• Less training, saving time and costs• Improved enterprisewide collaboration and communication

Success for manufacturing and infrastructure businesses increasingly relies on broad, secure access to cross-enterprise information. Only with timely and relevant insights can businesses truly optimize operational performance. Yet disparate systems, limited resources, and multiple roles and responsibilities often create silos of information that limit visibility and make collaboration and driving operational improvements difficult.

Visualization software that delivers an operations view

GE’s Proficy Vision software is a powerful operational dashboard that brings together webbased content from the Proficy Portfolio and third-party web displays into one environment. It aggregates and organises content in the context of your plant structure, enabling users to have their web-enabled content side by side in the same application and allowing them to see the information they need to get their job done.

The software offers a single place to display both structured data (ERP, EAM, MES, SCADA, etc.) and unstructured data (social business, spreadsheets, news feeds, etc.) for a convenient one-stop view.

Providing relevant and cross-enterprise insights, Proficy Vision aggregates disparate interfaces and information with a unified context for better, faster decisions. It delivers a role-specific user interface for maximum efficiency, allowing users to anticipate, collaborate and orchestrate responses to dynamic operational conditions with greater agility and precision.

Web-Based Access

The application can be used wherever there is internet access, making it easy to collaborate around the plant or around the world.

Organised Displays

Users can organise content the way they want, whether that means tying content to a piece of equipment or within a specific area of the facility putting the data they need at their fingertips when they need it.

Structured Navigation

In runtime view, users can navigate through their displays in a virtual environment and see the content at each level of the model as they navigate. They can navigate to the areas where they have responsibility and get to the applications and displays they need when they need them. The data is structured so that all of your views and relevant displays are associated to the appropriate equipment.

9-439

9.6. Proficy VisionFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

Proficy Vision

Content Mashup

Users can take multiple screens from multiple applications and consolidate them in one view, breaking down the silos of systems and data for greater efficiency. For instance, a user could have content from Proficy Plant Applications, Proficy Workflow, Proficy HMI/SCADA, and an ERP System on one display instead of going to multiple windows to get that information.

Role-Based Access

This feature allows users to see what they need based on their login credentials. For instance, a user may only be able to see a certain portion of the model and only certain displays at that level. An operator may only see displays for specific assets they are responsible for, while a manager may have access to all displays for a facility. There is no need to have multiple products for operators and for executives, as Proficy Vision allows you to support all your roles from your operator to your CEO in one location.

Integrated Workflow

Users have access to an integrated Workflow solution that allows them to view and interact with content, and also provides the ability within the same environment to address standard operating procedures.

Monitoring processes and acting on alarms and procedures in one environment delivers a powerful advantage that drives operational improvements.

Your work instructions and the context around those instructions are presented to the user in one operational dashboard.

Personalization (Favorites)

The dynamic environment of Proficy Vision provides the adhoc capability to host content from disparate sources and customize the layout using multiple screens. Users can save their layouts as “favorites” to easily view or manipulate their most important information without having to rebuild consolidated views.

Your Operational Dashboard

As businesses must do more with fewer resources to succeed in today’s competitive environment, Proficy Vision provides a powerful single view of your web-enabled content. The capability to easily see content in the context of your plant structure allows users to see information that’s relevant to them where and when they need it. It helps bridge information gaps and increases operational visibility across the enterprise for better, faster decisions that drive improved operational performance.




9

9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal


Delivering information through a common web client and reporting environment, Proficy Real-Time Information Portal provides comprehensive visibility into your plant floor operations.

Features

• Connectivity across Proficy software solutions and third-party applications • Interactive analysis of real-time and historical data sources • Easy web-based configuration by users without programming• Personalized and role-based navigation• Suitable across broad applications

Proficy Real-Time Information Portal is GE Intelligent Platforms’ real-time manufacturing intelligence application, allowing you to gain business insight from all of your plant data in real time. This powerful application is an incredible resource for your business, providing visibility into plant floor operations. As a result, it enables real-time decision support and continuous process improvement, and enhances the return on your current and future IT investments.

Proficy Portal provides a web-based solution that integrates all of your online and process based systems with plant-wide connectivity, analysis, and visualization components.

This application provides a common web client and reporting environment for a fully integrated solution that maximizes the value of your other GE applications, as well as the data and content from your legacy and third- party systems. By applying sophisticated trending, graphical presentation, and statistical analysis to all of your online data, Proficy Portal provides unique organization-wide views and insight into how your plant is operating, and how to improve it.

Proficy Portal provides advanced analysis, reporting, and visualization capabilities. As the web client for the entire GE product family as well as other third-party plant systems, Proficy Portal brings together all of your process and on-line data. It presents and analyzes data so that decisions can be made in real time, based on all the information available.

For the first time, users throughout your facility and throughout the world now have access to production data how and when they need it all at the click of a mouse. Proficy Portal provides this connectivity to your plant data with a robust set of analysis and visualization components all in a personalized web environment that was developed specifically to meet your industry’s strict requirements.

9-441

9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information PortalFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9


Time-based Data Analysis

Proficy Portal provides interactive analysis of real-time and historical data sources through trend charts, grids and data links. This provides users with insight into the operation of their plant for making crucial improvements to quality and efficiency.

• Connect and interact with plant-wide, real-time and historical data sources and adjust system parameters with read/ write capabilities.• Visualize, annotate, and analyze process data, strings or other information with the Time chart.• Analyze your process by event (such as comparing batch or production runs) using the event component. Drill into detail data using intelligent grid components that allow data to be easily sorted, printed, and exported.

Common Web Client

A single web client that combines content from other GE applications such as Proficy HMI/SCADA and from across data sources within the plant and the organization allows for real-time decision making at all levels. Solve your plant manufacturing intelligence needs with a single script and in an HTML-free environment.

• Combine the client functions of our full software family with information from legacy and third-party systems on the same screen at the same time.• Use the Proficy HMI/SCADA Jump-Start utility to automatically create content based on real-time Proficy HMI/SCADA displays.• Graphically create a library of parameterized SQL statements that interact with plant floor and corporate data stores. Proficy Portal supports SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and CALL statements.• Build and deploy sophisticated, web-based views and dashboard applications with KPIs and drill down by linking forms components, buttons, hyperlinks, charts, and more.

Graphical Presentation

Graphical presentation rapidly communicates essential information from more complex data sets for notification of alerts, status changes, and data summaries. Graphical presentation can also bring a familiar look and feel when moving plant floor applications to the web, providing:

• A complete graphics library of shapes, images, etc.• Common graphical tools for drawing displays (align, group etc).• Animation of shape properties from any data source and command actions for navigation and drill down.

Relational Database & OPC Support:ODBC, JDBC, OLEDB

Different communication methods and drivers are supported for communicating with relational databases. This includes support for communication to ODBC sources, OLEDB providers and native JDBC drivers for specific databases such as Oracle®, DB2 and Microsoft SQL Server.

Statement Builder

Users can graphically create re-usable SQL statements or queries that can be used through-out the Proficy Portal system. These reusable statements can be easily created by graphically selecting the appropriate database fields. Statements can be triggered automatically or on command from other controls.

Key Performance Indicators

Proficy Portal provides an easy method for users to monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) being derived by Proficy Plant Applications.In addition, ad-hoc calculations and expressions can be created within Proficy Portal to perform a wide variety of KPIs.




9

9.8. Proficy Troubleshooter

Proficy Troubleshooter

Proficy Troubleshooter provides powerful analytical tools that utilize leading-edge techniques to extract knowledge from existing historical process and manufacturing plant data. These tools help identify causes for production problems as well as opportunities for preventing these problems in the future.

Proficy Troubleshooter can be used for batch and discrete processes as well as continuous processes. It provides you with the capability to visualize process problems and their causes through modeling and simulating the process, using available historical plant data. Proficy Troubleshooter enables an “Intelligent Historian” that is clearly differentiated from, and more valuable than competing historians.

Once you identify the causes for variation and problems in the process and the impact of the process on your assets, you can better understand the relationships between the data. You can build business cases before attempting real-time solutions and prevent problems in the future. What’s more, these powerful technologies provide a clear path to Proficy Cause+, another powerful, tightly integrated GE solution that analyzes your real-time data.

Knowledge extraction

Decision tree, node brushing and pivot table analysis

Benefits

• Perform easy troubleshooting of discrete and batch process problems• Create“golden”batch models and associated analysis easily• Execute custom data preparation for accessing, combining and filtering data• Rapidly identify special and common causes of KPI variation using fully integrated data visualization, statistical analysis and modeling and model analysis• Analyze problematic batches or steps within a batch using batch visualization and batch comparison functionality• Identify money-saving batch and discrete opportunities and solution feasibility• Leverage the ability to deploy solutions for batch and discrete applications automatically in real time• Integrate complementary process improvement software to existing HMI, MES and ERP systems

9-443


9

9.9. Proficy Cause+

Proficy Cause+

Proficy Cause+, a powerful software add-on solution that enables you to obtain more value from your HMI/SCADA system by providing likely causes for problems in real time. It enables an intelligent form of proactive alarming and decision support so operators can correct issues before a problem occurs.

Active Avoidance

With Proficy Cause+, you can analyze real-time information based on intelligent historical data models and have your system predicting future alarm events. With Proficy Cause+ predictive analysis, your team can put the appropriate corrective actions in place reducing downtime and maintenance costs and increasing your productivity.

HMI/SCADA Real-Time Interface

The real-time action object displays causes for operators and process engineers right in your HMI/SCADA application, as well as operator actions or guidance messages. Proficy Cause+ enables production and manufacturing engineers or process specialists to instantly receive real-time causes for future process deviations.

Always “On”

Proficy Cause+ contains a powerful analytical engine that interfaces seamlessly into your HMI/SCADA applications and constantly reviews and analyzes your data. Proficy Cause+ can apply binary or non-linear predefined rule sets against your incoming real-time data. No matter what staff is on the clock, Cause+ is always working in the background, reviewing the data and enunciating in the event something is out of alignment.

Intelligent Correction

You can instruct Cause+ how to react, and it delivers consistent instructions to your operators every time. By linking messages to specific data models and rule sets, your operators can instantly receive corrective actions prior to the issue occurring.

Post-Alarm Analysis

Proficy Cause+ can also be used offline enabling your team to analyze your data and establish the root cause of faults, warnings or alarms. You can also enable your engineering staff to transpose the large amounts of data within your HMI/ SCADA and realise increased value by identifying both positive and negative aspects about your process.




9

9.10. Proficy Plant Applications

Proficy Plant Applications

A family of powerful solutions, Proficy Plant Applications allows users to make business sense out of plant data for informed business decisions in real time.

Features

• Open and Layered architecture• Integrated modular applications on a common data model• Scalable from a single machine to multiple plants• Extensible using standard tools• Supports a mix of different production processes

Proficy Plant Applications is ironically one single software package and a key part of the Proficy software suite, automating and integrating the information related activities for managing production execution and performance optimization holistically, helping businesses balance the tradeoffs across the many competing priorities of production operations. It significantly reduces clerical burden on production and support personnel, while providing a potent manufacturing execution and manufacturing intelligence environment infused into the operation for tracking and optimizing operating efficiency, energy and resource consumption, product and process quality, environmental and product safety compliance, schedule execution, WIP inventory tracking, genealogy / traceability, and more.

Competitive pressures, customer demands, corporate and regulatory requirements and a host of other challenges all add complexity to your work in the plant every day. Proficy Plant Applications helps you manage that complexity, providing clarity and allowing you to manage performance and focus on results.

Efficiently manage and achieve peak performance with a unified, easy to configure “plant model” that automatically generates intelligent KPIs and monitors performance. By leveraging our understanding of asset utilization, uptime, speeds, yields of materials and other performance parameters, our software is proven to help you make real-time adjustments to keep your operations running smoothly and more productively.

Proficy Plant Applications empowers you to truly understand performance down to the individual asset by definitively showing the biggest areas of, and reasons for, productivity losses, such as defects, waste and downtime. Our software translates raw production data into performance metrics that the system monitors automatically and manages constantly; freeing operators from the non-value add work of collecting, logging and interpreting this information manually. Our extensive reporting and analysis tools offer unmatched analytical capabilities to find problems and drive the right activities for performance improvements. And, it gives you the flexibility to evolve your systems yourself using your own, in-plant personnel to maintain peak plant performance.

Production Management - Oversee production operations including functions to control product flow between equipment, develop product genealogy reports and make schedule changes to reduce excess inventory.

Quality Management - The Plant Applications Quality module helps you increase product quality by lowering waste, reducing scrap and significantly lowering product recall costs.

Efficiency Management - Identify and monitor all areas of manufacturing for inefficiencies - downtime, waste and Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE). Perform root cause analyses, historical data summaries, schedule reports and identify your bottlenecks.

Batch Analysis - Off-the-shelf reporting and analysis applications that work with multi-vendor systems to improve overall consistency and quality in batch execution processes.

9-445


9

9.11. Proficy Workflow

Proficy Workflow

Built on a Service Oriented Architecture, Proficy Workflow is a dynamic decision making engine that integrates automated and manual work processes across system and departmental boundaries ensuring reliable, repeatable process execution. This powerful industrial Business Process Management (BPM) software takes a production “flowchart” and digitizes it, connecting the people, materials, equipment and systems involved in the work process.

Features

• Streamline production processes—from work instructions to corrective action• Solve operations problems immediately without demands on IT• Capture manual and automated processes with one tool – without custom code• “Manage by Exception” to achieve fast response based on real-time events• Connect to any OPC data source• Build composite applications to leverage existing production systems• Comply with industry standards, including ISA 95

Benefits

• Decrease costs by reducing errors and waste• Increase quality and first-time throughput• Boost compliance by enforcing Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)• Reduce training time through electronic instruction

With Proficy Workflow, you can improve, eliminate and automate steps in production to lean your organization. Additionally, you can capture process, traceability and quality data, and drive optimization initiatives based on factual information. This powerful work process management system can touch almost all production personnel, including quality managers and quality technicians, maintenance, operations supervisors, operators and industrial engineers.

By digitizing processes with Proficy Workflow, you can decrease time to value on materials, speed response, lower total cost of ownership and ensure sustainability.

Use Proficy Workflow to:

• Benchmark, improve and control work processes• Orchestrate high-level processes and manage the data between systems• Standardise processes and metrics across production assets• Digitize SOPs, GMP tasks and work instructions• Implement HACCP monitoring procedures and corrective action• Manage alarm / event response• Replicate processes across your business using libraries and templates • Reduce WIP inventory• Achieve Right-First-Time reducing rework• Comply with many industry regulations • Perform tasks only when statistically required• Integrate maintenance and operating procedures• Implement S95 without being constrained by S95 or forced into unnecessary re-engineering




9

9.12. Proficy Open Enterprise

Proficy Open Enterprise

To achieve a sustainable advantage, manufacturers need increased visibility from the top floor to the shop floor to view and coordinate the status of orders, inventory changes, and overall process performance. Seamlessly connecting manufacturing processes with the enterprise layer requires tight yet flexible integration between your enterprise systems and site production systems.

Proficy Open Enterprise is a powerful application that connects your enterprise systems to the Proficy suite of solutions, using ISA-95 and B2MML standards to communicate valuable information. It allows decision makers at the enterprise level to leverage real-time information about production processes providing increased visibility and insight for better business decisions.

Features

• Improved operations to realise a sustainable advantage• Increased visibility into the manufacturing process• Better decision making to increase capacity• Timely identification of production issues• Faster responsiveness to customer needs• Quick time-to-value due to standardsbased features and out-of-the-box tools• Improved accuracy of inventory data

By enabling real-time orders to be downloaded into the production layer from your enterprise systems and for performance information to be uploaded to your enterprise systems—Proficy Open Enterprise acts as a bi-directional transport of data between the two layers.Data is input from enterprise systems and stored within Proficy SOA structures where it can be used inherently by Proficy Workflow or transferred to other applications,including Proficy Plant Applications or third-party applications through service providers.

Single interface from enterprise systems to the Proficy suite of solutions – Seamless connectivity to get order information into Proficy SOA’s ISA-95 model, allowing access to other GE Intelligent Platforms and third-party applications via service providers and web services.

Bi-directional communication between enterprise systems and site production systems – System handles the download of schedule messages and the upload ofperformance messages.

Standards based – Utilises the ISA-95 and B2MML standards to allow easy communication between the enterprise and production layer.

Middleware Independent – Connection to enterprise systems facilitated through thirdparty middleware, supporting B2MML standards.

Message routing – Easily routes production data to other GE Intelligent Platforms products and third-party applications.

Activities/Templates for upload/download – Download parses production schedule message and either routes to appropriate product or stores within the ISA-95 model;upload creates production performance message to be sent to enterprise systems.

B2MML Content Editor – Checks upload and download messages for possible errors and issues immediate warnings to users; also allows users to review and approve transactions before they are committed.

Object Model – Maps to B2MML message standard and allows users to easily manipulate B2MML data and link that data to activities within a workflow.

Service Provider – Allows users to easily save, change, or delete production data from the ISA-95 model of Proficy SOA.

9-447


9

9.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway

Proficy Maintenance Gateway

Proficy Maintenance Gateway (PMG) enhances the Proficy software suite - a platform for driving reliable, profitable operations in a plant and across an enterprise by enabling you to integrate maintenance operations in your operational excellence journey. PMG can scale up from a simple condition-monitoring system to a sophisticated orchestration engine for seamlessly implementing Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) strategies.

Benefits

• Reduced equipment failure rates and unplanned downtime• Improved first pass quality and reduced waste• Reduced turnaround time for repairs and planned maintenance costs• Ability to uncover additional capacity due to the continuous improvement in reliability• Ability to track reliability plans with rules and aggregators, including total uptimes or availability of individual equipment over a period of time• Increased analysis into next stage of reliability due to the rule builder, which can be used to introduce or refine rules that implement RCM strategies

The latest release of PMG extends its proven capabilities with a new meter reading module, enhanced write-back functions, and new adaptors to Enterprise Asset Maintenance (EAM) applications such as SAP’s Plant Maintenance (PM) module. The broad range of connectivity options, ease-of-use, and scalability make PMG desirable to companies in asset-intensive industries - from utilities to facilities management.

By synchronizing the workflows of the production and maintenance systems, PMG helps you improve the efficiency of your operations by enabling you to: • Drive EAM systems to generate proactive, predictive maintenance on critical equipment based on real-time conditions to eliminate unplanned downtimes during production.• Track usage of equipment to drive EAM to generate preventive maintenance that will ensure appropriate maintenance, as opposed to costly over- or under maintenance.• Track the type/frequency of occurrence of failures that will enable EAM in root cause identification of such failures.• Track the time to repair, which takes away from productive time.• Continuously optimize usage-based PMs based on real-time plant dynamics to minimize cost. PMG works in the reverse direction as well • Monitor/track the real-time status of an ongoing maintenance activity in an EAM, specifically, from a production perspective, using a web portal.• Generate triggers/alarms in the production systems when changes happen in the EAM systems.• Continuously contribute to RCM by implementing Preventive, Predictive, Corrective and Emergency work orders for the various assets under different realtime conditions.

There are several options to help you integrate PMG into your existing Proficy suite of solutions. Option 1 is for existing Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY and iFIX users, Option 2 is for Proficy

Plant Applications users, and Option 3 is for Proficy Workflow users. In Option 3, PMG extends the Proficy Workflow into the enterprise - into SAP and Maximo applications.




9

9.14. Proficy Process Systems

Proficy Process Systems

Proficy Process Systems is a state-of-the-art DCS and process control system that leverages GE Intelligent Platforms’ latest hardware and software technologies to provide a complete control solution closing the loop between automation and information.

With Proficy Process Systems, you can improve quality, flexibility, productivity and uptime throughout your process and your business.

Architecture

The Proficy Process Systems architecture is designed to provide a modular and expandable system to meet your most demanding process control needs. Proficy Process Systems can uniquely range from a small, one-machine architecture to a large, multi-machine architecture. Thisapproach means you can start small and expand your system over time, at your pace. The system consists of several layers.

Applications Layer

The Applications Layer contains the software that powers the information capabilities of Proficy Process Systems, featuring:

Engineering Workstation – This is where you design, create, and maintain your system’s configuration. With an advanced Logic Developer, you can create your control strategies in Function Blocks, Ladder Logic, or Structured Text for the PACSystem controllers.

Operator Console – This is where your operators monitor and control the process. Choose between our two industry leading HMI/SCADA visualization technologies for your system – CIMPLICITY or iFIX. The consoles communicate with the PACSystems controllers through our Global Namespace.

Historian – The Historian is designed specifically for handling process data. It provides high performance storage & retrieval with sub-second collection and millisecond time-stamping.

9-449

9.14. Proficy Process SystemsFor your Information:QLD, SA & NT only

9

Proficy Process Systems

Change Management – Change Management provides version control for your process control strategies, including audit trail capabilities.

Batch Execution – Batch Execution is the perfect option for batch-oriented processes. With advanced batch management, formulation management, batch direct, and tight linkage with our Batch Analysis option, you can optimize campaigns and batch runs.

ERP Connectivity – GE Intelligent Platforms has closed the gap between automation and information with our Proficy Production Management software products and ERP connector. Now you can link your control system to your business systems to truly drive operational excellence in your business.

Controllers

The PACSystems RX3i and RX7i give Proficy Process Systems its flexibility, featuring a common engine which allows you to take programs that are created in one controller and easily move them to another.

Proficy Process Systems also features Control Memory Exchange, a breakthrough technology we incorporated from our Embedded Systems Business. Through high-speed fibre optics, Control Memory Exchange allows data in one controller to be exchanged and shared with another controller at over a 2GB rate. This allows you to synchronize controllers for distributed control, or reflect the memory state of one controller to another for redundant operations.

Fieldbus and I/O

GE Intelligent Platforms has always taken an open approach with our products and technologies. We provide our customers with the best possible technology and give them the freedom to work with the devices and instruments of their choice.

Proficy Process Systems continues with that tradition. We understand that when it comes to process control, there are several choices for Fieldbuses. That’s why we chose an Open Fieldbus approach to our system whichsupports all major Fieldbuses.

We also provide you with a comprehensive portfolio of I/O, allowing you to choose the right strategy to meet your needs. Through OPC, native drivers, and by teaming with companies that specialize in Fieldbus and I/O connectivity, we can satisfy your connectivity needs – putting you in control of your Fieldbus strategy.

Cl catalogue edition2 s1 9

Documents

Transcript of Cl catalogue edition2 s1 9